680144

Draytek Vigor 2120 Handleiding

578
Verklein
Vergroot
Pagina terug
1/580
Pagina verder
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
ii
Vigor2120 Series
Broadband Firewall Router
User’s Guide
Version: 2.1
Firmware Version: V3.8.7
(For future update, please visit DrayTek web site)
Date: April 24, 2018
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
iii
Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) Information
Copyrights
© All rights reserved. This publication contains information that is protected by
copyright. No part may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval
system, or translated into any language without written permission from the copyright
holders.
Trademarks
The following trademarks are used in this document:
Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corp.
Windows, Windows 95, 98, Me, NT, 2000, XP, Vista, 7, 8, 10 and Explorer are
trademarks of Microsoft Corp.
Apple and Mac OS are registered trademarks of Apple Inc.
Other products may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective
manufacturers.
Safety Instructions and Approval
Safety
Instructions
Read the installation guide thoroughly before you set up the router.
The router is a complicated electronic unit that may be repaired only be
authorized and qualified personnel. Do not try to open or repair the router
yourself.
Do not place the router in a damp or humid place, e.g. a bathroom.
The router should be used in a sheltered area, within a temperature range of +5 to
+40 Celsius.
Do not expose the router to direct sunlight or other heat sources. The housing and
electronic components may be damaged by direct sunlight or heat sources.
Do not deploy the cable for LAN connection outdoor to prevent electronic shock
hazards.
Keep the package out of reach of children.
When you want to dispose of the router, please follow local regulations on
conservation of the environment.
Warranty
We warrant to the original end user (purchaser) that the router will be free from any
defects in workmanship or materials for a period of two (2) years from the date of
purchase from the dealer. Please keep your purchase receipt in a safe place as it serves
as proof of date of purchase. During the warranty period, and upon proof of purchase,
should the product have indications of failure due to faulty workmanship and/or
materials, we will, at our discretion, repair or replace the defective products or
components, without charge for either parts or labor, to whatever extent we deem
necessary tore-store the product to proper operating condition. Any replacement will
consist of a new or re-manufactured functionally equivalent product of equal value, and
will be offered solely at our discretion. This warranty will not apply if the product is
modified, misused, tampered with, damaged by an act of God, or subjected to abnormal
working conditions. The warranty does not cover the bundled or licensed software of
other vendors. Defects which do not significantly affect the usability of the product will
not be covered by the warranty. We reserve the right to revise the manual and online
documentation and to make changes from time to time in the contents hereof without
obligation to notify any person of such revision or changes.
Be a Registered
Owner
Web registration is preferred. You can register your Vigor router via
http://www.DrayTek.com.
Firmware & Tools
Updates
Due to the continuous evolution of DrayTek technology, all routers will be regularly
upgraded. Please consult the DrayTek web site for more information on newest
firmware, tools and documents.
http://www.DrayTek.com
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
iv
T
T
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
o
o
f
f
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
e
e
n
n
t
t
s
s
Introduction...................................................................................................1
1.1 Web Configuration Buttons Explanation ................................................................................. 2
1.2 LED Indicators and Connectors.............................................................................................. 3
1.2.1 For Vigor2120................................................................................................................... 3
1.2.2 For Vigor2120n-plus ......................................................................................................... 5
1.3 Hardware Installation .............................................................................................................. 7
1.4 Printer Installation ................................................................................................................... 8
1.5 Accessing Web Page ............................................................................................................ 15
1.6 Changing Password.............................................................................................................. 16
1.7 Introducing Dashboard.......................................................................................................... 17
1.7.1 Virtual Panel ................................................................................................................... 18
1.7.2 Name with a Link ............................................................................................................ 19
1.7.3 Quick Access for Common Used Menu.......................................................................... 19
1.7.4 GUI Map ......................................................................................................................... 21
1.7.5 Web Console .................................................................................................................. 21
1.7.6 Config Backup ................................................................................................................ 22
1.7.7 Logout............................................................................................................................. 23
1.8 Online Status......................................................................................................................... 23
1.8.1 Physical Connection for IPv4 Protocol ........................................................................... 23
1.8.2 Physical Connection for IPv6 Protocol ........................................................................... 23
1.8.3 Virtual WAN .................................................................................................................... 25
1.9 Saving Configuration............................................................................................................. 25
Quick Setup.................................................................................................27
2.1 Quick Start Wizard ................................................................................................................ 27
2.1.1 For WAN1 (Ethernet)...................................................................................................... 29
2.1.2 For WAN1 (Wireless 2.4G/5G)....................................................................................... 38
2.1.3 For WAN2 (USB) ............................................................................................................47
2.2 Service Activation Wizard...................................................................................................... 49
2.3 VPN Client Wizard ................................................................................................................ 51
2.4 VPN Server Wizard............................................................................................................... 57
2.5 Registering Vigor Router....................................................................................................... 62
Tutorials and Applications.........................................................................65
3.1 How to configure settings for IPv6 Service in Vigor2120...................................................... 65
3.2 How can I get the files from USB storage device connecting to Vigor router?..................... 75
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
v
3.3 How to Build a LAN-to-LAN VPN Between Remote Office and Headquarter via IPsec Tunnel
(Main Mode)................................................................................................................................ 77
3.4 How to Optimize the Bandwidth through QoS Technology................................................... 82
3.5 How to Create an Account for MyVigor................................................................................. 87
3.5.1 Create an Account via Vigor Router............................................................................... 87
3.5.2 Create an Account via MyVigor Web Site ...................................................................... 91
3.6 How to Send a Notification to Specified Phone Number via SMS Service in WAN
Disconnection.............................................................................................................................. 94
3.7 How to Configure Certain Computers Accessing to Internet ................................................ 98
3.8 How to Block Facebook Service Accessed by the Users via Web Content Filter / URL
Content Filter............................................................................................................................. 102
3.9 How to use SmartMonitor with Vigor2120 series................................................................ 108
Advanced Configuration..........................................................................109
4.1 WAN.................................................................................................................................... 109
4.1.1 Basics of Internet Protocol (IP) Network....................................................................... 109
4.1.2 General Setup............................................................................................................... 111
4.1.3 Internet Access............................................................................................................. 113
4.1.4 Multi-VLAN.................................................................................................................... 139
4.2 LAN ..................................................................................................................................... 143
4.2.1 Basics of LAN ............................................................................................................... 143
4.2.2 General Setup............................................................................................................... 145
4.2.3 VLAN............................................................................................................................. 155
4.2.4 Bind IP to MAC ............................................................................................................. 158
4.2.5 LAN Port Mirror............................................................................................................. 161
4.2.6 Web Portal Setup.......................................................................................................... 162
4.3 Routing................................................................................................................................ 165
4.3.1 Static Route .................................................................................................................. 165
4.4 NAT ..................................................................................................................................... 169
4.4.1 Port Redirection............................................................................................................ 170
4.4.2 DMZ Host...................................................................................................................... 174
4.4.3 Open Ports.................................................................................................................... 177
4.4.4 Address Mapping.......................................................................................................... 179
4.4.5 Port Triggering.............................................................................................................. 181
4.4.6 ALG............................................................................................................................... 184
4.5 Hardware Acceleration........................................................................................................ 185
4.6 Firewall................................................................................................................................ 186
4.6.1 Basics for Firewall......................................................................................................... 186
4.6.2 General Setup............................................................................................................... 188
4.6.3 Filter Setup ................................................................................................................... 193
4.6.4 Defense Setup.............................................................................................................. 204
4.7 Objects Settings.................................................................................................................. 208
4.7.1 IP Object....................................................................................................................... 208
4.7.2 IP Group ....................................................................................................................... 212
4.7.3 IPv6 Object ................................................................................................................... 213
4.7.4 IPv6 Group.................................................................................................................... 215
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
vi
4.7.5 Service Type Object ..................................................................................................... 216
4.7.6 Service Type Group...................................................................................................... 218
4.7.7 Keyword Object ............................................................................................................ 219
4.7.8 Keyword Group............................................................................................................. 221
4.7.9 File Extension Object.................................................................................................... 222
4.7.10 SMS/Mail Service Object............................................................................................ 224
4.7.11 Notification Object....................................................................................................... 229
4.8 CSM .................................................................................................................................... 231
4.8.1 APP Enforcement Profile.............................................................................................. 232
4.8.2 URL Content Filter Profile............................................................................................. 234
4.8.3 Web Content Filter Profile............................................................................................. 238
4.8.4 DNS Filter Profile.......................................................................................................... 242
4.9 Bandwidth Management ..................................................................................................... 244
4.9.1 Sessions Limit............................................................................................................... 244
4.9.2 Bandwidth Limit ............................................................................................................ 246
4.9.3 Quality of Service.......................................................................................................... 248
4.9.4 APP QoS ...................................................................................................................... 256
4.10 Applications....................................................................................................................... 258
4.10.1 Dynamic DNS ............................................................................................................. 258
4.10.2 LAN DNS .................................................................................................................... 261
4.10.3 Schedule..................................................................................................................... 264
4.10.4 RADIUS ...................................................................................................................... 267
4.10.5 UPnP........................................................................................................................... 268
4.10.6 IGMP........................................................................................................................... 269
4.10.7 Wake on LAN.............................................................................................................. 270
4.10.8 SMS / Mail Alert Service............................................................................................. 271
4.10.9 Bonjour ....................................................................................................................... 273
4.11 VPN and Remote Access.................................................................................................. 276
4.11.1 Remote Access Control.............................................................................................. 276
4.11.2 PPP General Setup .................................................................................................... 277
4.11.3 IPsec General Setup................................................................................................... 279
4.11.4 IPsec Peer Identity...................................................................................................... 281
4.11.5 Remote Dial-in User ................................................................................................... 283
4.11.6 LAN to LAN................................................................................................................. 286
4.11.7 Connection Management ........................................................................................... 297
4.12 Certificate Management.................................................................................................... 297
4.12.1 Local Certificate.......................................................................................................... 298
4.12.2 Trusted CA Certificate ................................................................................................ 301
4.12.3 Certificate Backup....................................................................................................... 304
4.13 Wireless LAN(2.4GHz/5GHz) ........................................................................................... 305
4.13.1 Basic Concepts........................................................................................................... 305
4.13.2 General Setup............................................................................................................. 307
4.13.3 Security....................................................................................................................... 309
4.13.4 Access Control............................................................................................................ 312
4.13.5 WPS............................................................................................................................ 313
4.13.6 WDS............................................................................................................................ 316
4.13.7 Advanced Setting........................................................................................................ 319
4.13.8 Station Control............................................................................................................ 323
4.13.9 AP Discovery .............................................................................................................. 324
4.13.10 Airtime Fairness........................................................................................................ 325
4.13.11 Band Steering........................................................................................................... 327
4.13.12 Station List................................................................................................................ 331
4.14 SSL VPN ........................................................................................................................... 332
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
vii
4.14.1 General Setup............................................................................................................. 332
4.14.2 SSL Application .......................................................................................................... 333
4.14.3 User Account .............................................................................................................. 335
4.14.4 Online User Status...................................................................................................... 339
4.15 USB Application ................................................................................................................ 340
4.15.1 USB General Settings................................................................................................. 340
4.15.2 USB User Management.............................................................................................. 342
4.15.3 File Explorer................................................................................................................ 344
4.15.4 USB Device Status ..................................................................................................... 344
4.15.5 Modem Support List.................................................................................................... 346
4.15.6 SMB Client Support List.............................................................................................. 346
4.16 System Maintenance......................................................................................................... 347
4.16.1 System Status............................................................................................................. 347
4.16.2 TR-069........................................................................................................................ 349
4.16.3 Administrator Password.............................................................................................. 351
4.16.4 User Password ........................................................................................................... 351
4.16.5 Login Page Greeting................................................................................................... 354
4.16.6 Configuration Backup ................................................................................................. 356
4.16.7 Syslog/Mail Alert......................................................................................................... 359
4.16.8 Time and Date ............................................................................................................ 362
4.16.9 SNMP.......................................................................................................................... 364
4.16.10 Management............................................................................................................. 366
4.16.11 Panel Control............................................................................................................ 369
4.16.12 Self-Signed Certificate.............................................................................................. 370
4.16.12 Reboot System ......................................................................................................... 371
4.16.13 Firmware Upgrade.................................................................................................... 372
4.16.14 Activation .................................................................................................................. 373
4.17 Diagnostics........................................................................................................................ 375
4.17.1 Dial-out Triggering ...................................................................................................... 375
4.17.2 Routing Table ............................................................................................................. 376
4.17.3 ARP Cache Table....................................................................................................... 377
4.17.4 IPv6 Neighbour Table................................................................................................. 377
4.17.5 DHCP Table................................................................................................................ 378
4.17.6 NAT Sessions Table................................................................................................... 379
4.17.7 DNS Cache Table....................................................................................................... 380
4.17.8 Ping Diagnosis............................................................................................................ 381
4.17.9 Data Flow Monitor....................................................................................................... 382
4.17.10 Traffic Graph............................................................................................................. 384
4.17.11 Trace Route.............................................................................................................. 385
4.17.12 System Explorer ....................................................................................................... 386
4.17.13 IPv6 TSPC Status..................................................................................................... 388
4.17.14 DoS Flood Table....................................................................................................... 388
Trouble Shooting......................................................................................391
5.1 Checking If the Hardware Status Is OK or Not.................................................................... 391
5.2 Checking If the Network Connection Settings on Your Computer Is OK or Not ................. 392
5.3 Pinging the Router from Your Computer............................................................................. 395
5.4 Checking If the ISP Settings are OK or Not........................................................................ 397
5.5 Problems for 3G Network Connection ................................................................................ 398
5.6 Backing to Factory Default Setting If Necessary ................................................................ 399
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
viii
5.7 Contacting DrayTek............................................................................................................. 400
Telnet Command Reference..........................................................................................401
Accessing Telnet of Vigor2120.................................................................................................. 401
Telnet Command: bpa ........................................................................................................... 402
Telnet Command: csm appe prof .......................................................................................... 403
Telnet Command: csm appe set............................................................................................ 403
Telnet Command: csm appe show........................................................................................ 404
Telnet Command: csm appe config....................................................................................... 405
Telnet Command: csm ucf..................................................................................................... 406
Telnet Command: csm ucf obj INDEX uac............................................................................ 407
Telnet Command: csm ucf obj INDEX wf .............................................................................. 409
Telnet Command: csm wcf .................................................................................................... 410
Telnet Command: csm dnsf................................................................................................... 412
Telnet Command: ddns log.................................................................................................... 413
Telnet Command: ddns time.................................................................................................. 413
Telnet Command: dos ........................................................................................................... 414
Telnet Command: exit............................................................................................................ 415
Telnet Command: Internet..................................................................................................... 415
Telnet Command: ip pubsubnet............................................................................................. 416
Telnet Command: ip pubaddr ................................................................................................ 416
Telnet Command: ip pubmask............................................................................................... 417
Telnet Command: ip aux........................................................................................................ 417
Telnet Command: ip addr ...................................................................................................... 418
Telnet Command: ip nmask................................................................................................... 419
Telnet Command: ip arp ........................................................................................................ 419
Telnet Command: ip dhcpc.................................................................................................... 420
Telnet Command: ip ping....................................................................................................... 421
Telnet Command: ip tracert ................................................................................................... 421
Telnet Command: ip telnet..................................................................................................... 422
Telnet Command: ip rip ......................................................................................................... 422
Telnet Command: ip wanrip................................................................................................... 423
Telnet Command: ip route ..................................................................................................... 424
Telnet Command: ip igmp_proxy........................................................................................... 425
Telnet Command: ip igmp_snoop.......................................................................................... 425
Telnet Command: ip wanaddr................................................................................................ 427
Telnet Command: ip wanttr.................................................................................................... 427
Telnet Command: ip dmz....................................................................................................... 427
Telnet Command: ip dmzswitch............................................................................................. 428
Telnet Command: ip session ................................................................................................. 428
Telnet Command: ip bandwidth............................................................................................. 429
Telnet Command: ip bindmac................................................................................................ 430
Telnet Command: ip maxnatuser........................................................................................... 432
Telnet Command: ip lanDNSRes .......................................................................................... 432
Telnet Command: ip6 addr .................................................................................................... 433
Telnet Command: ip6 dhcp req_opt ...................................................................................... 434
Telnet Command: ip6 dhcp client.......................................................................................... 435
Telnet Command: ip6 dhcp server ........................................................................................ 436
Telnet Command: ip6 internet ............................................................................................... 437
Telnet Command: ip6 neigh................................................................................................... 438
Telnet Command: ip6 pneigh................................................................................................. 439
Telnet Command: ip6 route ................................................................................................... 439
Telnet Command: ip6 ping..................................................................................................... 440
Telnet Command: ip6 tspc..................................................................................................... 441
Telnet Command: ip6 radvd .................................................................................................. 441
Telnet Command: ip6 mngt ................................................................................................... 442
Telnet Command: ip6 online.................................................................................................. 443
Telnet Command: ip6 aiccu................................................................................................... 443
Telnet Command: ip6 ntp ...................................................................................................... 444
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
ix
Telnet Command: ipf view ..................................................................................................... 444
Telnet Command: ipf set........................................................................................................ 445
Telnet Command: ipf rule ...................................................................................................... 447
Telnet Command: ipf flowtrack .............................................................................................. 450
Telnet Command: Log ........................................................................................................... 451
Telnet Command: mngt ftpport.............................................................................................. 453
Telnet Command: mngt httpport............................................................................................ 453
Telnet Command: mngt httpsport.......................................................................................... 453
Telnet Command: mngt telnetport......................................................................................... 454
Telnet Command: mngt sshport ............................................................................................ 454
Telnet Command: mngt ftpserver.......................................................................................... 454
Telnet Command: mngt noping ............................................................................................. 455
Telnet Command: mngt defenseworm .................................................................................. 456
Telnet Command: mngt rmtcfg.............................................................................................. 456
Telnet Command: mngt echoicmp......................................................................................... 457
Telnet Command: mngt accesslist ........................................................................................ 457
Telnet Command: mngt snmp ............................................................................................... 458
Telnet Command: msubnet switch ........................................................................................ 459
Telnet Command: msubnet addr........................................................................................... 459
Telnet Command: msubnet nmask........................................................................................ 460
Telnet Command: msubnet status......................................................................................... 460
Telnet Command: msubnet dhcps......................................................................................... 460
Telnet Command: msubnet nat ............................................................................................. 461
Telnet Command: msubnet gateway..................................................................................... 461
Telnet Command: msubnet ipcnt........................................................................................... 462
Telnet Command: msubnet talk............................................................................................. 462
Telnet Command: msubnet startip ........................................................................................ 463
Telnet Command: msubnet pppip ......................................................................................... 463
Telnet Command: msubnet nodetype ................................................................................... 464
Telnet Command: msubnet primWINS.................................................................................. 464
Telnet Command: msubnet secWINS ................................................................................... 465
Telnet Command: msubnet tftp ............................................................................................. 466
Telnet Command: msubnet mtu ............................................................................................ 466
Telnet Command: object ip obj.............................................................................................. 467
Telnet Command: object ip grp.............................................................................................. 468
Telnet Command: object ipv6 obj.......................................................................................... 470
Telnet Command: object ipv6 grp.......................................................................................... 471
Telnet Command: object service obj ..................................................................................... 472
Telnet Command: object service grp..................................................................................... 474
Telnet Command: object kw .................................................................................................. 475
Telnet Command: object fe.................................................................................................... 476
Telnet Command: port........................................................................................................... 478
Telnet Command: portmaptime............................................................................................. 478
Telnet Command: prn............................................................................................................ 479
Telnet Command: qos setup.................................................................................................. 479
Telnet Command: qos class .................................................................................................. 481
Telnet Command: qos type.................................................................................................... 482
Telnet Command: quit ........................................................................................................... 483
Telnet Command: show lan................................................................................................... 483
Telnet Command: show dmz................................................................................................. 484
Telnet Command: show dns.................................................................................................. 484
Telnet Command: show openport ......................................................................................... 484
Telnet Command: show nat................................................................................................... 484
Telnet Command: show portmap........................................................................................... 485
Telnet Command: show pmtime............................................................................................ 485
Telnet Command: show session............................................................................................ 485
Telnet Command: show status.............................................................................................. 485
Telnet Command: show traffic............................................................................................... 486
Telnet Command: show statistic............................................................................................ 486
Telnet Command: srv dhcp dhcp2......................................................................................... 487
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
x
Telnet Command: srv dhcp public......................................................................................... 487
Telnet Command: srv dhcp dns1........................................................................................... 488
Telnet Command: srv dhcp dns2........................................................................................... 489
Telnet Command: srv dhcp frcdnsmanl................................................................................. 489
Telnet Command: srv dhcp gateway..................................................................................... 489
Telnet Command: srv dhcp ipcnt........................................................................................... 490
Telnet Command: srv dhcp off............................................................................................... 490
Telnet Command: srv dhcp on............................................................................................... 490
Telnet Command: srv dhcp relay........................................................................................... 490
Telnet Command: srv dhcp startip......................................................................................... 491
Telnet Command: srv dhcp status......................................................................................... 491
Telnet Command: srv dhcp leasetime................................................................................... 492
Telnet Command: srv dhcp nodetype.................................................................................... 492
Telnet Command: srv dhcp primWINS.................................................................................. 493
Telnet Command: srv dhcp secWINS ................................................................................... 493
Telnet Command: srv dhcp expRecycleIP ............................................................................ 494
Telnet Command: srv dhcp tftp.............................................................................................. 494
Telnet Command: srv dhcp tftpdel......................................................................................... 494
Telnet Command: srv dhcp option......................................................................................... 495
Telnet Command: srv nat addrmapping ................................................................................ 496
Telnet Command: srv nat dmz............................................................................................... 497
Telnet Command: srv nat ipsecpass ..................................................................................... 497
Telnet Command: srv nat openport....................................................................................... 498
Telnet Command: srv nat portmap........................................................................................ 499
Telnet Command: srv nat showall ......................................................................................... 502
Telnet Command: switch -i .................................................................................................... 502
Telnet Command: switch status............................................................................................. 503
Telnet Command: sys admin................................................................................................. 503
Telnet Command: sys bonjour............................................................................................... 503
Telnet Command: sys cfg...................................................................................................... 504
Telnet Command: sys cmdlog............................................................................................... 504
Telnet Command: sys ftpd..................................................................................................... 505
Telnet Command: sys domainname...................................................................................... 505
Telnet Command: sys iface ................................................................................................... 506
Telnet Command: sys name.................................................................................................. 507
Telnet Command: sys passwd............................................................................................... 507
Telnet Command: sys reboot................................................................................................. 507
Telnet Command: sys autoreboot ......................................................................................... 508
Telnet Command: sys commit............................................................................................... 508
Telnet Command: sys tftpd.................................................................................................... 508
Telnet Command: sys cc ....................................................................................................... 508
Telnet Command: sys version............................................................................................... 509
Telnet Command: sys qrybuf................................................................................................. 509
Telnet Command: sys pollbuf................................................................................................ 509
Telnet Command: sys tr069................................................................................................... 510
Telnet Command: sys sip_alg ............................................................................................... 512
Telnet Command: sys license................................................................................................ 512
Telnet Command: sys fr_log.................................................................................................. 513
Telnet Command: testmail..................................................................................................... 514
Telnet Command: upnp off .................................................................................................... 514
Telnet Command: upnp on.................................................................................................... 514
Telnet Command: upnp nat................................................................................................... 514
Telnet Command: upnp service............................................................................................. 515
Telnet Command: upnp subscribe......................................................................................... 516
Telnet Command: upnp tmpvs............................................................................................... 517
Telnet Command: upnp wan.................................................................................................. 517
Telnet Command: usb list...................................................................................................... 518
Telnet Command: vigbrg on .................................................................................................. 518
Telnet Command: vigbrg off .................................................................................................. 518
Telnet Command: vigbrg status............................................................................................. 519
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
xi
Telnet Command: vigbrg cfgip............................................................................................... 519
Telnet Command: vigbrg wanstatus...................................................................................... 519
Telnet Command: vigbrg wlanstatus ..................................................................................... 519
Telnet Command: vpn group................................................................................................. 520
Telnet Command: vlan off...................................................................................................... 520
Telnet Command: vlan on...................................................................................................... 520
Telnet Command: vlan pri...................................................................................................... 520
Telnet Command: vlan restart ............................................................................................... 521
Telnet Command: vlan status................................................................................................ 521
Telnet Command: vlan subnet............................................................................................... 522
Telnet Command: vlan submode........................................................................................... 522
Telnet Command: vlan tagged............................................................................................... 523
Telnet Command: vlan vid..................................................................................................... 523
Telnet Command: vlan sysvid................................................................................................ 524
Telnet Command: vpn l2lset.................................................................................................. 524
Telnet Command: vpn l2lDrop............................................................................................... 525
Telnet Command: vpn dinset................................................................................................. 525
Telnet Command: vpn subnet................................................................................................ 527
Telnet Command: vpn setup.................................................................................................. 528
Telnet Command: vpn option................................................................................................. 530
Telnet Command: vpn mroute............................................................................................... 533
Telnet Command: vpn list...................................................................................................... 533
Telnet Command: vpn remote............................................................................................... 535
Telnet Command: vpn 2ndsubnet ......................................................................................... 535
Telnet Command: vpn NetBios.............................................................................................. 535
Telnet Command: vpn mss.................................................................................................... 536
Telnet Command: vpn ike...................................................................................................... 537
Telnet Command: vpn Multicast............................................................................................ 537
Telnet Command: vpn pass2nd............................................................................................. 538
Telnet Command: vpn pass2nat............................................................................................ 538
Telnet Command: wan ppp_mru ........................................................................................... 539
Telnet Command: wan mtu.................................................................................................... 539
Telnet Command: wan DF_check ......................................................................................... 540
Telnet Command: wan disable.............................................................................................. 540
Telnet Command: wan enable............................................................................................... 540
Telnet Command: wan forward.............................................................................................. 540
Telnet Command: wan status................................................................................................ 541
Telnet Command: wan modem.............................................................................................. 541
Telnet Command: wan wimax ............................................................................................... 542
Telnet Command: wan detect................................................................................................ 543
Telnet Command: wan lb....................................................................................................... 544
Telnet Command: wan mvlan................................................................................................ 544
Telnet Command: wan multifno............................................................................................. 545
Telnet Command: wan vlan................................................................................................... 546
Telnet Command: wan fiber................................................................................................... 547
Telnet Command: wptl........................................................................................................... 547
Telnet Command: wl acl ........................................................................................................ 549
Telnet Command: wl config ................................................................................................... 550
Telnet Command: wl set........................................................................................................ 553
Telnet Command: wl act........................................................................................................ 553
Telnet Command: wl stamgt.................................................................................................. 554
Telnet Command: wl iso_vpn ................................................................................................ 555
Telnet Command: wl wmm.................................................................................................... 555
Telnet Command: wl ht.......................................................................................................... 556
Telnet Command: wl restart................................................................................................... 557
Telnet Command: wl btnctl .................................................................................................... 557
Telnet Command: wl iwpriv.................................................................................................... 558
Telnet Command: wl efuse.................................................................................................... 558
Telnet Command: wl ce_cert................................................................................................. 558
Telnet Command: wl dual acl ................................................................................................ 558
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
xii
Telnet Command: wl dual apscan ......................................................................................... 559
Telnet Command: wl dual config ........................................................................................... 560
Telnet Command: wl dual cmd.............................................................................................. 562
Telnet Command: wl dual ce_cert......................................................................................... 562
Telnet Command: wl dual restart........................................................................................... 562
Telnet Command: wl dual security ........................................................................................ 563
Telnet Command: wl dual stalist............................................................................................ 564
Telnet Command: wl dual wds............................................................................................... 564
Telnet Command: wl dual wps............................................................................................... 566
Telnet Command: wol............................................................................................................ 567
Telnet Command: appqos ..................................................................................................... 567
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
1
I
I
n
n
t
t
r
r
o
o
d
d
u
u
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
N
N
o
o
t
t
e
e
:
:
T
T
h
h
i
i
s
s
i
i
s
s
a
a
g
g
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
i
i
c
c
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
n
n
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
a
a
l
l
v
v
e
e
r
r
s
s
i
i
o
o
n
n
o
o
f
f
t
t
h
h
e
e
u
u
s
s
e
e
r
r
g
g
u
u
i
i
d
d
e
e
.
.
S
S
p
p
e
e
c
c
i
i
f
f
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
,
,
c
c
o
o
m
m
p
p
a
a
t
t
i
i
b
b
i
i
l
l
i
i
t
t
y
y
a
a
n
n
d
d
f
f
e
e
a
a
t
t
u
u
r
r
e
e
s
s
v
v
a
a
r
r
y
y
b
b
y
y
r
r
e
e
g
g
i
i
o
o
n
n
.
.
F
F
o
o
r
r
s
s
p
p
e
e
c
c
i
i
f
f
i
i
c
c
u
u
s
s
e
e
r
r
g
g
u
u
i
i
d
d
e
e
s
s
s
s
u
u
i
i
t
t
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
y
y
o
o
u
u
r
r
r
r
e
e
g
g
i
i
o
o
n
n
o
o
r
r
p
p
r
r
o
o
d
d
u
u
c
c
t
t
,
,
p
p
l
l
e
e
a
a
s
s
e
e
c
c
o
o
n
n
t
t
a
a
c
c
t
t
l
l
o
o
c
c
a
a
l
l
d
d
i
i
s
s
t
t
r
r
i
i
b
b
u
u
t
t
o
o
r
r
.
.
Vigor2120 Series is a broadband router which integrates IP layer QoS, NAT
session/bandwidth management to help users control works well with large bandwidth.
By adopting hardware-based VPN platform and hardware encryption of AES/DES/3DES, the
router increases the performance of VPN greatly, and offers several protocols (such as
IPsec/PPTP/L2TP) with up to 2 VPN tunnels.
The object-based design used in SPI (Stateful Packet Inspection) firewall allows users to set
firewall policy with ease. CSM (Content Security Management) provides users control and
management in IM (Instant Messenger) and P2P (Peer to Peer) more efficiency than before.
By the way, DoS/DDoS prevention and URL/Web content filter strengthen the security
outside and control inside. Object-based firewall is flexible and allows your network be safe.
In addition, Vigor2120 Series supports USB interface for connecting USB printer to share
printing function or 3G/4G USB modem for network connection.
Vigor2120 Series provides two-level management to simplify the configuration of network
connection. The user mode allows user accessing into WEB interface via simple configuration.
However, if users want to have advanced configurations, they can access into WEB interface
through admin mode.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
2
1
1
.
.
1
1
W
W
e
e
b
b
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
u
u
r
r
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
B
B
u
u
t
t
t
t
o
o
n
n
s
s
E
E
x
x
p
p
l
l
a
a
n
n
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Several main buttons appeared on the web pages are defined as the following:
Save and apply current settings.
Cancel current settings and recover to the previous saved settings.
Clear all the selections and parameters settings, including selection from
drop-down list. All the values must be reset with factory default settings.
Add new settings for specified item.
Edit the settings for the selected item.
Delete the selected item with the corresponding settings.
Note: For the other buttons shown on the web pages, please refer to Chapter 3, 4 for detailed
explanation.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
3
1
1
.
.
2
2
L
L
E
E
D
D
I
I
n
n
d
d
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
o
o
r
r
s
s
a
a
n
n
d
d
C
C
o
o
n
n
n
n
e
e
c
c
t
t
o
o
r
r
s
s
Before you use the Vigor router, please get acquainted with the LED indicators and connectors
first.
1
1
.
.
2
2
.
.
1
1
F
F
o
o
r
r
V
V
i
i
g
g
o
o
r
r
2
2
1
1
2
2
0
0
LED
Status Ex
p
lanation
Off The system is not ready or is failed. ACT
Blinking The system is ready and can work normally.
On A USB device is connected and active. USB
Blinking The data is transmitting.
VPN On The VPN tunnel is active.
WCF On The profile(s) of CSM (Content Security Management) for
Web Content Filter application can be enabled from
Firewall >>General Setup. (Such profile must be
established under CSM menu)
On A normal connection is through its corresponding
port. LAN 1 - 4
Off LAN is disconnected.
On The WAN port is connected. WAN
Blinking It will blink while transmitting data.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
4
Interface Description
Restore the default settings. Usage: Turn on the
router. Press the button and keep for more than 6
seconds. Then the router will restart with the
factory default configuration.
WAN Connector for accessing the Internet.
LAN 1- 4 Connecters for local network devices (LAN).
PWR: Connecter for a power adapter.
Connecter for a USB device (for 3G USB Modem
or printer or storage disk).
ON/OFF: Power switch.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
5
1
1
.
.
2
2
.
.
2
2
F
F
o
o
r
r
V
V
i
i
g
g
o
o
r
r
2
2
1
1
2
2
0
0
n
n
-
-
p
p
l
l
u
u
s
s
LED
Status Ex
p
lanation
Off The system is not ready or is failed. ACT
Blinking The system is ready and can work normally.
On A USB device is connected and active. USB
Blinking The data is transmitting.
On Wireless function is ready.
Off Wireless function is not ready.
2.4G
Blinking Data is transmitting (sending/receiving).
On Wireless function is ready.
Off Wireless function is not ready.
5G
Blinking Data is transmitting (sending/receiving).
On A normal connection is through its corresponding
port. LAN 1 - 4
Off LAN is disconnected.
On The WAN port is connected. WAN
Blinking It will blink while transmitting data.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
6
Interface Description
WLAN
ON/OFF
WPS
WLAN On - Press the button and release it within 2
seconds.
When the wireless function is ready, the 2.4G/5G blue
LED on front panel will be on.
WLAN Off - Press the button and release it within 2
seconds to turn off the WLAN function.
When the wireless function is not ready, 2.4G/5G blue
LED on front panel will be off.
WPS - When WPS function is enabled by web user
interface, press this button for more than 2 seconds.
The router will wait for any wireless client connecting to
it through WPS.
Restore the default settings. Usage: Turn on the router.
Press the button and keep for more than 6 seconds. Then
the router will restart with the factory default
configuration.
WAN Connector for accessing the Internet.
LAN 1- 4 Connecters for local network devices (LAN).
PWR: Connecter for a power adapter.
Connecter for a USB device (for 3G USB Modem or
printer or storage disk).
ON/OFF: Power switch.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
7
1
1
.
.
3
3
H
H
a
a
r
r
d
d
w
w
a
a
r
r
e
e
I
I
n
n
s
s
t
t
a
a
l
l
l
l
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Before starting to configure the router, you have to connect your devices correctly.
1. Connect the cable Modem/DSL Modem/Media Converter to any WAN port of router
with Ethernet cable (RJ-45).
2. Connect one end of an Ethernet cable (RJ-45) to one of the LAN ports of the router and
the other end of the cable (RJ-45) into the Ethernet port on your computer.
3. Connect one end of the power adapter to the router’s power port on the rear panel, and
the other side into a wall outlet.
4. Power on the device by pressing down the power switch on the rear panel.
5. The system starts to initiate. After completing the system test, the ACT LED will light
up and start blinking.
(For the hardware connection, we take “n” model as an example.)
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
8
1
1
.
.
4
4
P
P
r
r
i
i
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
s
s
t
t
a
a
l
l
l
l
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
You can install a printer onto the router for sharing printing. All the PCs connected this router
can print documents via the router. The example provided here is made based on Windows
XP/2000. For Windows 98/SE/Vista, please visit www.DrayTek.com.
Before using it, please follow the steps below to configure settings for connected computers
(or wireless clients).
1. Connect the printer with the router through USB/parallel port.
2. Open All Programs>>Getting Started>>Devices and Printers.
3. Click Add a printer.
4. A dialog will appear. Click Add a local printer and click Next.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
9
5. In this dialog, choose Create a new port. In the field of Type of port, use the drop
down list to select Standard TCP/IP Port. Then, click Next.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
10
6. In the following dialog, type 192.168.1.1 (router’s LAN IP) in the field of Hostname or
IP Address and type 192.168.1.1 as the Port name. Then, click Next.
7. Click Standard and choose Generic Network Card.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
11
8. Now, your system will ask you to choose right name of the printer that you installed onto
the router. Such step can make correct driver loaded onto your PC. When you finish the
selection, click Next.
9. Type a name for the chosen printer. Click Next.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
12
10. Choose Do not share this printer and click Next.
11. Then, in the following dialog, click Finish.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
13
12. The new printer has been added and displayed under Printers and Faxes. Click the new
printer icon and click Printer server properties.
13. Edit the property of the new printer you have added by clicking Configure Port.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
14
14. Select "LPR" on Protocol, type p1 (number 1) as Queue Name. Then click OK. Next
please refer to the red rectangle for choosing the correct protocol and LPR name.
The printer can be used for printing now. Most of the printers with different manufacturers are
compatible with vigor router.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
15
1
1
.
.
5
5
A
A
c
c
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
i
i
n
n
g
g
W
W
e
e
b
b
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
1. Make sure your PC connects to the router correctly.
You may either simply set up your computer to get IP dynamically from the router or set
up the IP address of the computer to be the same subnet as the default IP address of
Vigor router 192.168.1.1. For the detailed information, please refer to the later section -
Trouble Shooting of the guide.
2. Open a web browser on your PC and type http://192.168.1.1. The following window
will be open to ask for username and password.
3. Please type “admin/admin” as the Username/Password and click Login.
Notice: If you fail to access to the web configuration, please go to “Trouble
Shooting” for detecting and solving your problem.
4. Now, the Main Screen will appear.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
16
Note: The home page will be different slightly in accordance with the type of the
router you have.
5. The web page can be logged out according to the chosen condition. The default setting is
Auto Logout, which means the web configuration system will logout after 5 minutes
without any operation. Change the setting for your necessity.
1
1
.
.
6
6
C
C
h
h
a
a
n
n
g
g
i
i
n
n
g
g
P
P
a
a
s
s
s
s
w
w
o
o
r
r
d
d
Please change the password for the original security of the router.
1. Open a web browser on your PC and type http://192.168.1.1. A pop-up window will
open to ask for username and password.
2. Please type “admin/admin” as Username/Password for accessing into the web user
interface with admin mode.
3. Go to System Maintenance page and choose Administrator Password/.
4. Enter the login password (the default is “admin”) on the field of Old Password. Type
New Password. Then click OK to continue.
Note: The maximum length of the password you can set is 23 characters.
5. Now, the password has been changed. Next time, use the new password to access the
Web user interface for this router.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
17
Note: Even the password has been changed, the Username for logging to the web
user interface is still “admin”.
1
1
.
.
7
7
I
I
n
n
t
t
r
r
o
o
d
d
u
u
c
c
i
i
n
n
g
g
D
D
a
a
s
s
h
h
b
b
o
o
a
a
r
r
d
d
Dashboard shows the connection status including System Information, IPv4 Internet Access,
IPv6 Internet Access, Interface (physical connection), Security and Quick Access.
Click Dashboard from the main menu on the left side of the main page.
A web page with default selections will be displayed on the screen. Refer to the following
figure:
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
18
1
1
.
.
7
7
.
.
1
1
V
V
i
i
r
r
t
t
u
u
a
a
l
l
P
P
a
a
n
n
e
e
l
l
On the top of the Dashboard, a virtual panel (simulating the physical panel of the router)
displays the physical interface connection. It will be refreshed every five seconds.
For detailed information about the LED display, refer to 1.2 LED Indicators and
Connectors.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
19
1
1
.
.
7
7
.
.
2
2
N
N
a
a
m
m
e
e
w
w
i
i
t
t
h
h
a
a
L
L
i
i
n
n
k
k
A name with a link (e.g., Router Name, Current Time, WAN1 and etc.) below means you can
click it to open the configuration page for modification.
1
1
.
.
7
7
.
.
3
3
Q
Q
u
u
i
i
c
c
k
k
A
A
c
c
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
f
f
o
o
r
r
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
o
o
n
n
U
U
s
s
e
e
d
d
M
M
e
e
n
n
u
u
All the menu items can be accessed and arranged orderly on the left side of the main page for
your request. However, some important and common used menu items which can be
accessed in a quick way just for convenience.
Look at the right side of the Dashboard. You will find a group of common used functions
grouped under Quick Access.
The function links of System Status, Dynamic DDNS, TR-069, IM/P2P Block, Schedule,
Syslog/Mail Alert, RADIUS, Firewall Object Setting and Data Flow Monitor are displayed
here. Move your mouse cursor on any one of the links and click on it. The corresponding
setting page will be open immediately.
In addition, quick access for VPN security settings such as Remote Dial-in User and LAN to
LAN are located on the bottom of this page. Scroll down the page to find them and use them if
required.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
20
Note that there is a plus (
) icon located on the left side of VPN/LAN. Click it to review the
VPN connection(s) used presently.
Host connected physically to the router via LAN port(s) will be displayed with green circles in
the field of Connected.
All of the hosts (including wireless clients) displayed with Host ID, IP Address and MAC
address indicates that the traffic would be transmitted through LAN port(s) and then the WAN
port. The purpose is to perform the traffic monitor of the host(s).
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
21
1
1
.
.
7
7
.
.
4
4
G
G
U
U
I
I
M
M
a
a
p
p
All the functions the router supports are listed with table clearly in this page. Users can click
the function link to access into the setting page of the function for detailed configuration.
Click the icon on the top of the main screen to display all the functions.
1
1
.
.
7
7
.
.
5
5
W
W
e
e
b
b
C
C
o
o
n
n
s
s
o
o
l
l
e
e
It is not necessary to use the telnet command via DOS prompt. The changes made by using
web console have the same effects as modified through web user interface. The
functions/settings modified under Web Console also can be reviewed on the web user
interface.
Click the Web Console icon on the top of the main screen to open the following screen.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
22
1
1
.
.
7
7
.
.
6
6
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
B
B
a
a
c
c
k
k
u
u
p
p
There is one way to store current used settings quickly by clicking the Config Backup icon. It
allows you to backup current settings as a file. Such configuration file can be restored by using
System Maintenance>>Configuration Backup.
Simply click the icon on the top of the main screen and a pop up dialog will appear.
Click Save to store the setting.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
23
1
1
.
.
7
7
.
.
7
7
L
L
o
o
g
g
o
o
u
u
t
t
Click this icon to exit the web user interface.
1
1
.
.
8
8
O
O
n
n
l
l
i
i
n
n
e
e
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
Such page displays the physical connection status such as LAN connection status, WAN
connection status, ADSL information, and so on.
1
1
.
.
8
8
.
.
1
1
P
P
h
h
y
y
s
s
i
i
c
c
a
a
l
l
C
C
o
o
n
n
n
n
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
4
4
P
P
r
r
o
o
t
t
o
o
c
c
o
o
l
l
1
1
.
.
8
8
.
.
2
2
P
P
h
h
y
y
s
s
i
i
c
c
a
a
l
l
C
C
o
o
n
n
n
n
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
P
P
r
r
o
o
t
t
o
o
c
c
o
o
l
l
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
24
Detailed explanation (for IPv4) is shown below:
Item Description
LAN Status
Primary DNS-Displays the primary DNS server address for
WAN interface.
Secondary DNS -Displays the secondary DNS server
address for WAN interface.
IP Address-Displays the IP address of the LAN interface.
TX Packets-Displays the total transmitted packets at the
LAN interface.
RX Packets-Displays the total received packets at the LAN
interface.
WAN1/WAN2
Enable – Yes in red means such interface is available but not
enabled. Yes in green means such interface is enabled.
Line – Displays the physical connection (Ethernet, or USB)
of this interface.
Name – Display the name of the router.
Mode - Displays the type of WAN connection (e.g., PPPoE).
Up Time - Displays the total uptime of the interface.
IP - Displays the IP address of the WAN interface.
GW IP - Displays the IP address of the default gateway.
TX Packets - Displays the total transmitted packets at the
WAN interface.
TX Rate - Displays the speed of transmitted octets at the
WAN interface.
RX Packets - Displays the total number of received packets
at the WAN interface.
RX Rate - Displays the speed of received octets at the WAN
interface.
Detailed explanation (for IPv6) is shown below:
Item Description
LAN Status
IP Address- Displays the IPv6 address of the LAN
interface..
TX Packets-Displays the total transmitted packets at the
LAN interface.
RX Packets-Displays the total received packets at the LAN
interface.
TX Bytes - Displays the speed of transmitted octets at the
LAN interface.
RX Bytes - Displays the speed of received octets at the
LAN interface.
WAN IPv6 Status
Enable – No in red means such interface is available but
not enabled. Yes in green means such interface is enabled.
No in red means such interface is not available.
Mode - Displays the type of WAN connection (e.g., TSPC).
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
25
Item Description
Up Time - Displays the total uptime of the interface.
IP - Displays the IP address of the WAN interface.
Gateway IP - Displays the IP address of the default
gateway.
Note: The words in green mean that the WAN connection of that interface is ready for
accessing Internet; the words in red mean that the WAN connection of that interface is not
ready for accessing Internet.
1
1
.
.
8
8
.
.
3
3
V
V
i
i
r
r
t
t
u
u
a
a
l
l
W
W
A
A
N
N
Such page displays the virtual WAN connection information.
Virtual WAN are used by TR-069 management, VoIP service and so on.
The field of Application will list the purpose of such WAN connection.
1
1
.
.
9
9
S
S
a
a
v
v
i
i
n
n
g
g
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
u
u
r
r
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Each time you click OK on the web page for saving the configuration, you can find messages
showing the system interaction with you.
Ready indicates the system is ready for you to input settings.
Settings Saved means your settings are saved once you click Finish or OK button.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
26
This page is left blank.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
27
Q
Q
u
u
i
i
c
c
k
k
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
There are several setup wizards offered for you to configure the router simply and quickly.
Quick Start Wizard – used for building network connection, Internet access.
Service Activation Wizard – used for activating the web content filter service.
VPN Client Wizard – used for establishing VPN tunnel; the router is treated as a VPN
client.
VPN Server Wizard – used for establishing VPN tunnel; the router is treated as a VPN
server.
2
2
.
.
1
1
Q
Q
u
u
i
i
c
c
k
k
S
S
t
t
a
a
r
r
t
t
W
W
i
i
z
z
a
a
r
r
d
d
The Quick Start Wizard is designed for you to easily set up your router for Internet access.
Open Wizards>>Quick Start Wizard.
It can help you to deploy and use the router easily and quickly. The first screen of Quick Start
Wizard is entering login password. After typing the password, please click Next.
On the next page as shown below, please select the WAN interface that you use. If Ethernet
interface is used, please choose WAN1; if 3G USB modem is used, please choose WAN2.
Then click Next for next step.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
28
WAN1 and WAN2 will bring up different configuration page. Refer to the following for
detailed information.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
29
2
2
.
.
1
1
.
.
1
1
F
F
o
o
r
r
W
W
A
A
N
N
1
1
(
(
E
E
t
t
h
h
e
e
r
r
n
n
e
e
t
t
)
)
WAN1 is dedicated to physical mode in Ethernet. If you choose WAN1, please specify
physical type. Then, click Next.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Display Name
Type a name for the router.
Physical Mode
Choose Ethernet or Wireless based on the physical
connection.
Choose Wireless 2.4G/5G if you want to use wireless station
mode to access Internet. Otherwise, choose Ethernet to
access Internet through WAN1 Ethernet Port.
Physical Type
This setting is available when Ethernet is selected as
Physical Mode. In general, Auto negotiation is suggested.
On the next page as shown below, please select the appropriate Internet access type according
to the information from your ISP. For example, you should select PPPoE mode if the ISP
provides you PPPoE interface. Then click Next for next step.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
30
2
2
.
.
1
1
.
.
1
1
.
.
1
1
E
E
t
t
h
h
e
e
r
r
n
n
e
e
t
t
W
W
A
A
N
N
1
1
-
-
P
P
P
P
P
P
o
o
E
E
1. Open Wizards>>Quick Start Wizard. Finish the password settings and click Next.
2. Choose WAN1 as the WAN Interface and click the Next button.
3. The following page will be open for you to specify Internet Access Type. Click PPPoE
as the Internet Access Type. Then click Next to continue.
4. Please manually enter the Username/Password provided by your ISP. Click Next for
viewing summary of such connection.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Service Name
(Optional)
Enter the description of the specific network service.
Username
Assign a specific valid user name provided by the ISP.
Password
Assign a valid password provided by the ISP.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
31
Confirm Password
Retype the password.
Back
Click it to return to previous setting page.
Next
Click it to get into the next setting page.
Cancel
Click it to give up the quick start wizard.
5. A summary page will be displayed as follows.
6. Click Finish. A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK!!! will appear.
7. Now, you can enjoy surfing on the Internet.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
32
2
2
.
.
1
1
.
.
1
1
.
.
2
2
E
E
t
t
h
h
e
e
r
r
n
n
e
e
t
t
W
W
A
A
N
N
1
1
-
-
P
P
P
P
T
T
P
P
/
/
L
L
2
2
T
T
P
P
1. Open Wizards>>Quick Start Wizard. Finish the password settings and click Next.
2. Choose WAN1 as the WAN Interface and click the Next button.
3. The following page will be open for you to specify Internet Access Type. Click
PPTP/L2TP as the Internet Access Type. Then click Next to continue.
4. Please type in the IP address/mask/gateway information originally provided by your ISP.
Then click Next for viewing summary of such connection.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
User Name
Assign a specific valid user name provided by the ISP.
Password
Assign a valid password provided by the ISP.
Confirm Password
Retype the password.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
33
WAN IP
Configuration
Obtain an IP address automatically – the router will get
an IP address automatically from DHCP server.
Specify an IP address – you have to type relational
settings manually.
IP Address - Type the IP address.
Subnet Mask –Type the subnet mask.
Gateway – Type the IP address of the gateway.
Primary DNS –Type in the primary IP address for the
router.
Second DNS –Type in secondary IP address for necessity
in the future.
PPTP Server / L2TP
Server
Type the IP address of the server.
Back
Click it to return to previous setting page.
Next
Click it to get into the next setting page.
Cancel
Click it to give up the quick start wizard.
5. A summary page will be displayed as follows.
6. Click Finish. A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK!!! will appear.
7. Now, you can enjoy surfing on the Internet.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
34
2
2
.
.
1
1
.
.
1
1
.
.
3
3
E
E
t
t
h
h
e
e
r
r
n
n
e
e
t
t
W
W
A
A
N
N
1
1
-
-
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
I
I
P
P
1. Open Wizards>>Quick Start Wizard. Finish the password settings and click Next.
2. Choose WAN1 as the WAN Interface and click the Next button.
3. The following page will be open for you to specify Internet Access Type. Click Static IP
as the Internet Access Type. Then click Next to continue.
4. Please type in the IP address information originally provided by your ISP. Then click
Next for viewing summary of such connection..
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
WAN IP
Type the IP address.
Subnet Mask
Type the subnet mask.
Gateway
Type the IP address of gateway.
Primary DNS
Type in the primary IP address for the router.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
35
Secondary DNS
Type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future.
Back
Click it to return to previous setting page.
Next
Click it to get into the next setting page.
Cancel
Click it to give up the quick start wizard.
5. A summary page will be displayed as follows.
6. Click Finish. A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK!!! will appear.
7. Now, you can enjoy surfing on the Internet.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
36
2
2
.
.
1
1
.
.
1
1
.
.
4
4
E
E
t
t
h
h
e
e
r
r
n
n
e
e
t
t
W
W
A
A
N
N
1
1
-
-
D
D
H
H
C
C
P
P
1. Open Wizards>>Quick Start Wizard. Finish the password settings and click Next.
2. Choose WAN1 as the WAN Interface and click the Next button.
3. The following page will be open for you to specify Internet Access Type. Click DHCP
as the Internet Access Type. Then click Next to continue.
4. Click DHCP as the Internet Access type. Simply click Next to continue. Then click Next
for viewing summary of such connection.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Host Name
Type the name of the host.
Note: The maximum length of the host name you can set is
39 characters.
MAC
Some Cable service providers specify a specific MAC
address for access authentication. In such cases you need to
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
37
enter the MAC address.
Back
Click it to return to previous setting page.
Next
Click it to get into the next setting page.
Cancel
Click it to give up the quick start wizard.
5. A summary page will be displayed as follows.
6. Click Finish. A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK!!! will appear.
7. Now, you can enjoy surfing on the Internet.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
38
2
2
.
.
1
1
.
.
2
2
F
F
o
o
r
r
W
W
A
A
N
N
1
1
(
(
W
W
i
i
r
r
e
e
l
l
e
e
s
s
s
s
2
2
.
.
4
4
G
G
/
/
5
5
G
G
)
)
WAN1 is dedicated to physical mode in Ethernet. If you choose WAN1, please specify
physical type. Then, click Next.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Display Name
Type a name for the router.
Physical Mode
Choose Wireless 2.4G/5G to use wireless station mode to
access Internet.
2
2
.
.
1
1
.
.
2
2
.
.
1
1
W
W
i
i
r
r
e
e
l
l
e
e
s
s
s
s
2
2
.
.
4
4
G
G
/
/
5
5
G
G
W
W
A
A
N
N
1
1
–
–
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
I
I
P
P
1. Open Wizards>>Quick Start Wizard. Finish the password settings and click Next.
2. Choose WAN1 as the WAN Interface, choose Wireless 2.4G/5G as Physical Mode, and
then click the Next button.
3. The following page will be open for you to specify Internet Access Type. Click Static IP
as the Internet Access Type. Then click Next to continue.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
39
4. Please manually enter the information provided by your ISP. Click Next.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
WAN IP
Type the IP address.
Subnet Mask
Type the subnet mask.
Gateway
Type the IP address of gateway.
Back
Click it to return to previous setting page.
Next
Click it to get into the next setting page.
Cancel
Click it to give up the quick start wizard.
5. Enter the IP address information according to the settings of your Wireless AP. Then
click Next.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
40
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
SSID
The identification of the Wireless AP.
MAC Address
(Optional)
The MAC Address of the Wireless AP.
Channel
The channel of frequency of the Wireless AP. Please notice
that, if this setting is modified, the channel of Wireless LAN
(2.4GHz) would be also modified.
Security Mode
The mode to connect to the Wireless AP.
Disable – The Router connects to the wireless AP
without any encryption mechanism.
WEP – The Router connects to the wireless AP as a
WEP client and the encryption key should be entered in
WEP Key.
WPA/PSK – The Router connects to the wireless AP as
a WPA client and the encryption key should be entered
in PSK.
WPA2/PSK – The Router connects to the wireless AP
as a WPA2 client and the encryption key should be
entered in PSK.
Back
Click it to return to previous setting page.
Next
Click it to get into the next setting page.
Cancel
Click it to give up the quick start wizard.
6. Click the AP Discovery button to choose your Wireless AP. You can also set the
Wireless AP information directly and skip the next 2 steps.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
41
7. Click the Scan button of the popup window and wait for a few seconds.
8. Select your Wireless AP and click the Add to button.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
42
9. All settings except the encryption key will be filled automatically. If the Security Mode
is WEP, type in the WEP Keys. If the Security Mode is WPA/PSK or WPA2/PSK,
type in the Pass Phrase. Then click Next for next step.
10. Click Finish. A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK!!! will appear.
11. Now, you can enjoy surfing on the Internet.
2
2
.
.
1
1
.
.
2
2
.
.
2
2
W
W
i
i
r
r
e
e
l
l
e
e
s
s
s
s
2
2
.
.
4
4
G
G
/
/
5
5
G
G
W
W
A
A
N
N
1
1
–
–
D
D
H
H
C
C
P
P
1. Open Wizards>>Quick Start Wizard. Finish the password settings and click Next.
2. Choose WAN1 as the WAN Interface, choose Wireless 2.4G/5G as Physical Mode, and
then click the Next button.
3. The following page will be open for you to specify Internet Access Type. Click DHCP
as the Internet Access Type. Then click Next to continue.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
43
4. Please manually enter the information provided by your ISP. Click Next.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
SSID
The identification of the Wireless AP.
MAC Address
(Optional)
The MAC Address of the Wireless AP.
Channel
The channel of frequency of the Wireless AP. Please notice
that, if this setting is modified, the channel of Wireless LAN
(2.4GHz) would be also modified.
Security Mode
The mode to connect to the Wireless AP.
Disable – The Router connects to the wireless AP
without any encryption mechanism.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
44
WEP – The Router connects to the wireless AP as a
WEP client and the encryption key should be entered in
WEP Key.
WPA/PSK – The Router connects to the wireless AP as
a WPA client and the encryption key should be entered
in PSK.
WPA2/PSK – The Router connects to the wireless AP
as a WPA2 client and the encryption key should be
entered in PSK.
Back
Click it to return to previous setting page.
Next
Click it to get into the next setting page.
Cancel
Click it to give up the quick start wizard.
5. Click the AP Discovery button to choose your Wireless AP. You can also set the
Wireless AP information directly and skip the next 2 steps.
6. Click the Scan button of the popup window and wait for a few seconds.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
45
7. Select your Wireless AP and click the Add to button.
8. All settings except the encryption key will be filled automatically. If the Security Mode
is WEP, type in the WEP Keys. If the Security Mode is WPA/PSK or WPA2/PSK,
type in the Pass Phrase. Then click Next for next step.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
46
9. Click Finish. A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK!!! will appear.
10. Now, you can enjoy surfing on the Internet.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
47
2
2
.
.
1
1
.
.
3
3
F
F
o
o
r
r
W
W
A
A
N
N
2
2
(
(
U
U
S
S
B
B
)
)
WAN2 is dedicated to physical mode in USB.
1. Open Wizards>>Quick Start Wizard. Finish the password settings and click Next
2. Choose WAN2 as the WAN Interface and click the Next button.
3. In the following page, fill in the information for 3G/4G USB Modem.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Internet Access
Choose a protocol for accessing the Internet.
3G/4G USB Modem
(PPP mode)
SIM Pin code –Type PIN code of the SIM card that will be
used to access Internet. The maximum length of the pin
code you can set is 15 characters.
Modem Initial String – Such value is used to initialize
USB modem. Please use the default value. If you have any
question, please contact to your ISP. The maximum length
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
48
of the string you can set is 47 characters.
APN Name – APN means Access Point Name which is
provided and required by some ISPs. Type the name and
click Apply.
3G/4G USB Modem
(DHCP mode)
SIM Pin code –Type PIN code of the SIM card that will be
used to access Internet.
Network Mode – Force Vigor router to connect Internet
with the mode specified here. If you choose 4G/3G/2G as
network mode, the router will choose a suitable one
according to the actual wireless signal automatically.
APN Name – APN means Access Point Name which is
provided and required by some ISPs.
4. Then, click Next for viewing summary of such connection.
5. Click Finish. A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK!!! will appear.
6. Now, you can enjoy surfing on the Internet.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
49
2
2
.
.
2
2
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
A
A
c
c
t
t
i
i
v
v
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
W
W
i
i
z
z
a
a
r
r
d
d
Service Activation Wizard can guide you to activate WCF service (Web Content Filter) with a
quick and easy way. For the Service Activation Wizard is only available for admin
operation, please type “admin/admin” on Username/Password while Logging into the
web user interface.
Service Activation Wizard is a tool which allows you to activate services without accessing
into the server (MyVigor) located on http://myvigor.draytek.com
.
Note: Such function is available only for Admin Mode.
1. Open Wizards>>Service Activation Wizard.
2. The screen of Service Activation Wizard will be shown as follows. You can activate
the Web content filter services and/or APPE enforcement service and / or DDNS service
at the same time or individually. When you finish the selection, please click Next.
Note: BPjM is web content filter (WCF) for German Speaking users. It is ideal for
your family to provide more Internet security for youngsters.
Cryan 30-day trial is WCF which offers 30-day trial period. After trial, you can
purchase DrayTek's prepared Cryan GlobalView WCF package from retailing outlets.
DT-APPE, developed by DrayTek, offers a mechanism to upgrade APPE signature
automatically.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
50
DT-DDNS, developed by DrayTek, offers one year free charge service of dynamic
DNS service for internal use.
3. Setting confirmation page will be displayed as follows, please click Activate.
Note: The service will be activated and applied as the default rule configured in
Firewall>>General Setup.
4. Setting confirmation page will be displayed as follows, please click Next.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
51
2
2
.
.
3
3
V
V
P
P
N
N
C
C
l
l
i
i
e
e
n
n
t
t
W
W
i
i
z
z
a
a
r
r
d
d
Such wizard is used to configure VPN settings for VPN client. Such wizard will guide to set
the LAN-to-LAN profile for VPN dial out connection (from server to client) step by step.
1. Open VPN and Remote Access>>VPN Client Wizard. The following page will appear.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
LAN-to-LAN Client
Mode Selection
Choose the client mode.
Route Mode/NAT Mode – If the remote network only
allows you to dial in with single IP, please choose this
mode, otherwise please choose Route Mode.
Please choose a
LAN-to-LAN Profile
There are 32 VPN profiles for users to set.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
52
2. When you finish the mode and profile selection, please click Next to open the following
page.
In this page, you have to select suitable VPN type for the VPN client profile. There are six
types provided here. Different type will lead to different configuration page. After making
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
53
the choices for the client profile, please click Next. You will see different configurations
based on the selection(s) you made.
Note: The following descriptions for VPN Type are based on the Route Mode
specified in LAN-to-LAN Client Mode Selection.
When you choose PPTP (None Encryption) or PPTP (Encryption), you will see the
following graphic:
When you choose IPsec, you will see the following graphic:
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
54
When you choose L2TP, you will see the following graphic:
When you choose L2TP over IPsec (Nice to Have) or L2TP over IPsec (Must), you
will see the following graphic:
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
55
When you choose SSL, you will see the following graphic:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Profile Name
Type a name for such profile. The length of the file is
limited to 10 characters.
Always On
Check to enable router always keep VPN connection.
Server IP/Host Name
for VPN
Type the IP address of the server or type the host name for
such VPN profile.
IKE Authentication
Method
IKE Authentication Method usually applies to those are
remote dial-in user or node (LAN to LAN) which uses
dynamic IP address and IPsec-related VPN connections
such as L2TP over IPsec and IPsec tunnel.
Pre-Shared Key- Specify a key for IKE authentication.
Confirm Pre-Shared Key-Confirm the pre-shared key.
Digital Signature (X.509) - Click Digital Signature to
invoke this function.
Peer ID – Choose the peer ID selection from the drop
down list.
Local ID – Choose Alternative Subject Name First or
Subject Name First.
Local Certificate – Use the drop down list to choose
one of the certificates for using. You have to configure
one certificate at least previously in Certificate
Management >> Local Certificate. Otherwise, the
setting you choose here will not be effective.
IPsec Security
Method
Medium - Authentication Header (AH) means data will be
authenticated, but not be encrypted. By default, this option
is active.
High - Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP) means
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
56
payload (data) will be encrypted and authenticated. You
may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption
Standard (DES), Triple DES (3DES), and AES.
User Name
This field is used to authenticate for connection when you
select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPsec policy above.
The length of the user name is limited to 11 characters.
Password
This field is used to authenticate for connection when you
select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPsec policy above.
The length of the password is limited to 11 characters.
Remote Network IP
Please type one LAN IP address (according to the real
location of the remote host) for building VPN connection.
Remote Network
Mask
Please type the network mask (according to the real location
of the remote host) for building VPN connection.
3. After finishing the configuration, please click Next. The confirmation page will be shown
as follows. If there is no problem, you can click one of the radio buttons listed on the page
and click Finish to execute the next action.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Go to the VPN
Connection
Management
Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote
Access>>Connection Management for viewing VPN
Connection status.
Do another VPN
Server Wizard Setup
Click this radio button to set another profile of VPN Server
through VPN Server Wizard.
View more detailed
configuration
Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote
Access>>LAN to LAN for viewing detailed configuration.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
57
2
2
.
.
4
4
V
V
P
P
N
N
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
e
e
r
r
W
W
i
i
z
z
a
a
r
r
d
d
Such wizard is used to configure VPN settings for VPN server. Such wizard will guide to set
the LAN-to-LAN profile for VPN dial in connection (from client to server) step by step.
1. Open VPN and Remote Access>>VPN Server Wizard. The following page will appear.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
VPN Server Mode
Selection
Choose the direction for the VPN server.
Site to Site VPN – To set a LAN-to-LAN profile
automatically, please choose Site to Site VPN.
Remote Dial-in User –You can manage remote access by
maintaining a table of remote user profile, so that users can
be authenticated to dial-in via VPN connection.
Please choose a
LAN-to-LAN Profile
This item is available when you choose Site to Site VPN
(LAN-to-LAN) as VPN server mode. There are 32 VPN
profiles for users to set.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
58
Please choose a
Dial-in User
Accounts
This item is available when you choose Remote Dial-in
User (Teleworker) as VPN server mode. There are 32 VPN
tunnels for users to set.
Allowed Dial-in Type
This item is available after you choose any one of dial-in
user account profiles. Next, you have to select suitable
dial-in type for the VPN server profile. There are several
types provided here (similar to VPN Client Wizard).
Different Dial-in Type will lead to different configuration
page. In addition, adjustable items for each dial-in type will
be changed according to the VPN Server Mode (Site to Site
VPN and Remote Dial-in User) selected.
2. After making the choices for the server profile, please click Next. You will see different
configurations based on the selection you made.
Here we take the examples of choosing Site-to-Site VPN as the VPN Server Mode.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
59
When you check PPTP, you will see the following graphic:
When you check PPTP & IPsec & L2TP (three types) or PPTP & IPsec (two types) or
L2TP with Policy (Nice to Have/Must), you will see the following graphic:
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
60
When you check IPsec, you will see the following graphic:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Profile Name
Type a name for such profile. The length of the file is
limited to 10 characters.
User Name
This field is used to authenticate for connection when you
select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPsec policy above.
The length of the name is limited to 11 characters.
Password
This field is used to authenticate for connection when you
select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPsec policy above.
The length of the name is limited to 11 characters.
Pre-Shared Key
For IPsec/L2TP IPsec authentication, you have to type a
pre-shared key.
The length of the name is limited to 64 characters.
Confirm Pre-Shared
Key
Type the pre-shared key again for confirmation.
Digital Signature
(X.509)
Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function.
Peer ID – Choose the peer ID selection from the drop down
list.
Local ID – Choose Alternative Subject Name First or
Subject Name First.
Peer IP/VPN Client
IP
Type the WAN IP address or VPN client IP address for the
remote client.
Peer ID
Type the ID name for the remote client.
The length of the name is limited to 47 characters.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
61
Remote Network IP
Please type one LAN IP address (according to the real
location of the remote host) for building VPN connection.
Remote Network
Mask
Please type the network mask (according to the real location
of the remote host) for building VPN connection.
3. After finishing the configuration, please click Next. The confirmation page will be shown
as follows. If there is no problem, you can click one of the radio buttons listed on the page
and click Finish to execute the next action.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Go to the VPN
Connection
Management
Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote
Access>>Connection Management for viewing VPN
Connection status.
Do another VPN
Server Wizard Setup
Click this radio button to set another profile of VPN Server
through VPN Server Wizard.
View more detailed
configuration
Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote
Access>>LAN to LAN for viewing detailed configuration.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
62
2
2
.
.
5
5
R
R
e
e
g
g
i
i
s
s
t
t
e
e
r
r
i
i
n
n
g
g
V
V
i
i
g
g
o
o
r
r
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
r
r
You have finished the configuration of Quick Start Wizard and you can surf the Internet at any
time. Now it is the time to register your Vigor router to MyVigor website for getting more
service. Please follow the steps below to finish the router registration.
1 Please login the web configuration interface of Vigor router by typing “admin/admin”
as User Name / Password.
2 Click Support Area>>Production Registration from the home page.
3 A Login page will be shown on the screen. Please type the account and password that
you created previously. And click Login.
Notice: If you haven’t an accessing account, please refer to section 3.5 Creating an
Account for MyVigor on this Guide to create your own one. Please read the articles
on the Agreement regarding user rights carefully while creating a user account.
4 The following page will be displayed after you logging in MyVigor. When the following
page appears, please type in Nickname (for the router) and choose the right registration
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
63
date from the popup calendar (it appears when you click on the box of Registration Date).
Click Add.
5
When the following page appears, your router information has been added to the
database.
4 After clicking OK, you will see the following page. Your router has been registered to
myvigor website successfully.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
64
This page is left blank.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
65
T
T
u
u
t
t
o
o
r
r
i
i
a
a
l
l
s
s
a
a
n
n
d
d
A
A
p
p
p
p
l
l
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
s
s
3
3
.
.
1
1
H
H
o
o
w
w
t
t
o
o
c
c
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
u
u
r
r
e
e
s
s
e
e
t
t
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
s
s
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
i
i
n
n
V
V
i
i
g
g
o
o
r
r
2
2
1
1
2
2
0
0
Due to the shortage of IPv4 address, more and more countries use IPv6 to solve the problem.
However, to continually use the original rich resources of IPv4, both IPv6 and IPv4 networks
shall communicate for each other via intercommunication mechanism to complete the shifting
job from IPv4 to IPv6 gradually. At present, there are three common types of
intercommunication mechanisms:
Dual Stack
The user can use both IPv4 and IPv6 techniques at the same time. That means adding an
IPv6 stack on the origin network layer to let the host own the communication capability
of IPv4 and IPv6.
Tunnel
Both IPv6 hosts can communication for each other via existing IPv4 network
environment. The IPv6 packets will be encapsulated with the header of IPv4 first. Later,
the packets will be transformed and judged by IPv4 router. Once the packets arrive the
border between IPv4 and IPv6, the header of IPv4 on the packets will be removed. Then,
the packets with IPv6 address will be forwarded to the destination of IPv6 network.
Translation
Such feature is active only for the user who uses IPv4 to communicate with other user
using IPv4 service.
Before configuring the settings on Vigor2120, you need to know which connection type that
your IPv6 service used.
Note: For the IPv6 service, you have to configure WAN/LAN settings before using the
service.
I
I
.
.
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
u
u
r
r
i
i
n
n
g
g
t
t
h
h
e
e
W
W
A
A
N
N
S
S
e
e
t
t
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
s
s
For the IPv6 WAN settings for Vigor2120, there are five connection types to be chosen: PPP,
TSPC, AICCU, DHCPv6 Client and Static IPv6.
1. Access into the web user interface of Vigor2120. Open WAN>> Internet Access.
Choose one of the WAN interfaces as the one supporting IPv6 service. Then, click the
IPv6 button of the selected WAN.
Note: Only one WAN interface support IPv6 service at one time. In this example,
WAN1 is chosen as the one supporting IPv6 service.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
66
2. In the following figure, use the drop down list to choose a proper connection type.
Different connection types will bring out different configuration page. Refer to the
following:
PPP – Dual Stack application, IPv4 and IPv6 services can be utilized at the same
time
Choose PPP and type the information for PPPoE of IPv4.
Access into the setting page for IPv6 service, it is not necessary for you to configure
anything.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
67
Click OK and open Online Status. If the connection is successful, you will get the IP
address for IPv4 and IPv6 at the same time.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
68
TSPC – Tunnel application, both IPv6 hosts communicate through IPv4 network
Choose TSPC and type the information for TSPC service.
Note: While using such mode, you have to make sure the IPv4 network connection is
normal.
(In the following figure, the TSPC information is obtained from http://gogo6.com/ after
applied for the service.)
Click OK and open Online Status. If the connection is successful, the physical
connection will be shows as follows:
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
69
AICCU – Tunnel application
Choose AICCU and type the information for AICCU of IPv6.
Note: While using such mode, you have to make sure the IPv4 network connection is
normal.
(In the following figure, the AICCU information is obtained from
https://www.sixxs.net/main/
after applied for the service.)
Click OK and open Online Status. If the connection is successful, the physical
connection will be shows as follows:
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
70
DHCPv6 Client
Choose DHCPv6 Client. Click one of the identity associations and type the IAID
number.
Click OK and open Online Status. If the connection is successful, the physical
connection will be shows as follows:
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
71
Static IPv6
Choose Static IPv6. Type IPv6 address, Prefix Length and Gateway Address.
Click OK and open Online Status. If the connection is successful, the physical
connection will be shows as follows:
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
72
I
I
I
I
.
.
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
u
u
r
r
i
i
n
n
g
g
t
t
h
h
e
e
L
L
A
A
N
N
S
S
e
e
t
t
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
s
s
After finished the WAN settings for IPv6, please configure the LAN settings to make the
router’s client getting the IPv6 address.
1. Access into the web user interface of Vigor2120. Open LAN>> General Setup. Click
the IPv6 button to display the following page.
Note: Only the subnet of LAN1 supports IPv6 feature.
2. In the field of Router Advertisement Server, the default setting is Enable. The client’s
PC will ask RADVD service for the Prefix of IPv6 address automatically, and generate
an Interface ID by itself to compose a full and unique IPv6 address.
3. In the field of DHCPv6 Server, when DHCPv6 service is enabled, you can assign
available IPv6 address for the client manually.
Note: When both mechanisms are enabled, the client can determine which mechanism
to be used (e.g., the default mechanism for Windows7 is RADVD).
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
73
I
I
I
I
I
I
.
.
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
r
r
m
m
i
i
n
n
g
g
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
R
R
u
u
n
n
S
S
u
u
c
c
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
f
f
u
u
l
l
l
l
y
y
1. Make sure you have get the correct IPv6 IP address. Get into MS-DOS interface and type
the command of “ipconfig”. Refer to the following figure.
From the above figure we can see IPv6 IP address has been captured by the system.
2. Use the Ping command to ping any IPv6 address indicating an IPv6 website. For
example, www.kame.net
is a website supporting IPv4 IP and IPv6 IP services. Its IPv6
address is seen with a format of 2001:200:dff:fff1:216:3eff:feb1:44d7.
After getting the above message, it means the IPv6 service has been activated
successfully.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
74
3. Connect to the website for IPv6. Open a web browser and type an URL of IPv6, e.g.,
www.kame.net
. If your computer accesses into the website by using IPv6 address, you
may see a turtle dancing on the screen. If not, only a steady turtle will be seen.
If you can see a turtle dancing on the screen, that means IPv6 service is ready for you to
access and utilize.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
75
3
3
.
.
2
2
H
H
o
o
w
w
c
c
a
a
n
n
I
I
g
g
e
e
t
t
t
t
h
h
e
e
f
f
i
i
l
l
e
e
s
s
f
f
r
r
o
o
m
m
U
U
S
S
B
B
s
s
t
t
o
o
r
r
a
a
g
g
e
e
d
d
e
e
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
c
c
o
o
n
n
n
n
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
t
t
o
o
V
V
i
i
g
g
o
o
r
r
r
r
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
r
r
?
?
Files on USB storage device can be reviewed by opening USB Applicaiton>>File Explorer.
If it is necessary for you to delete, copy files on the device or write, paste files to the devcie, it
must be done through or FTP server.
1. Plug the USB device to the USB port on the router. Make sure Disk Connected appears
on the Connection Status as the figure shown below:
2. Setup a user account for the FTP service by using USB Application >>USB User
Management. Click Enable to enable FTP/Samba User account. Here we add a new
account "user1" and assign authorities “Read”, “Write” and “List” to it.
3. Click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
76
4. Make sure the FTP service is running properly. Please open a browser and type
ftp://192.168.1.1
. Use the account "user1" to login.
5. When the following screen appears, it means the FTP service is running properly.
6. Return to USB Application >> USB Disk Status. The information for FTP server will
be shown as below.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
77
Now, users in LAN of Vigor2120 can access into the USB storage device by typing
ftp://192.168.1.1 on any browser. They can add or remove files / directories, depending on the
Access Rule for FTP account settings in USB Application >>USB User Management.
3
3
.
.
3
3
H
H
o
o
w
w
t
t
o
o
B
B
u
u
i
i
l
l
d
d
a
a
L
L
A
A
N
N
-
-
t
t
o
o
-
-
L
L
A
A
N
N
V
V
P
P
N
N
B
B
e
e
t
t
w
w
e
e
e
e
n
n
R
R
e
e
m
m
o
o
t
t
e
e
O
O
f
f
f
f
i
i
c
c
e
e
a
a
n
n
d
d
H
H
e
e
a
a
d
d
q
q
u
u
a
a
r
r
t
t
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
a
a
I
I
P
P
s
s
e
e
c
c
T
T
u
u
n
n
n
n
e
e
l
l
(
(
M
M
a
a
i
i
n
n
M
M
o
o
d
d
e
e
)
)
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
u
u
r
r
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
o
o
n
n
V
V
i
i
g
g
o
o
r
r
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
o
o
r
r
H
H
e
e
a
a
d
d
O
O
f
f
f
f
i
i
c
c
e
e
1. Log into the web user interface of Vigor router.
2. Open VPN and Remote Access>>LAN to LAN to create a LAN-to-LAN profile.
3. Click any index number to open the configuration page. Type a name which is easy for
identification for such profile (in this case, type VPN Server), and check the box of
Enable This Profile. For Vigor router will be set as a server, the call direction shall be
set as Dial-in and set 0 as Idle Timeout.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
78
4. Now navigate to the next section, Dial-In Settings to check PPTP, IPsec Tunnel and
L2TP boxes. Check the box of Specify Remote… and type the Peer VPN Server IP
(e.g., 218.242.130.19 in this case). Press the IKE Pre-Shared Key button to set the PSK;
and select Medium (AH) or High (ESP) as the security method.
5. Continue to navigate to the TCP/IP Network Settings for setting the LAN IP for remote
side.
6. Click OK to save the settings.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
79
7. Open VPN and Remote Access>>Connection Management to check the dial-in
connection status (from branch office).
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
u
u
r
r
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
o
o
n
n
V
V
i
i
g
g
o
o
r
r
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
o
o
r
r
B
B
r
r
a
a
n
n
c
c
h
h
O
O
f
f
f
f
i
i
c
c
e
e
1. Log into the web user interface of Vigor router.
2. Open VPN and Remote Access>>LAN to LAN to create a LAN-to-LAN profile. The
following settings are for a permanent VPN connection.
3. Click any index number to open the configuration page. Type a name which is easy for
identification for such profile (in this case, type VPN Client), and check the box of
Enable This Profile. For such Vigor router will be set as a client, the call direction shall
be set as Dial-out. Check the box of Always on for a permanent VPN connection.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
80
4. Now navigate to the next section, Dial-Out Settings to select the IPsec Tunnel service
and type the remote server IP/host name (e.g., 218.242.133.91, in this case). Press the
IKE Pre-Shared Key button to set the PSK; and select Medium (AH) or High (ESP)
as the security method.
5. Continue to navigate to the TCP/IP Network Settings for setting the LAN IP for the
remote side.
6. Click OK to save the settings.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
81
7. Open VPN and Remote Access>>Connection Management to check the dial-in
connection status (from head office).
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
82
3
3
.
.
4
4
H
H
o
o
w
w
t
t
o
o
O
O
p
p
t
t
i
i
m
m
i
i
z
z
e
e
t
t
h
h
e
e
B
B
a
a
n
n
d
d
w
w
i
i
d
d
t
t
h
h
t
t
h
h
r
r
o
o
u
u
g
g
h
h
Q
Q
o
o
S
S
T
T
e
e
c
c
h
h
n
n
o
o
l
l
o
o
g
g
y
y
Have you ever gotten any problems in uploading/downloading files (Voice, video or
email/data only) with the narrow/districted bandwidth you may share from the common
Internet connection line? The advanced bandwidth management technology-QoS (Quality of
Service) helps you to well allocate the bandwidth upon your demand of Voice, Video, or Data
transferring. Let's see how to get the optimum bandwidth per your request by using DrayTek
Vigor router as below.
Scenario: The Internet connection you got from ISP line is 2MB/512Kb. There are VoIP
telephony network, IPTV set top box and data server at your home. Assume you want to
allocate 30% of the bandwidth you got to VoIP demand, 50% for IPTV, 15% for mail/data,
5% for others. Let's see how easily it is to do the setting as below:
1.
Open Bandwidth Management>> Quality of Service.
2. You will get the following page. Click the Edit link for Class 1.
3.
In the following page, type a name (e.g., VoIP) for such class and click Add.
4. Check the box of ACT. Click Edit to specify the local address.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
83
5. In the pop-up window, choose Range Address as the Address Type and type the start IP
address and end IP address in relational fields. Click OK to save the settings and exit the
window.
6. Click OK again to save the settings.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
84
7. The class rule for VoIP has been set. Click OK to return to previous page.
8. Do the same steps to add class rules for IPTV and Data/Email with IP addresses as
shown below.
and
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
85
9. Assuming you get 2MB/512Kb Internet line. You can click the Setup link of WAN1 to
set up the bandwidth for different groups among VoIP, IPTV and Data/Email.
10. In the Setup page, check the box of Enable the QoS Control. Type 30, 50 and 15 in the
boxes for VoIP, IPTV and Data/Email respectively. Check the box of Enable UDP
Bandwidth Control.
Note: The rate of outbound/inbound must be smaller than the real bandwidth to
ensure correct calculation of QoS. It is suggested to set the bandwidth value for
inbound/outbound as 80% - 85% of physical network speed provided by ISP to
maximize the QoS performance.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
86
11. Click OK to save the settings. The class rules for WAN1 are defined as shown below.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
87
3
3
.
.
5
5
H
H
o
o
w
w
t
t
o
o
C
C
r
r
e
e
a
a
t
t
e
e
a
a
n
n
A
A
c
c
c
c
o
o
u
u
n
n
t
t
f
f
o
o
r
r
M
M
y
y
V
V
i
i
g
g
o
o
r
r
The website of MyVigor (a server located on http://myvigor.draytek.com) provides several
useful services (such as Anti-Spam, Web Content Filter, Anti-Intrusion, and etc.) to filtering
the web pages for the sake of protecting your system.
To access into MyVigor for getting more information, please create an account for MyVigor.
3
3
.
.
5
5
.
.
1
1
C
C
r
r
e
e
a
a
t
t
e
e
a
a
n
n
A
A
c
c
c
c
o
o
u
u
n
n
t
t
v
v
i
i
a
a
V
V
i
i
g
g
o
o
r
r
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
r
r
1. Click CSM>> Web Content Filter Profile. The following page will appear.
Or
Click System Maintenance>>Activation to open the following page.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
88
2. Click the Activate link. A login page for MyVigor web site will pop up automatically.
3. Click the link of Create an account now.
4. Check to confirm that you accept the Agreement and click Accept.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
89
5. Type your personal information in this page and then click Continue.
6. Choose proper selection for your computer and click Continue.
7. Now you have created an account successfully. Click START.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
90
8. Check to see the confirmation email with the title of New Account Confirmation
Letter from myvigor.draytek.com.
9. Click the Activate my Account link to enable the account that you created. The following
screen will be shown to verify the register process is finished. Please click Login.
10. When you see the following page, please type in the account and password (that you just
created) in the fields of UserName and Password.
11. Now, click Login. Your account has been activated. You can access into MyVigor server
to activate the service (e.g., WCF) that you want.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
91
3
3
.
.
5
5
.
.
2
2
C
C
r
r
e
e
a
a
t
t
e
e
a
a
n
n
A
A
c
c
c
c
o
o
u
u
n
n
t
t
v
v
i
i
a
a
M
M
y
y
V
V
i
i
g
g
o
o
r
r
W
W
e
e
b
b
S
S
i
i
t
t
e
e
1. Access into http://myvigor.draytek.com. Find the line of Not registered yet?. Then, click
the link Click here! to access into next page.
2. Check to confirm that you accept the Agreement and click Accept.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
92
3. Type your personal information in this page and then click Continue.
4. Choose proper selection for your computer and click Continue.
5. Now you have created an account successfully. Click START.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
93
6. Check to see the confirmation email with the title of New Account Confirmation
Letter from myvigor.draytek.com.
7. Click the Activate my Account link to enable the account that you created. The following
screen will be shown to verify the register process is finished. Please click Login.
8. When you see the following page, please type in the account and password (that you just
created) in the fields of UserName and Password. Then type the code in the box of Auth
Code according to the value displayed on the right side of it.
Now, click Login. Your account has been activated. You can access into MyVigor server to
activate the service (e.g., WCF) that you want.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
94
3
3
.
.
6
6
H
H
o
o
w
w
t
t
o
o
S
S
e
e
n
n
d
d
a
a
N
N
o
o
t
t
i
i
f
f
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
t
t
o
o
S
S
p
p
e
e
c
c
i
i
f
f
i
i
e
e
d
d
P
P
h
h
o
o
n
n
e
e
N
N
u
u
m
m
b
b
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
a
a
S
S
M
M
S
S
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
i
i
n
n
W
W
A
A
N
N
D
D
i
i
s
s
c
c
o
o
n
n
n
n
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Follow the steps listed below:
1. Log into the web user interface of Vigor router.
2. Configure relational objects first. Open Object Settings>>SMS/Mail Server Object to
get the following page.
Index 1 to Index 8 allows you to choose the built-in SMS service provider. If the SMS
service provider is not on the list, you can configure Index 9 and Index 10 to add the new
service provider to Vigor router.
3. Choose any index number (e.g., Index 1 in this case) to configure the SMS Provider
setting. In the following page, type the username and password and set the quota that the
router can send the message out.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
95
4. After finished the settings, click OK to return to previous page. Now you have finished
the configuration of the SMS Provider profile setting.
5. Open Object Settings>>Notification Object to configure the event conditions of the
notification.
6. Choose any index number (e.g., Index 1 in this case) to configure conditions for sending
the SMS. In the following page, type the name of the profile and check the Disconnected
and Reconnected boxes for WAN to work in concert with the topic of this paper.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
96
7. After finished the settings, click OK to return to previous page. You have finished the
configuration of the notification object profile setting.
8. Now, open Application >> SMS / Mail Alert Service. Use the drop down list to choose
SMS Provider and the Notify Profile (specify the time of sending SMS). Then, type the
phone number in the field of Recipient (the one who will receive the SMS).
9. Click OK to save the settings. Later, if one of the WAN connections fails in your router,
the system will send out SMS to the phone number specified. If the router has only one
WAN interface, the system will send out SMS to the phone number while reconnecting
the WAN interface successfully.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
97
R
R
e
e
m
m
a
a
r
r
k
k
:
:
H
H
o
o
w
w
t
t
h
h
e
e
c
c
u
u
s
s
t
t
o
o
m
m
i
i
z
z
e
e
t
t
h
h
e
e
S
S
M
M
S
S
P
P
r
r
o
o
v
v
i
i
d
d
e
e
r
r
Choose one of the Index numbers (9 or 10) allowing you to customize the SMS Provider. In
the web page, type the URL string of the SMS provider and type the username and password.
After clicking OK, the new added SMS provider will be added and will be available for you to
specify for sending SMS out.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
98
3
3
.
.
7
7
H
H
o
o
w
w
t
t
o
o
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
u
u
r
r
e
e
C
C
e
e
r
r
t
t
a
a
i
i
n
n
C
C
o
o
m
m
p
p
u
u
t
t
e
e
r
r
s
s
A
A
c
c
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
i
i
n
n
g
g
t
t
o
o
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
n
n
e
e
t
t
We can specify certain computers (e.g., 192.168.1.10 ~ 192.168.1.20) accessing to Internet
through Vigor router. Others (e.g., 192.168.1.31 and 192.168.1.32) outside the range can get
the source from LAN only.
The way we can use is to set two rules under Firewall. For Rule 1 of Set 2 under
Firewall>>Filter Setup is used as the default setting, we have to create a new rule starting
from Filter Rule 2 of Set 2.
1. Access into the web user interface of Vigor router.
2. Open Firewall>>Filter Setup. Click the Set 2 link and choose the Filter Rule 2 button.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
99
3. Check the box of Check to enable the Filter Rule. Type the comments (e.g., block_all).
Choose Block If No Further Match for the Filter setting. Then, click OK.
Note: In default, the router will check the packets starting with Set 2, Filter Rule 2 to
Filter Rule 7. If Block If No Further Match for is selected for Filter, the firewall of
the router would check the packets with the rules starting from Rule 3 to Rule 7. The
packets not matching with the rules will be processed according to Rule 2.
4. Next, set another rule. Just open Firewall>>Filter Setup. Click the Set 2 link and
choose the Filter Rule 3 button.
5. Check the box of Check to enable the Filter Rule. Type the comments (e.g., open_ip).
Click the Edit button for Source IP.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
100
6. A dialog box will be popped up. Choose Range Address as Address Type by using the
drop down list. Type 192.168.1.10 in the field of Start IP, and type 192.168.1.20 in the
field of End IP. Then, click OK to save the settings. The computers within the range can
access into the Internet.
7. Now, check the content of Source IP is correct or not. The action for Filter shall be set
with Pass Immediately. Then, click OK to save the settings.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
101
8. Both filter rules have been created. Click OK.
9. Now, all the settings are configured well. Only the computers with the IP addresses
within 192.168.1.10 ~ 192.168.1.20 can access to Internet.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
102
3
3
.
.
8
8
H
H
o
o
w
w
t
t
o
o
B
B
l
l
o
o
c
c
k
k
F
F
a
a
c
c
e
e
b
b
o
o
o
o
k
k
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
A
A
c
c
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
e
e
d
d
b
b
y
y
t
t
h
h
e
e
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
s
s
v
v
i
i
a
a
W
W
e
e
b
b
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
e
e
n
n
t
t
F
F
i
i
l
l
t
t
e
e
r
r
/
/
U
U
R
R
L
L
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
e
e
n
n
t
t
F
F
i
i
l
l
t
t
e
e
r
r
There are two ways to block the facebook service, Web Content Filter and URL Content
Filter.
Web Content Filter,
Benefits: Easily and quickly implement the category/website that you want to block.
Note: License is required.
URL Content Filter,
Benefits: Free, flexible for customize webpage.
Note: Manual setting (e.g., one keyword for one website.)
I
I
.
.
V
V
i
i
a
a
W
W
e
e
b
b
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
e
e
n
n
t
t
F
F
i
i
l
l
t
t
e
e
r
r
1. Make sure the Web Content Filter (powered by Commtouch) license is valid.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
103
2. Open CSM >> Web Content Filter Profile to create a WCF profile. Check Social
Networking with Action, Block.
3. Enable this profile in Firewall>>General Setup>>Default Rule.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
104
4. Next time when someone accesses facebook via this router, the web page would be
blocked and the following message would be displayed instead.
I
I
I
I
.
.
V
V
i
i
a
a
U
U
R
R
L
L
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
e
e
n
n
t
t
F
F
i
i
l
l
t
t
e
e
r
r
A. Block the web page containing the word of “Facebook”
1. Open Object Settings>>Keyword Object. Click an index number to open the setting
page.
2. In the field of Contents, please type facebook. Configure the settings as the following
figure.
3. Open CSM>>URL Content Filter Profile. Click an index number to open the setting
page.
4. Configure the settings as the following figure.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
105
5. When you finished the above steps, click OK. Then, open Firewall>>General Setup.
6. Click the Default Rule tab. Choose the profile just configured from the drop down list in
the field of URL Content Filter. Now, users cannot open any web page with the word
“facebook” inside.
B. Disallow users to play games on Facebook
1. Open Object Settings>>Keyword Object. Click an index number to open the setting
page.
2. In the field of Contents, please type apps.facebook. Configure the settings as the
following figure.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
106
3. Open CSM>>URL Content Filter Profile. Click an index number to open the setting
page.
4. Configure the settings as the following figure.
5. When you finished the above steps, please open Firewall>>General Setup.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
107
6. Click the Default Rule tab. Choose the profile just configured from the drop down list in
the field of URL Content Filter. Now, users cannot open any web page with the word
“facebook” inside.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
108
3
3
.
.
9
9
H
H
o
o
w
w
t
t
o
o
u
u
s
s
e
e
S
S
m
m
a
a
r
r
t
t
M
M
o
o
n
n
i
i
t
t
o
o
r
r
w
w
i
i
t
t
h
h
V
V
i
i
g
g
o
o
r
r
2
2
1
1
2
2
0
0
s
s
e
e
r
r
i
i
e
e
s
s
For the models that support SmartMonitor, you can connect the device installed with
SmartMonitor to the monitor port of Vigor router, then all the traffic in other LAN port will
forward to the monitor port. But, there is no hardware monitor port for Vigor2120 series.
Therefore we need to configure mirror port setting in the web user interface of Vigor2120 for
using SmartMonitor.
1. Please go to LAN > LAN Port Mirror to setup the mirror port.
2. Please enable the Port Mirror function first.
3. Select the Mirror port and Mirrored port, the traffics of mirrored ports will be forwarded
to mirror port. For example, if we select P2 as mirror port and mirrored ports are P1, P3
and P4, then P1, P3 and P4 will forward the traffic to P2.
When the LAN Port Mirror is configured correctly, just connect the PC installed with
SmartMonitor to the mirror port.
Note: Please pay attention that the mirror port will fail to get IP from Vigor2120. It means
that any computer connects to mirror port can not access Vigor2120 or Internet, and only
can be used as a “monitor” device.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
109
A
A
d
d
v
v
a
a
n
n
c
c
e
e
d
d
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
u
u
r
r
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
This chapter will guide users to execute advanced (full) configuration through admin mode
operation.
1. Open a web browser on your PC and type http://192.168.1.1. The window will ask for
typing username and password.
2. Please type “admin/admin” on Username/Password for administration operation.
Now, the Main Screen will appear. Be aware that “Admin mode” will be displayed on the
bottom left side.
4
4
.
.
1
1
W
W
A
A
N
N
Quick Start Wizard offers user an easy method to quick setup the connection mode for the
router. Moreover, if you want to adjust more settings for different WAN modes, please go to
WAN group.
4
4
.
.
1
1
.
.
1
1
B
B
a
a
s
s
i
i
c
c
s
s
o
o
f
f
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
n
n
e
e
t
t
P
P
r
r
o
o
t
t
o
o
c
c
o
o
l
l
(
(
I
I
P
P
)
)
N
N
e
e
t
t
w
w
o
o
r
r
k
k
IP means Internet Protocol. Every device in an IP-based Network including routers, print
server, and host PCs, needs an IP address to identify its location on the network. To avoid
address conflicts, IP addresses are publicly registered with the Network Information Centre
(NIC). Having a unique IP address is mandatory for those devices participated in the public
network but not in the private TCP/IP local area networks (LANs), such as host PCs under the
management of a router since they do not need to be accessed by the public. Hence, the NIC
has reserved certain addresses that will never be registered publicly. These are known as
private IP addresses, and are listed in the following ranges:
From 10.0.0.0 to 10.255.255.255
From 172.16.0.0 to 172.31.255.255
From 192.168.0.0 to 192.168.255.255
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
110
W
W
h
h
a
a
t
t
a
a
r
r
e
e
P
P
u
u
b
b
l
l
i
i
c
c
I
I
P
P
A
A
d
d
d
d
r
r
e
e
s
s
s
s
a
a
n
n
d
d
P
P
r
r
i
i
v
v
a
a
t
t
e
e
I
I
P
P
A
A
d
d
d
d
r
r
e
e
s
s
s
s
As the router plays a role to manage and further protect its LAN, it interconnects groups of
host PCs. Each of them has a private IP address assigned by the built-in DHCP server of the
Vigor router. The router itself will also use the default private IP address: 192.168.1.1 to
communicate with the local hosts. Meanwhile, Vigor router will communicate with other
network devices through a public IP address. When the data flow passing through, the
Network Address Translation (NAT) function of the router will dedicate to translate
public/private addresses, and the packets will be delivered to the correct host PC in the local
area network. Thus, all the host PCs can share a common Internet connection.
G
G
e
e
t
t
Y
Y
o
o
u
u
r
r
P
P
u
u
b
b
l
l
i
i
c
c
I
I
P
P
A
A
d
d
d
d
r
r
e
e
s
s
s
s
f
f
r
r
o
o
m
m
I
I
S
S
P
P
In ADSL deployment, the PPP (Point to Point)-style authentication and authorization is
required for bridging customer premises equipment (CPE). Point to Point Protocol over
Ethernet (PPPoE) connects a network of hosts via an access device to a remote access
concentrator or aggregation concentrator. This implementation provides users with significant
ease of use. Meanwhile it provides access control, billing, and type of service according to
user requirement.
When a router begins to connect to your ISP, a serial of discovery process will occur to ask for
a connection. Then a session will be created. Your user ID and password is authenticated via
PAP or CHAP with RADIUS authentication system. And your IP address, DNS server, and
other related information will usually be assigned by your ISP.
N
N
e
e
t
t
w
w
o
o
r
r
k
k
C
C
o
o
n
n
n
n
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
b
b
y
y
3
3
G
G
/
/
4
4
G
G
U
U
S
S
B
B
M
M
o
o
d
d
e
e
m
m
For 3G mobile communication through Access Point is popular more and more, Vigor2120
adds the function of 3G network connection for such purpose. By connecting 3G/4G USB
Modem to the USB port of Vigor2120, it can support HSDPA/ UMTS/EDGE/ GPRS/ GSM
and the future 3G/4G standard (HSUPA, etc). Vigor2120n-plus with 3G/4G USB Modem
allows you to receive 3G/4G signals at any place such as your car or certain location holding
outdoor activity and share the bandwidth for using by more people. Users can use four LAN
ports on the router to access Internet. Also, they can access Internet via 802.11n wireless
function of Vigor2120n-plus, and enjoy the powerful firewall, bandwidth management, VPN
features of Vigor2120n-plus series.
After connecting into the router, 3G/4G USB Modem will be regarded as the third WAN port.
However, the original WAN1 and WAN2 still can be used and Load-Balance can be done in
the router. Besides, 3G/4G USB Modem in WAN3 also can be used as backup device.
Therefore, when WAN1 and WAN2 are not available, the router will use 3.5G for supporting
automatically. The supported 3G/4G USB Modem will be listed on DrayTek web site. Please
visit www.draytek.com for more detailed information.
Below shows the menu items for WAN.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
111
4
4
.
.
1
1
.
.
2
2
G
G
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
a
a
l
l
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
This section will introduce some general settings of Internet and explain the connection modes
for WAN1 and WAN2 in details.
This router supports multiple-WAN function. It allows users to access Internet and combine
the bandwidth of the multiple WANs to speed up the transmission through the network. Each
WAN port can connect to different ISPs, Even if the ISPs use different technology to provide
telecommunication service (such as DSL, Cable modem, etc.). If any connection problem
occurred on one of the ISP connections, all the traffic will be guided and switched to the
normal communication port for proper operation. Please configure WAN1 and WAN2 settings.
WAN1 is fixed with physical mode of Ethernet.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable
Choose Yes to invoke the settings for this WAN interface.
Choose No to disable the settings for this WAN interface.
Display Name
Type the description for such WAN interface.
Physical Mode
Choose Ethernet or Wireless based on the physical
connection.
Choose Wireless 2.4G if you want to use wireless station
mode to access Internet. Otherwise, choose Ethernet to
access Internet through WAN Ethernet Port.
Physical Type
You can change the physical type for WAN2 or choose
Auto negotiation for determined by the system.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
112
VLAN Tag insertion
Enable – Enable the function of VLAN with tag.
The router will add specific VLAN number to all packets on
the WAN while sending them out.
Please type the tag value and specify the priority for the
packets sending by WAN1.
Disable – Disable the function of VLAN with tag.
Tag value – Type the value as the VLAN ID number. The
range is form 0 to 4095.
Priority – Type the packet priority number for such VLAN.
The range is from 0 to 7.
Active Mode
Display that WAN2 will be activated as Backup interface.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
113
4
4
.
.
1
1
.
.
3
3
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
n
n
e
e
t
t
A
A
c
c
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
For the router supports multi-WAN function, the users can set different WAN settings (for
WAN1/WAN2) for Internet Access. Due to different Physical Mode for WAN interface, the
Access Mode for these connections also varies. Refer to the following figures.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Index
Display the WAN interface.
Display Name
It shows the name of the WAN1/WAN2 that entered in
general setup.
Physical Mode
It shows the physical connection for WAN1(Ethernet, A)
/WAN2(USB) according to the real network connection.
Access Mode
Use the drop down list to choose a proper access mode.
Then, click Details Page for accessing the settings page to
configure the settings.
Details Page
This button will open different web page (based on IPv4)
according to the access mode that you choose in WAN
interface.
Note that Details Page will be changed slightly based on
physical mode specified on WAN>>General Setup.
IPv6
This button will open different web page (based on Physical
Mode) to setup IPv6 Internet Access Mode for WAN
interface.
If IPv6 service is active on this WAN interface, the color of
“IPv6” will become green.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
114
4
4
.
.
1
1
.
.
3
3
.
.
1
1
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
P
P
P
P
P
P
o
o
E
E
i
i
n
n
W
W
A
A
N
N
1
1
To use PPPoE as the accessing protocol of the internet, please click the PPPoE tab. The
following web page will be shown.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
PPPoE Link
Click Enable for activating this function. If you click
Disable, this function will be closed and all the settings that
you adjusted in this page will be invalid.
ISP Access Setup
Enter your allocated username, password and authentication
parameters according to the information provided by your
ISP.
Username – Type in the username provided by ISP in this
field.
The maximum length of the user name you can set is 63
characters.
Password – Type in the password provided by ISP in this
field.
The maximum length of the password you can set is 62
characters.
Index (1-15) in Schedule Setup - You can type in four sets
of time schedule for your request. All the schedules can be
set previously in Application >> Schedule web page and
you can use the number that you have set in that web page.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
115
WAN Connection
Detection
Such function allows you to verify whether network
connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping
Detect.
Mode – Choose PPP Detect or Ping Detect for the system
to execute for WAN detection. If you choose Ping Detect as
the detection mode, you have to type required settings for
the following items.
Primary/Secondary Ping IP – If you choose Ping
Detect as detection mode, you have to type Primary or
Secondary IP address in this field for pinging.
Ping Gateway IP – If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you also can enable this setting to use
current WAN gateway IP address for pinging.
With the IP address(es) pinging, Vigor router can check
if the WAN connection is on or off.
TTL (Time to Live) – Set TTL value of PING
operation.
Ping Interval – Type the interval for the system to
execute the PING operation.
Ping Retry – Type the number of times that the system
is allowed to execute the PING operation before WAN
disconnection is judged.
MTU
It means Max Transmit Unit for packet. The default setting
is 1492.
PPPoE Pass-through
The router offers PPPoE dial-up connection. Besides, you
also can establish the PPPoE connection directly from local
clients to your ISP via the Vigor router. When PPPoA
protocol is selected, the PPPoE package transmitted by PC
will be transformed into PPPoA package and sent to WAN
server. Thus, the PC can access Internet through such
direction.
For Wired LAN – If you check this box, PCs on the same
network can use another set of PPPoE session (different
with the Host PC) to access into Internet.
For Wireless LAN – If you check this box, PCs on the
same wireless network can use another set of PPPoE
session (different with the Host PC) to access into Internet.
PPP/MP Setup
PPP Authentication – Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP
for PPP.
Idle Timeout – Set the timeout for breaking down the
Internet after passing through the time without any action.
IP Address Assignment
Method (IPCP)
Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each
time you connect to it and request. In some case, your ISP
provides service to always assign you the same IP address
whenever you request. In this case, you can fill in this IP
address in the Fixed IP field. Please contact your ISP before
you want to use this function.
WAN IP Alias - If you have multiple public IP addresses
and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface, please
use WAN IP Alias. You can set up to 8 public IP addresses
other than the current one you are using. Type the
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
116
additional WAN IP address and check the Enable box. Then
click OK to exit the dialog.
Fixed IP – Click Yes to use this function and type in a
fixed IP address in the box of Fixed IP Address.
Default MAC Address – You can use Default MAC
Address or specify another MAC address by typing on the
boxes of MAC Address for the router.
Specify a MAC Address – Type the MAC address for the
router manually.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to activate them.
4
4
.
.
1
1
.
.
3
3
.
.
2
2
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
o
o
r
r
D
D
y
y
n
n
a
a
m
m
i
i
c
c
I
I
P
P
i
i
n
n
W
W
A
A
N
N
1
1
For static IP mode, you usually receive a fixed public IP address or a public subnet, namely
multiple public IP addresses from your DSL or Cable ISP service providers. In most cases, a
Cable service provider will offer a fixed public IP, while a DSL service provider will offer a
public subnet. If you have a public subnet, you could assign an IP address or many IP address
to the WAN interface.
To use Static or Dynamic IP as the accessing protocol of the internet, please click the Static
or Dynamic IP tab. The following web page will be shown.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
117
Item Description
Access Control
Broadband Access - Click Enable for activating this
function. If you click Disable, this function will be closed
and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be
invalid.
Keep WAN Connection
Normally, this function is designed for Dynamic IP
environments because some ISPs will drop connections if
there is no traffic within certain periods of time. Check
Enable PING to keep alive box to activate this function.
PING to the IP - If you enable the PING function, please
specify the IP address for the system to PING it for keeping
alive.
PING Interval - Enter the interval for the system to
execute the PING operation.
WAN Connection
Detection
Such function allows you to verify whether network
connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping
Detect or Always On.
Mode – Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect or Always On
for the system to execute for WAN detection. If you choose
Ping Detect as the detection mode, you have to type
required settings for the following items.
Primary/Secondary Ping IP – If you choose Ping
Detect as detection mode, you have to type Primary or
Secondary IP address in this field for pinging.
Ping Gateway IP – If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you also can enable this setting to use
current WAN gateway IP address for pinging.
With the IP address(es) pinging, Vigor router can check
if the WAN connection is on or off.
TTL (Time to Live) – Set TTL value of PING
operation.
Ping Interval – Type the interval for the system to
execute the PING operation.
Ping Retry – Type the number of times that the system
is allowed to execute the PING operation before WAN
disconnection is judged.
MTU
It means Max Transmit Unit for packet.
RIP Protocol
Routing Information Protocol is abbreviated as
RIP(RFC1058) specifying how routers exchange routing
tables information. Click Enable RIP for activating this
function.
WAN IP Network
Settings
This group allows you to obtain an IP address automatically
and allows you type in IP address manually.
WAN IP Alias - If you have multiple public IP addresses
and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface, please
use WAN IP Alias. You can set up to 8 public IP addresses
other than the current one you are using.
Obtain an IP address automatically – Click this button to
obtain the IP address automatically if you want to use
Dynamic IP mode.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
118
Router Name: Type in the router name provided
by ISP.
Domain Name: Type in the domain name that
you have assigned.
DHCP Client Identifier - Check the box to specify
username and password as the DHCP client identifier for
some ISP.
Username: Type a name as username. The
maximum length of the user name you can set is
63 characters.
Password: Type a password. The maximum
length of the password you can set is 62
characters.
Specify an IP address – Click this radio button to specify
some data if you want to use Static IP mode.
IP Address: Type the IP address.
Subnet Mask: Type the subnet mask.
Gateway IP Address: Type the gateway IP
address.
Default MAC Address: Click this radio button to use
default MAC address for the router.
Specify a MAC Address: Some Cable service providers
specify a specific MAC address for access authentication.
In such cases you need to click the Specify a MAC
Address and enter the MAC address in the MAC Address
field.
DNS Server IP Address
Type in the primary IP address for the router if you want to
use Static IP mode. If necessary, type in secondary IP
address for necessity in the future.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to activate them.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
119
4
4
.
.
1
1
.
.
3
3
.
.
3
3
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
P
P
P
P
T
T
P
P
/
/
L
L
2
2
T
T
P
P
i
i
n
n
W
W
A
A
N
N
1
1
To use PPTP/L2TP as the accessing protocol of the internet, please click the PPTP/L2TP tab.
The following web page will be shown.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
PPTP/L2TP Link
Enable PPTP- Click this radio button to enable a PPTP
client to establish a tunnel to a DSL modem on the WAN
interface.
Enable L2TP - Click this radio button to enable a L2TP
client to establish a tunnel to a DSL modem on the WAN
interface.
Disable – Click this radio button to close the connection
through PPTP or L2TP.
Server Address - Specify the IP address of the PPTP/L2TP
server if you enable PPTP/L2TP client mode.
Specify Gateway IP Address – Specify the gateway IP
address for DHCP server.
ISP Access Setup
Username -Type in the username provided by ISP in this
field. The maximum length of the user name you can set is
63 characters.
Password -Type in the password provided by ISP in this
field. The maximum length of the password you can set is
62 characters.
Index (1-15) in Schedule Setup - You can type in four sets
of time schedule for your request. All the schedules can be
set previously in Application >> Schedule web page and
you can use the number that you have set in that web page.
MTU
It means Max Transmit Unit for packet.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
120
PPP Setup
PPP Authentication - Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP
for PPP.
Idle Timeout - Set the timeout for breaking down the
Internet after passing through the time without any action.
IP Address Assignment
Method(IPCP)
Fixed IP - Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to
you each time you connect to it and request. In some case,
your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP
address whenever you request. In this case, you can fill in
this IP address in the Fixed IP field. Please contact your ISP
before you want to use this function. Click Yes to use this
function and type in a fixed IP address in the box.
Fixed IP Address -Type a fixed IP address.
WAN IP Network
Settings
Obtain an IP address automatically – Click this button to
obtain the IP address automatically.
Specify an IP address – Click this radio button to specify
some data.
IP Address – Type the IP address.
Subnet Mask – Type the subnet mask.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to activate them.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
121
4
4
.
.
1
1
.
.
3
3
.
.
4
4
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
3
3
G
G
/
/
4
4
G
G
U
U
S
S
B
B
M
M
o
o
d
d
e
e
m
m
(
(
P
P
P
P
P
P
m
m
o
o
d
d
e
e
)
)
i
i
n
n
W
W
A
A
N
N
2
2
To use 3G/4G USB Modem (PPP mode) as the accessing protocol of the internet, please
choose Internet Access from WAN menu. Then, select 3G/4G USB Modem (PPP mode) for
WAN2. The following web page will be shown.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
122
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Modem Support List
It lists all of the modems supported by such router.
3G /4G USB Modem (PPP
mode)
Click Enable for activating this function. If you click
Disable, this function will be closed and all the settings that
you adjusted in this page will be invalid.
SIM PIN code
Type PIN code of the SIM card that will be used to access
Internet.
The maximum length of the PIN code you can set is 15
characters.
Modem Initial String
Such value is used to initialize USB modem. Please use the
default value. If you have any question, please contact to
your ISP.
The maximum length of the string you can set is 47
characters.
APN Name
APN means Access Point Name which is provided and
required by some ISPs. Type the name and click Apply.
The maximum length of the name you can set is 43
characters.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
123
Modem Initial String2
The initial string 1 is shared with APN.
In some cases, user may need another initial AT command
to restrict 3G band or do any special settings.
The maximum length of the string you can set is 47
characters.
Modem Dial String
Such value is used to dial through USB mode. Please use
the default value. If you have any question, please contact
to your ISP.
The maximum length of the string you can set is 31
characters.
Service Name
Enter the description of the specific network service.
PPP Username
Type the PPP username (optional). The maximum length of
the name you can set is 63 characters.
PPP Password
Type the PPP password (optional). The maximum length of
the password you can set is 62 characters.
PPP Authentication
Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP.
Index (1-15) in Schedule
Setup
You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request.
All the schedules can be set previously in Application >>
Schedule web page and you can use the number that you
have set in that web page
WAN Connection
Detection
Such function allows you to verify whether network
connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping
Detect.
Mode – Choose PPP Detect or Ping Detect for the system
to execute for WAN detection. If you choose Ping Detect as
the detection mode, you have to type required settings for
the following items.
Primary/Secondary Ping IP – If you choose Ping
Detect as detection mode, you have to type Primary or
Secondary IP address in this field for pinging.
TTL (Time to Live) – Set TTL value of PING
operation.
Ping Interval – Type the interval for the system to
execute the PING operation.
Ping Retry – Type the number of times that the system
is allowed to execute the PING operation before WAN
disconnection is judged.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to activate them.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
124
4
4
.
.
1
1
.
.
3
3
.
.
5
5
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
3
3
G
G
/
/
4
4
G
G
U
U
S
S
B
B
M
M
o
o
d
d
e
e
m
m
(
(
D
D
H
H
C
C
P
P
m
m
o
o
d
d
e
e
)
)
i
i
n
n
W
W
A
A
N
N
2
2
To use 3G/4G USB Modem (DHCP mode) as the accessing protocol of the internet, please
choose Internet Access from WAN menu. Then, select 3G/4G USB Modem (DHCP mode)
for WAN2. The following web page will be shown.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
3G/4G USB
Modem (DHCP
mode)
Click Enable for activating this function. If you click
Disable, this function will be closed and all the settings that
you adjusted in this page will be invalid.
SIM PIN code
Type PIN code of the SIM card that will be used to access
Internet.
The maximum length of the PIN code you can set is 15
characters.
Network Mode
Force Vigor router to connect Internet with the mode
specified here. If you choose 4G/3G/2G as network mode,
the router will choose a suitable one according to the actual
wireless signal automatically.
APN Name
APN means Access Point Name which is provided and
required by some ISPs. Type the name and click Apply.
The maximum length of the name you can set is 43
characters.
WAN Connection
Detection
Such function allows you to verify whether network
connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping
Detect.
Mode – Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
125
to execute for WAN detection. If you choose Ping Detect as
the detection mode, you have to type required settings for
the following items.
Primary/Secondary Ping IP – If you choose Ping
Detect as detection mode, you have to type Primary or
Secondary IP address in this field for pinging.
Ping Gateway IP – If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you also can enable this setting to use
current WAN gateway IP address for pinging.
With the IP address(es) pinging, Vigor router can check
if the WAN connection is on or off.
TTL (Time to Live) – Set TTL value of PING
operation.
Ping Interval – Type the interval for the system to
execute the PING operation.
Ping Retry – Type the number of times that the system
is allowed to execute the PING operation before WAN
disconnection is judged.
MTU
It means Max Transmit Unit for packet.
Path MTU Discovery – It is used to detect the maximum
MTU size of a packet not to be segmented in specific
transmit path.
Click Choose IP to open the following dialog.
Path MTU to – Type the IP address as the specific
transmit path.
MTU reduce size by– It determines the decreasing
size of MTU value. For example, the number specified
in this field is “8”. The maximum MTU size is
“1500”. After clicking the “detect” button, the system
will calculate and get the suitable MTU value such as
1500, 1492, 1484 and etc., automatically.
Detect – Click it to detect a suitable MTU value
Accept – After clicking it, the detected value will be
displayed in the field of MTU.
Authentication
Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP authentication.
Username – Type the username for authentication
(optional).
Password – Type the password for authentication
(optional).
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
126
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to activate them.
4
4
.
.
1
1
.
.
3
3
.
.
6
6
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
–
–
O
O
f
f
f
f
l
l
i
i
n
n
e
e
i
i
n
n
W
W
A
A
N
N
1
1
/
/
W
W
A
A
N
N
2
2
When Offline is selected, the IPv6 connection will be disabled.
4
4
.
.
1
1
.
.
3
3
.
.
7
7
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
–
–
P
P
P
P
P
P
i
i
n
n
W
W
A
A
N
N
1
1
/
/
W
W
A
A
N
N
2
2
During the procedure of IPv4 PPPoE connection, we can get the IPv6 Link Local Address
between the gateway and Vigor router through IPv6CP. Later, use DHCPv6 or accept RA to
acquire the IPv6 prefix address (such as: 2001:B010:7300:200::/64) offered by the ISP. In
addition, PCs under LAN also can have the public IPv6 address for Internet access by means
of the generated prefix.
No need to type any other information for PPP mode.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
WAN Connection
Detection
Such function allows you to verify whether network
connection is alive or not through Ping Detect.
Mode – Choose Always On or NS Detect or Ping Detect for
the system to execute for WAN detection. Always On means
no detection will be executed. The network connection will
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
127
be on always.
Ping IP/Hostname – If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type IP address in this field
for pinging.
TTL (Time to Live) –If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type TTL value.
RIPng Protocol
RIPng (RIP next generation) offers the same functions and
benefits as IPv4 RIP v2.
Below shows an example for successful IPv6 connection based on PPP mode.
Note: At present, the IPv6 prefix can be acquired via the PPPoE mode connection which
is available for the areas such as Taiwan (hinet), the Netherlands, Australia and UK.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
128
4
4
.
.
1
1
.
.
3
3
.
.
8
8
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
–
–
T
T
S
S
P
P
C
C
i
i
n
n
W
W
A
A
N
N
1
1
/
/
W
W
A
A
N
N
2
2
Tunnel setup protocol client (TSPC) is an application which could help you to connect to IPv6
network easily.
Please make sure your IPv4 WAN connection is OK and apply one free account from hexago
(http://gogonet.gogo6.com/page/freenet6-account ) before you try to use TSPC for network
connection. TSPC would connect to tunnel broker and requests a tunnel according to the
specifications inside the configuration file. It gets a public IPv6 IP address and an IPv6 prefix
from the tunnel broker and then monitors the state of the tunnel in background.
After getting the IPv6 prefix and starting router advertisement daemon (RADVD), the PC
behind this router can directly connect to IPv6 the Internet.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Username
Type the name obtained from the broker. It is suggested for
you to apply another username and password for
http://gogonet.gogo6.com/page/freenet6-account
.
The maximum length of the name you can set is 63
characters.
Password
Type the password assigned with the user name.
The maximum length of the name you can set is 19
characters.
Confirm Password
Type the password again to make the confirmation.
Tunnel Broker
Type the address for the tunnel broker IP, FQDN or an
optional port number.
WAN Connection
Detection
Such function allows you to verify whether network
connection is alive or not through Ping Detect.
Mode – Choose Always On or Ping Detect for the system
to execute for WAN detection. Always On means no
detection will be executed. The network connection will be
on always.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
129
Ping IP/Hostname – If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type IP address in this field
for pinging.
TTL (Time to Live) –If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type TTL value.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings.
4
4
.
.
1
1
.
.
3
3
.
.
9
9
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
–
–
A
A
I
I
C
C
C
C
U
U
i
i
n
n
W
W
A
A
N
N
1
1
/
/
W
W
A
A
N
N
2
2
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Always On
Check this box to keep the network connection always.
Username
Type the name obtained from the broker. Please apply new
account at http://www.sixxs.net/
. It is suggested for you to
apply another username and password.
The maximum length of the name you can set is 19
characters.
Password
Type the password assigned with the user name.
The maximum length of the password you can set is 19
characters.
Confirm Password
Type the password again to make the confirmation.
Tunnel Broker
Type the address for the tunnel broker IP, FQDN or an
optional port number.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
130
Tunnel ID
One user account may have several tunnels. And, each
tunnel shall have one specified tunnel ID (e.g., T115394).
Type the ID offered by Tunnel Broker.
Subnet Prefix
Type the subnet prefix address obtained from service
provider.
The maximum length of the prefix you can set is 128
characters.
WAN Connection
Detection
Such function allows you to verify whether network
connection is alive or not through Ping Detect.
Mode –Choose Always On, Ping Detect or NS Detect for
the system to execute for WAN detection. With NS Detect
mode, the system will check if network connection is
established or not, like IPv4 ARP Detect. Always On
means no detection will be executed. The network
connection will be on always.
Ping IP/Hostname – If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type IP address in this field
for pinging.
TTL (Time to Live) –If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type TTL value.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
131
4
4
.
.
1
1
.
.
3
3
.
.
1
1
0
0
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
–
–
D
D
H
H
C
C
P
P
v
v
6
6
C
C
l
l
i
i
e
e
n
n
t
t
i
i
n
n
W
W
A
A
N
N
1
1
DHCPv6 client mode would use DHCPv6 protocol to obtain IPv6 address from server.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Identify Association
Choose Prefix Delegation or Non-temporary Address as
the identify association.
IAID
Type a number as IAID.
WAN Connection
Detection
Such function allows you to verify whether network
connection is alive or not through NS Detect or Ping Detect.
Mode – Choose Always On, Ping Detect or NS Detect for
the system to execute for WAN detection. With NS Detect
mode, the system will check if network connection is
established or not, like IPv4 ARP Detect. Always On
means no detection will be executed. The network
connection will be on always.
Ping IP/Hostname – If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type IP address in this field
for pinging.
TTL (Time to Live) –If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type TTL value.
RIPng Protocol
RIPng (RIP next generation) offers the same functions and
benefits as IPv4 RIP v2.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
132
Bridge Mode
Enable Bridge Mode - If the function is enabled, the router
will work as a bridge modem.
Bridge Subnet – Make a bridge between the selected LAN
subnet and such WAN interface.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
133
4
4
.
.
1
1
.
.
3
3
.
.
1
1
1
1
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
–
–
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
i
i
n
n
W
W
A
A
N
N
1
1
This type allows you to setup static IPv6 address for WAN interface.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Static IPv6 Address
configuration
IPv6 Address – Type the IPv6 Static IP Address.
Prefix Length – Type the fixed value for prefix length.
Add – Click it to add a new entry.
Delete – Click it to remove an existed entry.
Current IPv6 Address
Table
Display current interface IPv6 address.
Static IPv6 Gateway
Configuration
IPv6 Gateway Address - Type your IPv6 gateway address
here.
WAN Connection
Detection
Such function allows you to verify whether network
connection is alive or not through Ping Detect.
Mode – Choose Always On or Ping Detect for the system
to execute for WAN detection. Always On means no
detection will be executed. The network connection will be
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
134
on always.
Ping IP/Hostname – If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type IP address in this field
for pinging.
TTL (Time to Live) –If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type TTL value.
RIPng Protocol
RIPng (RIP next generation) offers the same functions and
benefits as IPv4 RIP v2.
Bridge Mode
Enable Bridge Mode - If the function is enabled, the router
will work as a bridge modem.
Bridge Subnet – Make a bridge between the selected LAN
subnet and such WAN interface.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
135
4
4
.
.
1
1
.
.
3
3
.
.
1
1
2
2
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
–
–
6
6
i
i
n
n
4
4
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
T
T
u
u
n
n
n
n
e
e
l
l
i
i
n
n
W
W
A
A
N
N
1
1
This type allows you to setup 6in4 Static Tunnel for WAN interface.
Such mode allows the router to access IPv6 network through IPv4 network.
However, 6in4 offers a prefix outside of 2002::0/16. So, you can use a fixed endpoint rather
than anycast endpoint. The mode has more reliability.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Remote Endpoint IPv4
Address
Type the static IPv4 address for the remote server.
6in4 IPv6 Address
Type the static IPv6 address for IPv4 tunnel with the value
for prefix length.
LAN Routed Prefix
Type the static IPv6 address for LAN routing with the value
for prefix length.
Tunnel TTL
Type the number for the data lifetime in tunnel.
WAN Connection
Detection
Such function allows you to verify whether network
connection is alive or not through Ping Detect.
Mode –Choose Always On, Ping Detect or NS Detect for
the system to execute for WAN detection. With NS Detect
mode, the system will check if network connection is
established or not, like IPv4 ARP Detect. Always On
means no detection will be executed. The network
connection will be on always.
Ping IP/Hostname – If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type IP address in this field
for pinging.
TTL (Time to Live) –If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type TTL value.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
136
Below shows an example for successful IPv6 connection based on 6in4 Static Tunnel mode.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
137
4
4
.
.
1
1
.
.
3
3
.
.
1
1
3
3
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
–
–
6
6
r
r
d
d
i
i
n
n
W
W
A
A
N
N
1
1
This type allows you to setup 6rd for WAN interface.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
6rd Mode
Auto 6rd – Retrieve 6rd prefix automatically from 6rd
service provider. The IPv4 WAN must be set as "DHCP".
Static 6rd - Set 6rd options manually.
IPv4 Border Relay
Type the IPv4 addresses of the 6rd Border Relay for a given
6rd domain.
IPv4 Mask Length
Type a number of high-order bits that are identical across
all CE IPv4 addresses within a given 6rd domain.
It may be any value between 0 and 32.
6rd Prefix
Type the 6rd IPv6 address.
6rd Prefix Length
Type the IPv6 prefix length for the 6rd IPv6 prefix in
number of bits.
WAN Connection
Detection
Such function allows you to verify whether network
connection is alive or not through Ping Detect.
Mode – Choose Always On, Ping Detect or NS Detect for
the system to execute for WAN detection. With NS Detect
mode, the system will check if network connection is
established or not, like IPv4 ARP Detect. Always On
means no detection will be executed. The network
connection will be on always.
Ping IP/Hostname – If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type IP address in this field
for pinging.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
138
TTL (Time to Live) –If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type TTL value.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings.
Below shows an example for successful IPv6 connection based on 6rd mode.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
139
4
4
.
.
1
1
.
.
4
4
M
M
u
u
l
l
t
t
i
i
-
-
V
V
L
L
A
A
N
N
Multi-VLAN allows users to create profiles for specific WAN interface and bridge
connections for user applications that require very high network throughput. Simply go to
WAN and select Multi-VLAN.
G
G
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
a
a
l
l
This page shows the basic configurations used by every channel.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Channel
Display the number of each channel.
Channel 1 is used by the Internet Access web user interface
and can not be configured here.
Channels 3 ~ 8 are configurable.
Enable
Display whether the settings in this channel are enabled
(Yes) or not (No).
WAN Type
Displays the physical medium that the channel will use.
VLAN Tag
Displays the VLAN tag value that will be used for the
packets traveling on this channel.
Port-based Bridge
The network traffic flowing on each channel will be
identified by the system via their VLAN Tags. Channels
using the same WAN type may not configure the same
VLAN tag value.
Enable - Check this box to enable the port-based bridge
function on this channel.
P1 ~ P4 – Check the box (es) to build bridge connection on
LAN.
Click any index (6~ 8) to get the following web page:
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
140
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Multi-VLAN Channel
(6~8)
Enable – Click it to enable the configuration of this
channel.
Disable –Click it to disable the configuration of this
channel.
WAN Type
The connections and interfaces created in every channel
may select a specific WAN type to be built upon. In the
Multi-VLAN application, only the Ethernet WAN type is
available. The user will be able to select the physical WAN
interface the channel shall use here.
General Settings
VLAN Tag – Type the value as the VLAN ID number.
Valid settings are in the range from 1 to 4095. The network
traffic flowing on each channel will be identified by the
system via their VLAN Tags. Channels using the same
WAN type may not configure the same VLAN tag value.
Priority – Choose the number to determine the packet
priority for such VLAN. The range is from 0 to 7.
Bridge mode
Enable – Click it to enable Bridge mode for such channel.
Physical Members – Group the physical ports by checking
the corresponding check box(es) for applying the bridge
connection.
Moreover, WAN link for Channel 3~5 are provided for router-borne application such as
TR-069. The settings must be applied and obtained from your ISP. For your special request,
please contact with your ISP and then click WAN link of Channel 3~5 to configure your
router.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
141
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Multi-VLAN Channel
(3~5)
Enable – Click it to enable the configuration of this
channel.
Disable –Click it to disable the configuration of this
channel.
WAN Type
The connections and interfaces created in every channel
may select a specific WAN type to be built upon. In the
Multi-VLAN application, only the Ethernet WAN type is
available. The user will be able to select the physical WAN
interface the channel shall use here.
General Settings
VLAN Tag – Type the value as the VLAN ID number.
Valid settings are in the range from 1 to 4095. The network
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
142
traffic flowing on each channel will be identified by the
system via their VLAN Tags. Channels using the same
WAN type may not configure the same VLAN tag value.
Priority – Choose the number to determine the packet
priority for such VLAN. The range is from 0 to 7.
Open Port-based Bridge
Connection for this
Channel
The settings here will create a bridge between the LAN
ports selected and the WAN. The WAN interface of the
bridge connection will be built upon the WAN type selected
using the VLAN tag configured.
Physical Members – Group the physical ports by checking
the corresponding check box(es) for applying the port-based
bridge connection.
Open WAN Interface for
this Channel
Check the box to enable relating function.
WAN Application
Management can be specified for general
management (Web configuration/telnet/TR069). If
you choose Management, the configuration for this
VLAN will be effective for Web
configuration/telnet/TR069.
IPTV - The IPTV configuration will allow the WAN
interface to send IGMP packets to IPTV servers.
WAN Setup – Choose PPPoE/PPPoA or Static or
Dynamic IP to determine what WAN settings must be
configured.
ISP Access Setup, IP
Address From ISP, WAN
IP Network Settings, DNS
Server IP Address
For other settings, refer to Details Page for PPPoE / Static
or Dynamic IP in WAN1.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
143
4
4
.
.
2
2
L
L
A
A
N
N
Local Area Network (LAN) is a group of subnets regulated and ruled by router. The design of
network structure is related to what type of public IP addresses coming from your ISP.
4
4
.
.
2
2
.
.
1
1
B
B
a
a
s
s
i
i
c
c
s
s
o
o
f
f
L
L
A
A
N
N
The most generic function of Vigor router is NAT. It creates a private subnet of your own. As
mentioned previously, the router will talk to other public hosts on the Internet by using public
IP address and talking to local hosts by using its private IP address. What NAT does is to
translate the packets from public IP address to private IP address to forward the right packets
to the right host and vice versa. Besides, Vigor router has a built-in DHCP server that assigns
private IP address to each local host. See the following diagram for a briefly understanding.
In some special case, you may have a public IP subnet from your ISP such as
220.135.240.0/24. This means that you can set up a public subnet or call second subnet that
each host is equipped with a public IP address. As a part of the public subnet, the Vigor router
will serve for IP routing to help hosts in the public subnet to communicate with other public
hosts or servers outside. Therefore, the router should be set as the gateway for public hosts.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
144
W
W
h
h
a
a
t
t
i
i
s
s
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
I
I
n
n
f
f
o
o
r
r
m
m
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
P
P
r
r
o
o
t
t
o
o
c
c
o
o
l
l
(
(
R
R
I
I
P
P
)
)
Vigor router will exchange routing information with neighboring routers using the RIP to
accomplish IP routing. This allows users to change the information of the router such as IP
address and the routers will automatically inform for each other.
W
W
h
h
a
a
t
t
i
i
s
s
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
When you have several subnets in your LAN, sometimes a more effective and quicker way for
connection is the Static routes function rather than other method. You may simply set rules to
forward data from one specified subnet to another specified subnet without the presence of
RIP.
W
W
h
h
a
a
t
t
a
a
r
r
e
e
V
V
i
i
r
r
t
t
u
u
a
a
l
l
L
L
A
A
N
N
s
s
a
a
n
n
d
d
R
R
a
a
t
t
e
e
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
r
r
o
o
l
l
You can group local hosts by physical ports and create up to 8 virtual LANs. To manage the
communication between different groups, please set up rules in Virtual LAN (VLAN) function
and the rate of each.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
145
4
4
.
.
2
2
.
.
2
2
G
G
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
a
a
l
l
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
This page provides you the general settings for LAN. Click LAN to open the LAN settings
page and choose General Setup.
There are two subnets provided by the router which allow users to divide groups into different
subnets (LAN1 – LAN2). In addition, different subnets can link for each other by configuring
Inter-LAN Routing. At present, LAN1 setting is fixed with NAT mode only. LAN2 can be
operated under NAT or Route mode. IP Routed Subnet can be operated under Route mode.
Each item is explained as follows:
Item Description
General Setup
Allow to configure settings for each subnet respectively.
Index - Display all of the LAN items.
Enable- Basically, LAN1 status is enabled in default.
LAN2, and IP Routed Subnet can be observed by checking
the box of Status.
DHCP/DHCPv6- LAN1 is configured with DHCP in
default. If required, please check the DHCP box for each
LAN.
IP Address - Display the IP address for each LAN item.
Such information is set in default and you can not modify it.
Details Page - Click it to access into the setting page. Each
LAN will have different LAN configuration page. Each
LAN must be configured in different subnet.
IPv6 – Click it to access into the settings page of IPv6.
DHCP Server Option
When the router receives the DHCP request from LAN
client, the router will assign an IP with the DHCP packets
adding option number and data information.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
146
Enable – Check the box to enable the function of DHCP
Option. Each DHCP option is composed by an option
number with data. For example,
Option number:100
Data: abcd
When such function is enabled, the specified values for
DHCP option will be seen in DHCP reply packets.
Interface – Choose the interface for applying such option.
Next Server IP Address/SIAddr – Type the IP address of
PXE server which is helpful for downloading boot loader
via network.
Option Number – Type a number for such function.
DataType – Choose the type (ASCII or Hex or Address)
for the data to be stored.
Data – Type the content of the data to be processed by the
function of DHCP option.
Inter-LAN Routing
Check the box to link two or more different subnets (LAN
and LAN).
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
147
4
4
.
.
2
2
.
.
2
2
.
.
1
1
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
L
L
A
A
N
N
1
1
–
–
E
E
t
t
h
h
e
e
r
r
n
n
e
e
t
t
T
T
C
C
P
P
/
/
I
I
P
P
a
a
n
n
d
d
D
D
H
H
C
C
P
P
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
There are two configuration pages for LAN1, Ethernet TCP/IP and DHCP Setup (based on
IPv4) and IPv6 Setup. Click the tab for each type and refer to the following explanations for
detailed information.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Network Configuration For NAT Usage,
IP Address - Type in private IP address for connecting
to a local private network (Default: 192.168.1.1).
Subnet Mask - Type in an address code that
determines the size of the network. (Default:
255.255.255.0/ 24)
RIP Protocol Control,
Disable deactivates the RIP protocol. It will lead to a
stoppage of the exchange of routing information
between routers. (Default)
Enable activates the RIP protocol.
DHCP Server
Configuration
DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol.
The router by factory default acts a DHCP server for your
network so it automatically dispatches related IP settings to
any local user configured as a DHCP client. It is highly
recommended that you leave the router enabled as a DHCP
server if you do not have a DHCP server for your network.
If you want to use another DHCP server in the network
other than the Vigor Router’s, you can let Relay Agent help
you to redirect the DHCP request to the specified location.
Disable Server – Let you manually assign IP address to
every host in the LAN.
Enable Relay Agent – Specify which subnet that DHCP
server is located the relay agent should redirect the DHCP
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
148
request to.
DHCP Server IP Address – It is available when
Enable Relay Agent is checked. Set the IP address of
the DHCP server you are going to use so the Relay
Agent can help to forward the DHCP request to the
DHCP server.
Enable Server - Let the router assign IP address to every
host in the LAN.
Start IP Address - Enter a value of the IP address
pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP
addresses. If the 1st IP address of your router is
192.168.1.1, the starting IP address must be
192.168.1.2 or greater, but smaller than
192.168.1.254.
IP Pool Counts - Enter the maximum number of PCs
that you want the DHCP server to assign IP addresses
to. The default is 50 and the maximum is 253.
Gateway IP Address - Enter a value of the gateway
IP address for the DHCP server. The value is usually
as same as the 1st IP address of the router, which
means the router is the default gateway.
Lease Time - Enter the time to determine how long
the IP address assigned by DHCP server can be used.
Clear DHCP lease for inactive clients periodically -
Whenever a DHCP client requests an IP address from
the LAN DHCP server, the server will give out an IP
to this client for a certain amount of time (e.g., 1 day).
However, even if this client only uses the IP for say 5
minutes, the server still "reserves" 1 day for that
client. Because a DHCP server only has a limited
number of IPs to lease to its DHCP clients, soon
enough all the IPs will be used out and then no one
will be able to get any IPs from this server anymore.
Therefore, this feature is used to get the IP back from
inactive clients (i.e. doesn't use the IP but the server
still reserves the IP for him).
DNS Server IP Address
DNS stands for Domain Name System. Every Internet host
must have a unique IP address, also they may have a
human-friendly, easy to remember name such as
www.yahoo.com. The DNS server converts the
user-friendly name into its equivalent IP address.
Primary IP Address -You must specify a DNS server IP
address here because your ISP should provide you with
usually more than one DNS Server. If your ISP does not
provide it, the router will automatically apply default DNS
Server IP address: 194.109.6.66 to this field.
Secondary IP Address - You can specify secondary DNS
server IP address here because your ISP often provides you
more than one DNS Server. If your ISP does not provide it,
the router will automatically apply default secondary DNS
Server IP address: 194.98.0.1 to this field.
The default DNS Server IP address can be found via Online
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
149
Status:
If both the Primary IP and Secondary IP Address fields are
left empty, the router will assign its own IP address to local
users as a DNS proxy server and maintain a DNS cache.
If the IP address of a domain name is already in the DNS
cache, the router will resolve the domain name immediately.
Otherwise, the router forwards the DNS query packet to the
external DNS server by establishing a WAN (e.g.
DSL/Cable) connection.
When you finish the configuration, please click OK to save and exit this page.
4
4
.
.
2
2
.
.
2
2
.
.
2
2
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
d
d
S
S
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Network Configuration
Enable/Disable - Click Enable to enable such
configuration; click Disable to disable such configuration.
For Routing Usage,
IP Address - Type in private IP address for connecting to a
local private network (Default: 192.168.1.1).
Subnet Mask - Type in an address code that determines the
size of the network. (Default: 255.255.255.0/ 24)
RIP Protocol Control,
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
150
Disable - deactivate the RIP protocol. It will lead to a
stoppage of the exchange of routing information between
routers. (Default)
Enable – activate the RIP protocol.
DHCP Server
Configuration
DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol.
The router by factory default acts a DHCP server for your
network so it automatically dispatch related IP settings to
any local user configured as a DHCP client. It is highly
recommended that you leave the router enabled as a DHCP
server if you do not have a DHCP server for your network.
If you want to use another DHCP server in the network
other than the Vigor Router’s, you can let Relay Agent help
you to redirect the DHCP request to the specified location.
Start IP Address - Enter a value of the IP address pool for
the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses. If
the 1st IP address of your router is 192.168.1.1, the starting
IP address must be 192.168.1.2 or greater, but smaller than
192.168.1.254.
IP Pool Counts - Enter the maximum number of PCs that
you want the DHCP server to assign IP addresses to. The
default is 50 and the maximum is 253.
Lease Time - Enter the time to determine how long the IP
address assigned by DHCP server can be used.
Use LAN Port – Specify an IP for IP Route Subnet. If it is
enabled, DHCP server will assign IP address automatically
for the clients coming from P1 and/or P2. Please check the
box of P1 and P2.
Use MAC Address - Check such box to specify MAC
address.
MAC Address: Enter the MAC Address of the host one by
one and click Add to create a list of hosts to be assigned,
deleted or edited from above pool. Set a list of MAC
Address for 2
nd
DHCP server will help router to assign the
correct IP address of the correct subnet to the correct host.
So those hosts in 2
nd
subnet won’t get an IP address
belonging to 1
st
subnet.
Add – Type the MAC address in the boxes and click this
button to add.
Delete – Click it to delete the selected MAC address.
Edit – Click it to edit the selected MAC address.
Cancel – Click it to cancel the job of adding, deleting and
editing.
When you finish the configuration, please click OK to save and exit this page.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
151
4
4
.
.
2
2
.
.
2
2
.
.
3
3
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
L
L
A
A
N
N
1
1
–
–
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
There are two configuration pages for LAN1, Ethernet TCP/IP and DHCP Setup (based on
IPv4) and IPv6 Setup. Click the tab for each type and refer to the following explanations for
detailed information. Below shows the settings page for IPv6.
It provides 2 daemons for LAN side IPv6 address configuration. One is RADVD(stateless)
and the other is DHCPv6 Server (Stateful).
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
152
Enable
Check the box to enable the configuration of LAN 1 IPv6
Setup.
WAN Primary Interface
Use the drop down list to specify a WAN interface for IPv6.
Static IPv6 Address
configuration
IPv6 Address –Type static IPv6 address for LAN.
Prefix Length – Type the fixed value for prefix length.
Add – Click it to add a new entry.
Delete – Click it to remove an existed entry.
Unique Local Address
(ULA) configuration
Such feature is used for the host without assigned IPv6
address to obtain IPv6 address automatically or have an
IPv6 address specified manually via ULA configuration. It
is convenient for communication among different subnets.
Auto ULA Prefix – The system will generate the required
IPv6 address.
Manually ULA Prefix – A user can type the ULA IPv6
address manually.
Current IPv6 Address
Table
Display current used IPv6 addresses.
DNS Server IPv6 Address
Primary DNS Sever – Type the IPv6 address for Primary
DNS server.
Secondary DNS Server –Type another IPv6 address for
DNS server if required.
Management
Host under LAN can be assigned IP address from Vigor
router via the following method.
SLAAC(stateless) – The IP address (with Prefix) of
the host shall be formed according to RA transmitted by
Vigor router.
DHCPv6(stateful) - The IP address of the host shall be
assigned after communicating with DHCPv6 server for
answering the request of client.
Off – No IP address is assigned.
Other Option (O-bit) – Check this box to enable the O-bit
for obtaining additional information (e.g., DNS) from
DHCPv6.
DHCPv6 Server
Enable Server –Click it to enable DHCPv6 server.
DHCPv6 Server could assign IPv6 address to PC according
to the Start/End IPv6 address configuration.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
153
Disable Server –Click it to disable DHCPv6 server.
Auto IPv6 range – After check the box, Vigor router will
assign the IPv6 range automatically.
Start IPv6 Address / End IPv6 Address –Type the start
and end address for IPv6 server.
Advance setting – Click the Edit button to configure
advanced IPv6 settings for DHCPv6 server.
Advance setting
More options are offered under the Advance setting. Click
Edit to open the pop-up window.
Router Advertisement Server – Click Enable to enable
router advertisement server. The router advertisement
daemon sends Router Advertisement messages, specified by
RFC 2461, to a local Ethernet LAN periodically and when
requested by a node sending a Router Solicitation message.
These messages are required for IPv6 stateless
auto-configuration.
Disable – Click it to disable router advertisement server.
Hop Limit – The value is required for the device behind the
router when IPv6 is in use.
Min/Max Interval Time (sec) – It defines the interval
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
154
(between minimum time and maximum time) for sending
RA (Router Advertisement) packets.
Default Lifetime (sec) –Within such period of time,
Vigor2925 can be treated as the default gateway.
Default Preference – It determines the priority of the host
behind the router when RA (Router Advertisement) packets
are transmitted.
MTU – It means Max Transmit Unit for packet. If Auto is
selected, the router will determine the MTU value for LAN.
RIPng Protocol – RIPng (RIP next generation) offers the
same functions and benefits as IPv4 RIP v2.
Extension WAN – Not only the IP address can be obtained
from the primary WAN, but also the prefix for IPv6 LAN
IP address can be assigned by extension WAN specified
here.
When you finish the configuration, please click OK to save and exit this page.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
155
4
4
.
.
2
2
.
.
3
3
V
V
L
L
A
A
N
N
With the 4-port Gigabit switch on the LAN side, Vigor router provides extremely high speed
connectivity for the highest speed local data transfer of any server or local PCs. On the
Wireless-equipped model (Vigor2120n-plus), each of the wireless SSIDs can also be grouped
within one of the VLANs.
T
T
a
a
g
g
g
g
e
e
d
d
V
V
L
L
A
A
N
N
The tagged VLANs (802.1q) can mark data with a VLAN identifier. This identifier can be
carried through an onward Ethernet switch to specific ports. The specific VLAN clients can
also pick up this identifier as it is just passed to the LAN. You can set the priorities for
LAN-side QoS. You can assign each of VLANs to each of the different IP subnets that the
router may also be operating, to provide even more isolation. The said functionality is
tag-based multi-subnet.
P
P
o
o
r
r
t
t
-
-
B
B
a
a
s
s
e
e
d
d
V
V
L
L
A
A
N
N
Relative to tag-based VLAN which groups clients with an identifier, port-based VLAN uses
physical ports (P1 ~ P4) to separate the clients into different VLAN group.
Virtual LAN function provides you a very convenient way to manage hosts by grouping them
based on the physical port. The multi-subnet can let a small businesses have much better
isolation for multi-occupancy applications. Go to LAN page and select VLAN. The following
page will appear. Click Enable to invoke VLAN function.
Note: Settings in this page only applied to LAN port but not WAN port.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable
Click it to enable VLAN configuration.
LAN
P1 – P4 – Check the LAN port(s) to be grouped under the
selected VLAN.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
156
Wireless LAN (2.4GHz)
SSID1 – SSID4 – Check the SSID boxes to group them
under the selected VLAN.
Wireless LAN (5GHz)
SSID1 – SSID4 – Check the SSID boxes to group them
under the selected VLAN.
Subnet
Choose one of them to make the selected VLAN mapping
to the specified subnet only. For example, LAN1 is
specified for VLAN0. It means that PCs grouped under
VLAN0 can get the IP address(es) that specified by the
subnet.
VLAN Tag
Enable – Check the box to enable the function of VLAN
with tag.
The router will add specific VLAN number to all packets
on the LAN while sending them out.
Please type the tag value and specify the priority for the
packets sending by LAN.
VID – Type the value as the VLAN ID number. The range
is form 0 to 4095.
Priority – Type the packet priority number for such VLAN.
The range is from 0 to 7.
Note: Leave one VLAN untagged at least to prevent from not connecting to Vigor router
due to unexpected error.
To add or remove a VLAN, please refer to the following example.
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
u
u
r
r
i
i
n
n
g
g
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
-
-
b
b
a
a
s
s
e
e
d
d
V
V
L
L
A
A
N
N
f
f
o
o
r
r
w
w
i
i
r
r
e
e
l
l
e
e
s
s
s
s
a
a
n
n
d
d
n
n
o
o
n
n
-
-
w
w
i
i
r
r
e
e
l
l
e
e
s
s
s
s
c
c
l
l
i
i
e
e
n
n
t
t
s
s
1. All the wire network clients are categorized to group VLAN0 in subnet 192.168.1.0/24
(LAN1).
2. All the wireless network clients are categorized to group VLAN1 in subnet
192.168.2.0/24 (LAN2).
3. Open LAN>>VLAN Configuration. Check the boxes according to the statement in step
1 and Step 2.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
157
4. Click OK.
5. Open LAN>>General Setup. If you want to let the clients in both groups communicate
with each other, simply activate Inter-LAN Routing by checking the box between
LAN1 and LAN2.
Vigor router supports up to six private IP subnets on LAN. Each can be independent
(isolated) or common (able to communicate with each other). This is ideal for
departmental or multi-occupancy applications.
Note: As for the VLAN applications, refer to “Appendix I: VLAN Application on
Vigor Router” for more detailed information.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
158
4
4
.
.
2
2
.
.
4
4
B
B
i
i
n
n
d
d
I
I
P
P
t
t
o
o
M
M
A
A
C
C
This function is used to bind the IP and MAC address in LAN to have a strengthening control
in network. When this function is enabled, all the assigned IP and MAC address binding
together cannot be changed. If you modified the binding IP or MAC address, it might cause
you not access into the Internet.
Click LAN and click Bind IP to MAC to open the setup page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable
Click this radio button to invoke this function. However,
IP/MAC which is not listed in IP Bind List also can connect
to Internet.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
159
Disable
Click this radio button to disable this function. All the
settings on this page will be invalid.
Strict Bind
Click this radio button to block the connection of the
IP/MAC which is not listed in IP Bind List.
Apply Strict Bind to Subnet – Choose the subnet(s) for
applying the rules of Bind IP to MAC.
ARP Table
This table is the LAN ARP table of this router. The
information for IP and MAC will be displayed in this field.
Each pair of IP and MAC address listed in ARP table can
be selected and added to IP Bind List by clicking Add
below
.
Select All
Click this link to select all the items in the ARP table.
Sort
Reorder the table based on the IP address.
Refresh
Refresh the ARP table listed below to obtain the newest
ARP table information.
Add or Update
IP Address – Type the IP address that will be used for the
specified MAC address.
Mac Address – Type the MAC address that is used to
bind with the assigned IP address.
Comment – Type a brief description for the entry.
Show Comment – Check this box to display the comment
on IP Bind List box.
IP Bind List
It displays a list for the IP bind to MAC information.
Add
It allows you to add the one you choose from the ARP table
or the IP/MAC address typed in Add and Edit to the table
of IP Bind List.
Update
It allows you to edit and modify the selected IP address and
MAC address that you create before.
Delete
You can remove any item listed in IP Bind List. Simply
click and select the one, and click Delete. The selected item
will be removed from the IP Bind List.
IP Bind List
It displays a list for the IP bind to MAC information.
Backup IP Bind List
Click Backup and enter a filename to back up IP Bind List
to a file.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
160
Upload From File
Click Browse… to select an IP Bind List backup file. Click
Restore to restore the backup and overwrite the existing
list.
Note: Before you select Strict Bind, you have to bind one set of IP/MAC address for one
PC. If not, no one of the PCs can access into Internet. And the web user interface of the
router might not be accessed.
When you finish the configuration, click OK to save the settings.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
161
4
4
.
.
2
2
.
.
5
5
L
L
A
A
N
N
P
P
o
o
r
r
t
t
M
M
i
i
r
r
r
r
o
o
r
r
LAN port mirror can be applied for the users in LAN. Generally speaking, this function copies
traffic from one or more specific ports to a target port. This mechanism helps manager track
the network errors or abnormal packets transmission without interrupting the flow of data
access the network. By the way, user can apply this function to monitor all traffics which user
needs to check.
There are some advantages supported in this feature. First, it is more economical without other
detecting equipments to be set up. Second, it may be able to view traffic on one or more ports
within a VLAN at the same time. Third, it can transfer all data traffics to be mirrored to one
analyzer connecting to the mirroring port. Last, it is more convenient and easy to configure in
user’s interface.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Port Mirror
Check Enable to activate this function. Or, check Disable
to close this function.
Mirror Port
Select a port to view traffic sent from mirrored ports.
Mirrored port
Select which ports are necessary to be mirrored.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
162
4
4
.
.
2
2
.
.
6
6
W
W
e
e
b
b
P
P
o
o
r
r
t
t
a
a
l
l
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
This page allows you to configure a profile with specified URL for accessing into or display a
message when a wireless/LAN user connects to Internet through this router. No matter what
the purpose of the wireless/LAN client is, he/she will be forced into the URL configured here
while trying to access into the Internet or the desired web page through this router. That is, a
company which wants to have an advertisement for its products to users can specify the URL
in this page to reach its goal.
For the telnet command usage, please refer to “Telnet Command: wptl” in the
chapter of Telnet Command Reference.
Each item is explained as follows:
Item Description
Profile
Display the number link which allows you to configure the
profile.
Status
Display the content (Disable, URL Redirect or Message) of the
profile.
Interface
Display the applied interfaces of the profile.
Preview
Open a preview window according to the configured settings.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
163
To configure the profile, click any index number link to open the following page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable
Check the box to enable this function.
Body
Two types can be specified for web portal setup.
URL Redirect - Any user who wants to access into Internet
through this router will be redirected to the URL specified here
first. It is a useful method for the purpose of advertisement. For
example, force the wireless user(s) in hotel to access into the
web page that the hotel wants the user(s) to visit.
Message - Type words or sentences here. The message will be
displayed on the screen for several seconds when the wireless
users access into the web page through the router.
Default Message – Click it to restore the default content.
Notice
Content given in this field will be displayed on the screen
when a web page is redirected by web portal mechanism.
Position on screen – The content of notice and the defined
button can be shown upside (Top) or downside (Bottom) the
text defined for message body.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
164
Authentication
Button click – Authenticate the user by clicking the button
with the words defined below.
Text - Define the word (default word is “Continue”)
shown on the button.
User must click button to proceed – Check it to force the
user to click the button (with the word defined on Button
box) to proceed the operation.
Applied Interfaces
Check the box (es) representing different interfaces to be
applied by such profile.
The advantage is that each SSID (1/2/3/4) for wireless network
can be applied with different web portal separately.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
165
4
4
.
.
3
3
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
4
4
.
.
3
3
.
.
1
1
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
Static routing is an alternative to dynamic routing. It is a process that the system network
administrator can configure network routers with all the required information for packet
forwarding.
Go to Routing >> Static Route. The router offers IPv4 and IPv6 for you to configure the
static route. Both protocols bring different web pages.
4
4
.
.
3
3
.
.
1
1
.
.
1
1
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
4
4
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Index
The number (1 to 10) under Index allows you to open next
page to set up static route.
Destination Address
Displays the destination address of the static route.
Status
Displays the status of the static route.
Set to Factory Default
Clear all of the settings and return to factory default settings.
Click any underline of index number to get the following page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable
Check it to enable this profile.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
166
Destination IP Address
Type an IP address as the destination of such static route.
Subnet Mask
Type the subnet mask for such static route.
Gateway IP Address
Type the IP address as the gateway for such route.
Network Interface
Use the drop down list to specify an interface for such static
route.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
4
4
.
.
3
3
.
.
1
1
.
.
2
2
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
You can set up to 40 profiles for IPv6 static route. Click the IPv6 tab to open the following
page:
Each item is explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default
Clear all of the settings and return to factory default
settings.
Viewing IPv6 Routing
Table
Displays the routing table for your reference.
Index
The number (1 to 40) under Index allows you to open next
page to set up static route.
Enable
Enable the static route.
Destination Address
Displays the destination address of the static route.
Click any underline of index number to get the following page.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
167
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable
Check it to enable this profile.
Destination IPv6 Address
/ Prefix Len
Type the IP address with the prefix length for this entry.
Gateway IPv6 Address
Type the gateway address for this entry.
Network Interface
Use the drop down list to specify an interface for this static
route.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
A
A
d
d
d
d
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
s
s
t
t
o
o
P
P
r
r
i
i
v
v
a
a
t
t
e
e
a
a
n
n
d
d
P
P
u
u
b
b
l
l
i
i
c
c
N
N
e
e
t
t
w
w
o
o
r
r
k
k
s
s
(
(
b
b
a
a
s
s
e
e
d
d
o
o
n
n
I
I
P
P
v
v
4
4
)
)
Here is an example (based on IPv4) of setting Static Route in Main Router so that user A and
B locating in different subnet can talk to each other via the router. Assuming the Internet
access has been configured and the router works properly:
use the Main Router to surf the Internet.
create a private subnet 192.168.10.0 using an internal Router A (192.168.1.2)
create a public subnet 211.100.88.0 via an internal Router B (192.168.1.3).
have set Main Router 192.168.1.1 as the default gateway for the Router A 192.168.1.2.
Before setting Static Route, user A cannot talk to user B for Router A can only forward
recognized packets to its default gateway Main Router.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
168
1. Go to LAN page and click General Setup, select 1st Subnet as the RIP Protocol
Control. Then click the OK button.
Note: There are two reasons that we have to apply RIP Protocol Control on 1st
Subnet. The first is that the LAN interface can exchange RIP packets with the
neighboring routers via the 1st subnet (192.168.1.0/24). The second is that those
hosts on the internal private subnets (ex. 192.168.10.0/24) can access the Internet via
the router, and continuously exchange of IP routing information with different
subnets.
2. Click the Routing >> Static Route and click on the Index Number 1. Check the Enable
box. Please add a static route as shown below, which regulates all packets destined to
192.168.10.0 will be forwarded to 192.168.1.2. Click OK.
3. Return to Static Route Setup page. Click on another Index Number to add another
static route as show below, which regulates all packets destined to 211.100.88.0 will be
forwarded to 192.168.1.3. Click OK.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
169
4. Go to Diagnostics and choose Routing Table to verify current routing table.
4
4
.
.
4
4
N
N
A
A
T
T
Usually, the router serves as an NAT (Network Address Translation) router. NAT is a
mechanism that one or more private IP addresses can be mapped into a single public one.
Public IP address is usually assigned by your ISP, for which you may get charged. Private IP
addresses are recognized only among internal hosts.
When the outgoing packets destined to some public server on the Internet reach the NAT
router, the router will change its source address into the public IP address of the router, select
the available public port, and then forward it. At the same time, the router shall list an entry in
a table to memorize this address/port-mapping relationship. When the public server response,
the incoming traffic, of course, is destined to the router’s public IP address and the router will
do the inversion based on its table. Therefore, the internal host can communicate with external
host smoothly.
The benefit of the NAT includes:
Save cost on applying public IP address and apply efficient usage of IP address.
NAT allows the internal IP addresses of local hosts to be translated into one public IP
address, thus you can have only one IP address on behalf of the entire internal hosts.
Enhance security of the internal network by obscuring the IP address. There are
many attacks aiming victims based on the IP address. Since the attacker cannot be aware
of any private IP addresses, the NAT function can protect the internal network.
Note: On NAT page, you will see the private IP address defined in RFC-1918. Usually we
use the 192.168.1.0/24 subnet for the router. As stated before, the NAT facility can map one
or more IP addresses and/or service ports into different specified services. In other words,
the NAT function can be achieved by using port mapping methods.
Below shows the menu items for NAT.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
170
4
4
.
.
4
4
.
.
1
1
P
P
o
o
r
r
t
t
R
R
e
e
d
d
i
i
r
r
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Port Redirection is usually set up for server related service inside the local network (LAN),
such as web servers, FTP servers, E-mail servers etc. Most of the case, you need a public IP
address for each server and this public IP address/domain name are recognized by all users.
Since the server is actually located inside the LAN, the network well protected by NAT of the
router, and identified by its private IP address/port, the goal of Port Redirection function is to
forward all access request with public IP address from external users to the mapping private IP
address/port of the server.
The port redirection can only apply to incoming traffic.
To use this function, please go to NAT page and choose Port Redirection web page. The
Port Redirection Table provides 20 port-mapping entries for the internal hosts.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
171
Each item is explained as follows:
Item Description
Index
Display the number of the profile.
Enable
Check it to enable such profile.
Service Name
Display the description of the specific network service.
WAN Interface
Display the WAN IP address used by the profile.
Protocol
Display the transport layer protocol (TCP or UDP).
Public Port
Display the port number which will be redirected to the
specified Private IP and Port of the internal host.
Private IP
Display the IP address of the internal host providing the
service.
Press any number under Index to access into next page for configuring port redirection.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable
Check this box to enable such port redirection setting.
Mode
Two options (Single and Range) are provided here for you
to choose. To set a range for the specific service, select
Range. In Range mode, if the public port (start port and end
port) and the starting IP of private IP had been entered, the
system will calculate and display the ending IP of private IP
automatically.
Service Name
Enter the description of the specific network service.
Protocol
Select the transport layer protocol (TCP or UDP).
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
172
WAN Interface
Select the WAN interface used for port redirection. There
are eight WAN IP alias that can be selected and used for
port redirection. The default setting is All which means all
the incoming data from any port will be redirected to
specified range of IP address and port.
Public Port
Specify which port can be redirected to the specified
Private IP and Port of the internal host. If you choose
Range as the port redirection mode, you will see two boxes
on this field. Type the required number on the first box (as
the starting port) and the second box (as the ending port).
Source IP
Use the drop down list to specify an IP object. Or click IP
Object link to create a new one for applying.
Private IP
Specify the private IP address of the internal host providing
the service. If you choose Range as the port redirection
mode, you will see two boxes on this field. Type a complete
IP address in the first box (as the starting point). The second
one will be assigned automatically later.
Private Port
Specify the private port number of the service offered by
the internal host.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Note that the router has its own built-in services (servers) such as Telnet, HTTP and FTP etc.
Since the common port numbers of these services (servers) are all the same, you may need to
reset the router in order to avoid confliction.
For example, the built-in web user interface in the router is with default port 80, which may
conflict with the web server in the local network, http://192.168.1.13:80. Therefore, you need
to change the router’s http port to any one other than the default port 80 to avoid conflict,
such as 8080. This can be set in the System Maintenance >>Management Setup. You then
will access the admin screen of by suffixing the IP address with 8080, e.g.,
http://192.168.1.1:8080 instead of port 80.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
173
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
174
4
4
.
.
4
4
.
.
2
2
D
D
M
M
Z
Z
H
H
o
o
s
s
t
t
As mentioned above, Port Redirection can redirect incoming TCP/UDP or other traffic on
particular ports to the specific private IP address/port of host in the LAN. However, other IP
protocols, for example Protocols 50 (ESP) and 51 (AH), do not travel on a fixed port. Vigor
router provides a facility DMZ Host that maps ALL unsolicited data on any protocol to a
single host in the LAN. Regular web surfing and other such Internet activities from other
clients will continue to work without inappropriate interruption. DMZ Host allows a defined
internal user to be totally exposed to the Internet, which usually helps some special
applications such as Netmeeting or Internet Games etc.
The security properties of NAT are somewhat bypassed if you set up DMZ host. We suggest
you to add additional filter rules or a secondary firewall.
Click DMZ Host to open the following page. You can set different DMZ host for each WAN
interface. Click the WAN tab to switch into the configuration page for that WAN.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
175
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Choose Private IP or Active True IP first.
Active True IP selection is available for WAN1 only.
Private IP
Enter the private IP address of the DMZ host, or click Choose
PC to select one.
Choose IP
Click this button and then a window will automatically pop
up, as depicted below. The window consists of a list of private
IP addresses of all hosts in your LAN network. Select one
private IP address in the list to be the DMZ host.
When you have selected one private IP from the above dialog,
the IP address will be shown on the following screen. Click
OK to save the setting.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
176
If you previously have set up WAN Alias for PPPoE or Static or Dynamic IP mode in WAN
interface, you will find them in Aux. WAN IP for your selection.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable
Check to enable the DMZ Host function.
Private IP
Enter the private IP address of the DMZ host, or click
Choose PC to select one.
Choose IP
Click this button and then a window will automatically pop
up, as depicted below. The window consists of a list of
private IP addresses of all hosts in your LAN network.
Select one private IP address in the list to be the DMZ host.
When you have selected one private IP from the above
dialog, the IP address will be shown on the following
screen. Click OK to save the setting.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
177
4
4
.
.
4
4
.
.
3
3
O
O
p
p
e
e
n
n
P
P
o
o
r
r
t
t
s
s
Open Ports allows you to open a range of ports for the traffic of special applications.
Common application of Open Ports includes P2P application (e.g., BT, KaZaA, Gnutella,
WinMX, eMule and others), Internet Camera etc. Ensure that you keep the application
involved up-to-date to avoid falling victim to any security exploits.
Click Open Ports to open the following page:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Index
Indicate the relative number for the particular entry that you
want to offer service in a local host. You should click the
appropriate index number to edit or clear the corresponding
entry.
Enable
Check it to enable the profile.
Comment
Specify the name for the defined network service.
WAN Interface
Display the WAN interface used by such index.
Aux. WAN IP
If you previously have set up WAN Alias for PPPoE or
Static or Dynamic IP mode in WAN2 interface, you will
find them in Aux. WAN IP for your selection.
Local IP Address
Display the private IP address of the local host offering the
service.
To add or edit port settings, click one index number on the page. The index entry setup page
will pop up. In each index entry, you can specify 10 port ranges for diverse services.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
178
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Open Ports
Check to enable this entry.
Comment
Make a name for the defined network application/service.
WAN Interface
Specify the WAN interface that will be used for this entry.
WAN IP
Specify the WAN IP address that will be used for this entry.
This setting is available when WAN IP Alias is configured.
Source IP
Use the drop down list to specify an IP object. Or click IP
Object link to create a new one for applying.
Private IP
Enter the private IP address of the local host or click
Choose IP to select one.
Choose IP - Click this button and, subsequently, a window
having a list of private IP addresses of local hosts will
automatically pop up. Select the appropriate IP address of
the local host in the list.
Protocol
Specify the transport layer protocol. It could be TCP, UDP,
or ----- (none) for selection.
Start Port
Specify the starting port number of the service offered by
the local host.
End Port
Specify the ending port number of the service offered by
the local host.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
179
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
4
4
.
.
4
4
.
.
4
4
A
A
d
d
d
d
r
r
e
e
s
s
s
s
M
M
a
a
p
p
p
p
i
i
n
n
g
g
Address Mapping is used to map a specified private IP or a range of private IPs of NAT subnet
into a specified WAN IP (or WAN IP alias IP). Refer to the following figure.
Suppose the WAN settings for a router are configured as follows:
WAN1: 202.211.100.10, WAN1 alias: 202.211.100.11
WAN2: 203.98.200.10
Without address mapping feature, when a NAT host with an IP say "192.168.1.10" sends a
packet to the WAN side (or the Internet), the source address of the NAT host will be mapped
into either 202.211.100.10 or 203.98.200.10 (which IP or mapping is decided by the internal
load balancing algorithm).
With address mapping feature, you can manually configure any host mapping to any WAN
interface to fit the request. In the above example, you can configure NAT Host1 to always
map to 202.211.100.10 (WAN1); Host2 to always map to 202.211.100.11 (WAN1 alias);
Host3 always map to 203.98.200.10 (WAN2) and Group 1 to always map to 202.211.100.10
(WAN1).
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
180
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Index
Indicate the relative number for the particular entry that you
want to configure You should click the appropriate index
number to edit or clear the corresponding entry.
Protocol
Display the protocol used for this address mapping.
Public IP
Display the public IP address selected for this entry, e.g.,
172.16.3.102.
Private IP
Display the private IP set for this address mapping, e.g.,
192.168.1.10.
Mask
Display the subnet mask selected for this address mapping.
Status
Display the status for the entry, enable or disable.
Click the index number link to open the configuration page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable
Check to enable this entry.
Protocol
Specify the transport layer protocol. It could be TCP, UDP, or
ALL for selection.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
181
WAN Interface
Choose the WAN interface for such address mapping profile.
WAN IP
This is the source IP of a packet captured on the WAN side and
sent by a NAT host specified in the Private IP field.
The drop down menu contains WAN interface IPs and WAN
IP alias IPs.
Private IP
This is the source IP of a NAT host which wishes to send
packets to the WAN side and have source address as
configured in the WAN IP field.
Subnet Mask
Select a value of subnet mask for private IP address.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
4
4
.
.
4
4
.
.
5
5
P
P
o
o
r
r
t
t
T
T
r
r
i
i
g
g
g
g
e
e
r
r
i
i
n
n
g
g
Port Triggering is a variation of open ports function.
The key difference between "open port" and "port triggering" is:
Once the OK button is clicked and the configuration has taken effect, "open port"
keeps the ports opened forever.
Once the OK button is clicked and the configuration has taken effect, "port triggering"
will only attempt to open the ports once the triggering conditions are met.
The duration that these ports are opened depends on the type of protocol used. The
"default" durations are shown below and these duration values can be modified via
telnet commands.
TCP: 86400 sec.
UDP: 180 sec.
IGMP: 10 sec.
TCP WWW: 60 sec.
TCP SYN: 60 sec.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
182
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Index
Indicate the relative number for the particular entry that you
want to offer service in a local host. You should click the
appropriate index number to edit or clear the corresponding
entry.
Enable
Check it to enable the profile.
Comment
Display the text which memorizes the application of this
rule.
Triggering Protocol
Display the protocol of the triggering packets.
Source IP
Display the name of the IP object.
Triggering Port
Display the port of the triggering packets.
Incoming Protocol
Display the protocol for the incoming data of such
triggering profile.
Incoming Port
Display the port for the incoming data of such triggering
profile.
Click the index number link to open the configuration page.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
183
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable
Check to enable this entry.
Service
Choose the predefined service to apply for such trigger
profile.
Comment
Type the text to memorize the application of this rule.
Source IP
Use the drop down list to specify an IP object. Or click IP
Object link to create a new one for applying.
Triggering Protocol
Select the protocol (TCP, UDP or TCP/UDP) for such
triggering profile.
Triggering Port
Type the port or port range for such triggering profile.
Incoming Protocol
When the triggering packets received, it is expected the
incoming packets will use the selected protocol. Select the
protocol (TCP, UDP or TCP/UDP) for the incoming data of
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
184
such triggering profile.
Incoming Port
Type the port or port range for the incoming packets.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
4
4
.
.
4
4
.
.
6
6
A
A
L
L
G
G
ALG means Application Layer Gateway. There are two methods provided by Vigor router,
RTSP (Real Time Streaming Protocol) ALG and SIP (Session Initiation Protocol) ALG, for
processing the packets of voice and video.
RTSP ALG makes RTSP message, RTCP message, and RTP packets of voice and video be
transmitted and received correctly via NAT by Vigor router.
However, SIP ALG makes SIP message and RTP packets of voice be transmitted and received
correctly via NAT by Vigor router.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable ALG
Check to enable such function.
Listen Port
Type a port number for SIP or RTSP protocol.
TCP
Check the box to make correspond protocol message packet
from TCP transmit and receive via NAT.
UDP
Check the box to make correspond protocol message packet
from UDP transmit and receive via NAT.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
185
4
4
.
.
5
5
H
H
a
a
r
r
d
d
w
w
a
a
r
r
e
e
A
A
c
c
c
c
e
e
l
l
e
e
r
r
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Hardware Acceleration is also called PPA in DrayTek for it is based on Protocol Processing
Engine (PPE) of Infinion. It can only support 128 sessions for network traffic (IN & OUT).
When the data traffic is heavy and data transmission is getting slowly and slowly, you can
configure this page to accelerate the data streaming by hardware itself. Open Hardware
Acceleration>>Setup.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
186
4
4
.
.
6
6
F
F
i
i
r
r
e
e
w
w
a
a
l
l
l
l
4
4
.
.
6
6
.
.
1
1
B
B
a
a
s
s
i
i
c
c
s
s
f
f
o
o
r
r
F
F
i
i
r
r
e
e
w
w
a
a
l
l
l
l
While the broadband users demand more bandwidth for multimedia, interactive applications,
or distance learning, security has been always the most concerned. The firewall of the Vigor
router helps to protect your local network against attack from unauthorized outsiders. It also
restricts users in the local network from accessing the Internet. Furthermore, it can filter out
specific packets that trigger the router to build an unwanted outgoing connection.
F
F
i
i
r
r
e
e
w
w
a
a
l
l
l
l
F
F
a
a
c
c
i
i
l
l
i
i
t
t
i
i
e
e
s
s
The users on the LAN are provided with secured protection by the following firewall facilities:
User-configurable IP filter (Call Filter/ Data Filter).
Stateful Packet Inspection (SPI): tracks packets and denies unsolicited incoming data
Selectable Denial of Service (DoS) /Distributed DoS (DDoS) attacks protection
I
I
P
P
F
F
i
i
l
l
t
t
e
e
r
r
s
s
Depending on whether there is an existing Internet connection, or in other words “the WAN
link status is up or down”, the IP filter architecture categorizes traffic into two: Call Filter and
Data Filter.
Call Filter - When there is no existing Internet connection, Call Filter is applied to all
traffic, all of which should be outgoing. It will check packets according to the filter rules.
If legal, the packet will pass. Then the router shall “initiate a call” to build the Internet
connection and send the packet to Internet.
Data Filter - When there is an existing Internet connection, Data Filter is applied to
incoming and outgoing traffic. It will check packets according to the filter rules. If legal,
the packet will pass the router.
The following illustrations are flow charts explaining how router will treat incoming traffic
and outgoing traffic respectively.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
187
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
e
e
f
f
u
u
l
l
P
P
a
a
c
c
k
k
e
e
t
t
I
I
n
n
s
s
p
p
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
(
(
S
S
P
P
I
I
)
)
Stateful inspection is a firewall architecture that works at the network layer. Unlike legacy
static packet filtering, which examines a packet based on the information in its header, stateful
inspection builds up a state machine to track each connection traversing all interfaces of the
firewall and makes sure they are valid. The stateful firewall of Vigor router not just examines
the header information, but also monitors the state of the connection.
D
D
e
e
n
n
i
i
a
a
l
l
o
o
f
f
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
(
(
D
D
o
o
S
S
)
)
D
D
e
e
f
f
e
e
n
n
s
s
e
e
The DoS Defense functionality helps you to detect and mitigate the DoS attack. The attacks
are usually categorized into two types, the flooding-type attacks and the vulnerability attacks.
The flooding-type attacks will attempt to exhaust all your system's resource while the
vulnerability attacks will try to paralyze the system by offending the vulnerabilities of the
protocol or operation system.
The DoS Defense function enables the Vigor router to inspect every incoming packet based on
the attack signature database. Any malicious packet that might duplicate itself to paralyze the
host in the secure LAN will be strictly blocked and a Syslog message will be sent as warning, if
you set up Syslog server.
Also the Vigor router monitors the traffic. Any abnormal traffic flow violating the pre-defined
parameter, such as the number of thresholds, is identified as an attack and the Vigor router will
activate its defense mechanism to mitigate in a real-time manner.
The below shows the attack types that DoS/DDoS defense function can detect:
1. SYN flood attack
2. UDP flood attack
3. ICMP flood attack
4. Port Scan attack
5. IP options
6. Land attack
7. Smurf attack
8. Trace route
9. SYN fragment
10. Fraggle attack
11. TCP flag scan
12. Tear drop attack
13. Ping of Death attack
14. ICMP fragment
15. Unassigned numbers
Below shows the menu items for Firewall.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
188
4
4
.
.
6
6
.
.
2
2
G
G
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
a
a
l
l
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
General Setup allows you to adjust settings of IP Filter and common options. Here you can
enable or disable the Call Filter or Data Filter. Under some circumstance, your filter set can
be linked to work in a serial manner. So here you assign the Start Filter Set only. Also you
can configure the Log Flag settings, Apply IP filter to VPN incoming packets, and Accept
incoming fragmented UDP packets.
Click Firewall and click General Setup to open the general setup page.
4
4
.
.
6
6
.
.
2
2
.
.
1
1
G
G
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
a
a
l
l
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
Such page allows you to enable / disable Call Filter and Data Filter, determine general rule for
filtering the incoming and outgoing data.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Call Filter
Check Enable to activate the Call Filter function. Assign a
start filter set for the Call Filter.
Data Filter
Check Enable to activate the Data Filter function. Assign a
start filter set for the Data Filter.
Always pass inbound…
Some on-line games (for example: Half Life) will use lots
of fragmented UDP packets to transfer game data.
Instinctively as a secure firewall, Vigor router will reject
these fragmented packets to prevent attack unless you
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
189
enable “Always pass inbound…”. By checking this box,
you can play these kinds of on-line games. If security
concern is in higher priority, you cannot enable “Always
pass inbound”.
Enable Strict Security
Firewall
For the sake of security, the router will execute strict
security checking for data transmission.
Such feature is enabled in default. All the packets, while
transmitting through Vigor router, will be filtered by
firewall. If the firewall system (e.g., content filter server)
does not make any response (pass or block) for these
packets, then the router’s firewall will block the packets
directly.
Block routing connections
initiated from WAN
Usually, IPv6 network sessions/traffics from WAN to LAN
are allowed in default.
IPv6 - Check the box to make the packets (routed from
WAN to LAN) via IPv6 being blocked by such router. It is
effective only for the packets routed but not for packets
translated by NAT.
IPv4 - Check the box to make the incoming packets via
IPv4 being blocked by such router. It is effective only for
the packets routed but not for packets translated by NAT.
Backup Firewall
Click Backup to save the firewall configuration.
Restore Firewall
Click Select to choose a firewall configuration file. Then
click Restore to apply the file.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
190
4
4
.
.
6
6
.
.
2
2
.
.
2
2
D
D
e
e
f
f
a
a
u
u
l
l
t
t
R
R
u
u
l
l
e
e
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
Such page allows you to choose filtering profiles including QoS, Policy Route, WCF, APP
Enforcement, and URL Content Filter for data transmission via Vigor router.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Filter
Select Pass or Block for the packets that do not match with
the filter rules.
Sessions Control
The number typed here is the total sessions of the packets
that do not match the filter rule configured in this page.
Quality of Service
Choose one of the QoS rules to be applied as firewall rule.
For detailed information of setting QoS, please refer to the
related section later.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
191
APP Enforcement
Select an APP Enforcement profile for global IM/P2P
application blocking. If there is no profile for you to select,
please choose [Create New] from the drop down list in this
page to create a new profile. All the hosts in LAN must
follow the standard configured in the APP Enforcement
profile selected here. For detailed information, refer to the
section of APP Enforcement profile setup. For
troubleshooting needs, you can specify to record information
for IM/P2P by checking the Log box. It will be sent to
Syslog server. Please refer to section Syslog/Mail Alert for
more detailed information.
URL Content Filter
Select one of the URL Content Filter profile settings
(created in CSM>> URL Content Filter) for applying with
this router. Please set at least one profile for choosing in
CSM>> URL Content Filter web page first. Or choose
[Create New] from the drop down list in this page to create
a new profile. For troubleshooting needs, you can specify to
record information for URL Content Filter by checking
the Log box. It will be sent to Syslog server. Please refer to
section Syslog/Mail Alert for more detailed information.
Web Content Filter
Select one of the Web Content Filter profile settings
(created in CSM>> Web Content Filter) for applying with
this router. Please set at least one profile for anti-virus in
CSM>> Web Content Filter web page first. Or choose
[Create New] from the drop down list in this page to create
a new profile. For troubleshooting needs, you can specify to
record information for Web Content Filter by checking the
Log box. It will be sent to Syslog server. Please refer to
section Syslog/Mail Alert for more detailed information.
DNS Filter
Select one of the DNS Filter profile settings (created in
CSM>>DNS Filter) for applying with this router. Please set
at least one profile in CSM>> Web Content Filter web
page first. Or click the DNS Filter link in this page to create
a new profile.
Advance Setting
Click Edit to open the following window. However, it is
strongly recommended to use the default settings here.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
192
Codepage - This function is used to compare the characters
among different languages. Choose correct codepage can
help the system obtaining correct ASCII after decoding data
from URL and enhance the correctness of URL Content
Filter. The default value for this setting is ANSI 1252 Latin
I. If you do not choose any codepage, no decoding job of
URL will be processed. Please use the drop-down list to
choose a codepage.
If you do not have any idea of choosing suitable codepage,
please open Syslog. From Codepage Information of Setup
dialog, you will see the recommended codepage listed on
the dialog box.
Window size – It determines the size of TCP protocol
(0~65535). The more the value is, the better the
performance will be. However, if the network is not stable,
small value will be proper.
Session timeout – Setting timeout for sessions can make
the best utilization of network resources.
Backup Firewall
Click Backup to save the firewall configuration.
Restore Firewall
Click Select to choose a firewall configuration file. Then
click Restore to apply the file.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
193
4
4
.
.
6
6
.
.
3
3
F
F
i
i
l
l
t
t
e
e
r
r
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
Click Firewall and click Filter Setup to open the setup page.
To edit or add a filter, click on the set number to edit the individual set. The following page
will be shown. Each filter set contains up to 7 rules. Click on the rule number button to edit
each rule. Check Active to enable the rule.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Filter Rule
Click a button numbered (1 ~ 7) to edit the filter rule. Click
the button will open Edit Filter Rule web page. For the
detailed information, refer to the following page.
Active
Enable or disable the filter rule.
Comment
Enter filter set comments/description. Maximum length is
23–character long.
Direction
Display the direction of packet.
Src IP / Dst IP
Display the IP address of source /destination.
Service Type
Display the type and port number of the packet.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
194
Action
Display the packets to be passed /blocked.
CSM
Display the content security managed
Move Up/Down
Use Up or Down link to move the order of the filter rules.
Next Filter Set
Set the link to the next filter set to be executed after the
current filter run. Do not make a loop with many filter sets.
Wizard Mode
Allow to configure frequently used settings for filter rule
via several setting pages.
Advance Mode
Allow to configure detailed settings of filter rule.
To use Wizard Mode, simple do the following steps:
1. Click the Wizard Mode radio button.
2. Click Index 1. The setting page will appear as follows:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Comments
Enter filter set comments/description. Maximum length is
14- character long.
Direction
Set the direction of packet flow. It is for Data Filter only.
For the Call Filter, this setting is not available since Call
Filter is only applied to outgoing traffic.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
195
Note: RT means routing domain for 2nd subnet or other
LAN.
Source/Destination
IP
Click Edit to access into the following dialog to choose the
source/destination IP or IP ranges.
To set the IP address manually, please choose Any
Address/Single Address/Range Address/Subnet Address
as the Address Type and type them in this dialog. In
addition, if you want to use the IP range from defined
groups or objects, please choose Group and Objects as the
Address Type.
From the IP Group drop down list, choose the one that you
want to apply. Or use the IP Object drop down list to
choose the object that you want.
Protocol
Specify the protocol(s) which this filter rule will apply to.
Source Port /
Destination Port
(=) – when the first and last value are the same, it indicates
one port; when the first and last values are different, it
indicates a range for the port and available for this service
type.
(!=) – when the first and last value are the same, it indicates
all the ports except the port defined here; when the first and
last values are different, it indicates that all the ports except
the range defined here are available for this service type.
(>) – the port number greater than this value is available.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
196
(<) – the port number less than this value is available for
this profile.
3. Click Next to get the following page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Pass Immediately
Packets matching the rule will be passed immediately.
APP Enforcement - Select an APP Enforcement profile
for global IM/P2P application blocking. If there is no
profile for you to select, please choose [Create New] from
the drop down list in this page to create a new profile. All
the hosts in LAN must follow the standard configured in the
APP Enforcement profile selected here. For detailed
information, refer to the section of APP Enforcement
profile setup. For troubleshooting needs, you can specify to
record information for IM/P2P by checking the Log box. It
will be sent to Syslog server. Please refer to section
Syslog/Mail Alert for more detailed information.
URL Content Filter - Select one of the URL Content
Filter profile settings (created in CSM>> URL Content
Filter) for applying with this router. Please set at least one
profile for choosing in CSM>> URL Content Filter web
page first. Or choose [Create New] from the drop down list
in this page to create a new profile. For troubleshooting
needs, you can specify to record information for URL
Content Filter by checking the Log box. It will be sent to
Syslog server. Please refer to section Syslog/Mail Alert for
more detailed information.
Web Content Filter - Select one of the Web Content
Filter profile settings (created in CSM>> Web Content
Filter) for applying with this router. Please set at least one
profile for anti-virus in CSM>> Web Content Filter web
page first. Or choose [Create New] from the drop down list
in this page to create a new profile. For troubleshooting
needs, you can specify to record information for Web
Content Filter by checking the Log box. It will be sent to
Syslog server. Please refer to section Syslog/Mail Alert for
more detailed information.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
197
DNS Filter - Select one of the DNS Filter profile settings
(created in CSM>>DNS Filter) for applying with this
router. Please set at least one profile in CSM>> Web
Content Filter web page first. Or click the DNS Filter link
from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile.
Block Immediately
Packets matching the rule will be dropped immediately.
4. After choosing the mechanism, click Next to get the summary page for reference.
5. If there is no error, click Finish to complete wizard setting.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
198
To use Advance Mode, do the following steps:
1. Click the Advance Mode radio button.
2. Click Index 1 to access into the following page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Check to enable the
Filter Rule
Check this box to enable the filter rule.
Comments
Enter filter set comments/description. Maximum length is
14- character long.
Index(1-15)
Set PCs on LAN to work at certain time interval only. You
may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules
pre-defined in Applications >> Schedule setup. The
default setting of this field is blank and the function will
always work.
Clear sessions when
schedule ON
Check this box to clear the sessions when the above
schedule profiles are applied.
Direction
Set the direction of packet flow. It is for Data Filter only.
For the Call Filter, this setting is not available since Call
Filter is only applied to outgoing traffic.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
199
Note: RT means routing domain for 2nd subnet or other
LAN.
Source/Destination
IP
Click Edit to access into the following dialog to choose the
source/destination IP or IP ranges.
To set the IP address manually, please choose Any
Address/Single Address/Range Address/Subnet Address
as the Address Type and type them in this dialog. In
addition, if you want to use the IP range from defined
groups or objects, please choose Group and Objects as the
Address Type.
From the IP Group drop down list, choose the one that you
want to apply. Or use the IP Object drop down list to
choose the object that you want.
Service Type
Click Edit to access into the following dialog to choose a
suitable service type.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
200
To set the service type manually, please choose User
defined as the Service Type and type them in this dialog. In
addition, if you want to use the service type from defined
groups or objects, please choose Group and Objects as the
Service Type.
Protocol - Specify the protocol(s) which this filter rule will
apply to.
Source/Destination Port –
(=) – when the first and last value are the same, it indicates
one port; when the first and last values are different, it
indicates a range for the port and available for this service
type.
(!=) – when the first and last value are the same, it indicates
all the ports except the port defined here; when the first and
last values are different, it indicates that all the ports except
the range defined here are available for this service type.
(>) – the port number greater than this value is available.
(<) – the port number less than this value is available for
this profile.
Service Group/Object - Use the drop down list to choose
the one that you want.
Fragments
Specify the action for fragmented packets. And it is used for
Data Filter only.
Don’t care -No action will be taken towards fragmented
packets.
Unfragmented -Apply the rule to unfragmented packets.
Fragmented - Apply the rule to fragmented packets.
Too Short - Apply the rule only to packets that are too short
to contain a complete header.
Filter
Specifies the action to be taken when packets match the rule.
Block Immediately - Packets matching the rule will be
dropped immediately.
Pass Immediately - Packets matching the rule will be
passed immediately.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
201
Block If No Further Match - A packet matching the rule,
and that does not match further rules, will be dropped.
Pass If No Further Match - A packet matching the rule,
and that does not match further rules, will be passed
through.
Branch to other
Filter Set
If the packet matches the filter rule, the next filter rule will
branch to the specified filter set. Select next filter rule to
branch from the drop-down menu. Be aware that the router
will apply the specified filter rule for ever and will not
return to previous filter rule any more.
Sessions Control
The number typed here is the total sessions of the packets
that do not match the filter rule configured in this page. The
default setting is 60000.
MAC Bind IP
Strict –Make the MAC address and IP address settings
configured in IP Object for Source IP and Destination IP
are bound for applying such filter rule.
No-Strict - no limitation.
Quality of Service
Choose one of the QoS rules to be applied as firewall rule.
For detailed information of setting QoS, please refer to the
related section later.
APP Enforcement
Select an APP Enforcement profile for global IM/P2P
application blocking. If there is no profile for you to select,
please choose [Create New] from the drop down list in this
page to create a new profile. All the hosts in LAN must
follow the standard configured in the APP Enforcement
profile selected here. For detailed information, refer to the
section of APP Enforcement profile setup. For
troubleshooting needs, you can specify to record information
for IM/P2P by checking the Log box. It will be sent to
Syslog server. Please refer to section Syslog/Mail Alert for
more detailed information.
URL Content Filter
Select one of the URL Content Filter profile settings
(created in CSM>> URL Content Filter) for applying with
this router. Please set at least one profile for choosing in
CSM>> URL Content Filter web page first. Or choose
[Create New] from the drop down list in this page to create
a new profile. For troubleshooting needs, you can specify to
record information for URL Content Filter by checking
the Log box. It will be sent to Syslog server. Please refer to
section Syslog/Mail Alert for more detailed information.
Web Content Filter
Select one of the Web Content Filter profile settings
(created in CSM>> Web Content Filter) for applying with
this router. Please set at least one profile for anti-virus in
CSM>> Web Content Filter web page first. Or choose
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
202
[Create New] from the drop down list in this page to create
a new profile. For troubleshooting needs, you can specify to
record information for Web Content Filter by checking the
Log box. It will be sent to Syslog server. Please refer to
section Syslog/Mail Alert for more detailed information.
DNS Filter
Select one of the DNS Filter profile settings (created in
CSM>>DNS Filter) for applying with this router. Please set
at least one profile in CSM>> Web Content Filter web
page first. Or click the DNS Filter link from the drop down
list in this page to create a new profile.
Advance Setting
Click Edit to open the following window. However, it is
strongly recommended to use the default settings here.
Codepage - This function is used to compare the characters
among different languages. Choose correct codepage can
help the system obtaining correct ASCII after decoding data
from URL and enhance the correctness of URL Content
Filter. The default value for this setting is ANSI 1252 Latin
I. If you do not choose any codepage, no decoding job of
URL will be processed. Please use the drop-down list to
choose a codepage.
If you do not have any idea of choosing suitable codepage,
please open Syslog. From Codepage Information of Setup
dialog, you will see the recommended codepage listed on
the dialog box.
Window size – It determines the size of TCP protocol
(0~65535). The more the value is, the better the
performance will be. However, if the network is not stable,
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
203
small value will be proper.
Session timeout–Setting timeout for sessions can make the
best utilization of network resources. However, Queue
timeout is configured for TCP protocol only; session
timeout is configured for the data flow which matched with
the firewall rule.
DrayTek Banner – Please uncheck this box and the
following screen will not be shown for the unreachable web
page. The default setting is Enabled.
Strict Security Checking - All the packets, while
transmitting through Vigor router, will be filtered by
firewall settings configured by Vigor router. When the
resource is inadequate, the packets will be blocked if Strict
Security Checking is enabled. If Strict Security Checking is
not enabled, then the packets will pass through the router.
3. When you finish the configuration, please click OK to save and exit this page.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
204
4
4
.
.
6
6
.
.
4
4
D
D
e
e
f
f
e
e
n
n
s
s
e
e
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
As a sub-functionality of IP Filter/Firewall, there are 15 types of detect/ defense function in
the DoS Defense setup. The DoS Defense functionality is disabled for default.
4
4
.
.
6
6
.
.
4
4
.
.
1
1
D
D
o
o
S
S
D
D
e
e
f
f
e
e
n
n
s
s
e
e
Click Firewall >> Defense setup and click DoS Defense to open the setup page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Dos Defense
Check the box to activate the DoS Defense Functionality.
Select All
Click this button to select all the items listed below.
Enable SYN flood defense
Check the box to activate the SYN flood defense function.
Once detecting the Threshold of the TCP SYN packets from
the Internet has exceeded the defined value, the Vigor
router will start to randomly discard the subsequent TCP
SYN packets for a period defined in Timeout. The goal for
this is prevent the TCP SYN packets’ attempt to exhaust the
limited-resource of Vigor router.
By default, the threshold and timeout values are set to 2000
packets per second and 10 seconds, respectively. That
means, when 2000 packets per second received, they will be
regarded as “attack event” and the session will be paused
for 10 seconds.
Enable UDP flood defense
Check the box to activate the UDP flood defense function.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
205
Once detecting the Threshold of the UDP packets from the
Internet has exceeded the defined value, the Vigor router
will start to randomly discard the subsequent UDP packets
for a period defined in Timeout.
The default setting for threshold and timeout are 2000
packets per second and 10 seconds, respectively. That
means, when 2000 packets per second received, they will be
regarded as “attack event” and the session will be paused
for 10 seconds.
Enable ICMP flood
defense
Check the box to activate the ICMP flood defense function.
Similar to the UDP flood defense function, once if the
Threshold of ICMP packets from Internet has exceeded the
defined value, the router will discard the ICMP echo
requests coming from the Internet.
The default setting for threshold and timeout are 250 packets
per second and 10 seconds, respectively. That means, when
250 packets per second received, they will be regarded as
“attack event” and the session will be paused for 10
seconds.
Enable Port Scan
detection
Port Scan attacks the Vigor router by sending lots of packets
to many ports in an attempt to find ignorant services would
respond. Check the box to activate the Port Scan detection.
Whenever detecting this malicious exploration behavior by
monitoring the port-scanning Threshold rate, the Vigor
router will send out a warning.
By default, the Vigor router sets the threshold as 2000
packets per second. That means, when 2000 packets per
second received, they will be regarded as “attack event”.
Block IP options
Check the box to activate the Block IP options function.
The Vigor router will ignore any IP packets with IP option
field in the datagram header. The reason for limitation is IP
option appears to be a vulnerability of the security for the
LAN because it will carry significant information, such as
security, TCC (closed user group) parameters, a series of
Internet addresses, routing messages...etc. An eavesdropper
outside might learn the details of your private networks.
Block Land
Check the box to enforce the Vigor router to defense the
Land attacks. The Land attack combines the SYN attack
technology with IP spoofing. A Land attack occurs when an
attacker sends spoofed SYN packets with the identical
source and destination addresses, as well as the port number
to victims.
Block Smurf
Check the box to activate the Block Smurf function. The
Vigor router will ignore any broadcasting ICMP echo
request.
Block trace route
Check the box to enforce the Vigor router not to forward any
trace route packets.
Block SYN fragment
Check the box to activate the Block SYN fragment function.
The Vigor router will drop any packets having SYN flag and
more fragment bit set.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
206
Block Fraggle Attack
Check the box to activate the Block fraggle Attack function.
Any broadcast UDP packets received from the Internet is
blocked.
Activating the DoS/DDoS defense functionality might
block some legal packets. For example, when you activate
the fraggle attack defense, all broadcast UDP packets
coming from the Internet are blocked. Therefore, the RIP
packets from the Internet might be dropped.
Block TCP flag scan
Check the box to activate the Block TCP flag scan function.
Any TCP packet with anomaly flag setting is dropped. Those
scanning activities include no flag scan, FIN without ACK
scan, SYN FINscan, Xmas scan and full Xmas scan.
Block Tear Drop
Check the box to activate the Block Tear Drop function.
Many machines may crash when receiving ICMP datagrams
(packets) that exceed the maximum length. To avoid this
type of attack, the Vigor router is designed to be capable of
discarding any fragmented ICMP packets with a length
greater than 1024 octets.
Block Ping of Death
Check the box to activate the Block Ping of Death function.
This attack involves the perpetrator sending overlapping
packets to the target hosts so that those target hosts will
hang once they re-construct the packets. The Vigor routers
will block any packets realizing this attacking activity.
Block ICMP Fragment
Check the box to activate the Block ICMP fragment
function. Any ICMP packets with more fragment bit set are
dropped.
Block Unassigned
Numbers
Check the box to activate the function. Individual IP packet
has a protocol field in the datagram header to indicate the
protocol type running over the upper layer. However, the
protocol types greater than 100 are reserved and undefined at
this time. Therefore, the router should have ability to detect
and reject this kind of packets.
Warning Messages
We provide Syslog function for user to retrieve message
from Vigor router. The user, as a Syslog Server, shall receive
the report sending from Vigor router which is a Syslog
Client.
All the warning messages related to DoS Defense will be
sent to user and user can review it through Syslog daemon.
Look for the keyword DoS in the message, followed by a
name to indicate what kind of attacks is detected.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
207
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
4
4
.
.
6
6
.
.
4
4
.
.
2
2
S
S
p
p
o
o
o
o
f
f
i
i
n
n
g
g
D
D
e
e
f
f
e
e
n
n
s
s
e
e
Open Firewall >> Defense Setup and click Spoofing Defense to open the setup page.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
208
4
4
.
.
7
7
O
O
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
s
s
S
S
e
e
t
t
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
s
s
For IPs in a range and service ports in a limited range usually will be applied in configuring
router’s settings, therefore we can define them with objects and bind them with groups for
using conveniently. Later, we can select that object/group that can apply it. For example, all
the IPs in the same department can be defined with an IP object (a range of IP address).
4
4
.
.
7
7
.
.
1
1
I
I
P
P
O
O
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
You can set up to 192 sets of IP Objects with different conditions.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
View
Use the drop down list to choose a type (Single Address,
Range Address, Subnet Address, Mac Address or all) that
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
209
IP object with the selected type will be shown on this page.
Set to Factory Default
Clear all profiles.
Search
Type a string of the IP object that you wan to search.
Index
Display the profile number that you can configure.
Name
Display the name of the object profile.
Address
Display the IP address configured for the object profile.
Export IP Object
Usually, the IP objects can be created one by one through
the web page of Objects>>IP Object. However, to a user
who wants to save more time in bulk creating IP objects, a
quick method is offered by Vigor router to modify the IP
objects with a single file, a CSV file.
All of the IP objects (or the template) can be exported as a
file by clicking Download. Then the user can open the CSV
file through Microsoft Excel and modify all the IP objects
at the same time.
Backup the current IP Objects with a CSV file – Click it
to backup current IP objecsts as a CSV file. Such file can be
restored for future use.
Download the default CSV template to edit – After
clicking it, press Download to store the default CSM
template (a table without any input data) to your hard disk.
Download – Download the CSV file from Vigor router and
store in your hard disk.
Restore IP Object
Select – Click it to specify a predefined CSV file.
Restore – Import the selected CSV file onto Vigor router.
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the number (e.g., #1) under Index column for configuration in details.
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Name
Type a name for this profile. Maximum 15 characters are
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
210
allowed.
Interface
Choose a proper interface.
For example, the Direction setting in Edit Filter Rule will
ask you specify IP or IP range for WAN or LAN/RT/VPN
or any IP address. If you choose LAN/RT/VPN as the
Interface here, and choose LAN/RT/VPN as the direction
setting in Edit Filter Rule, then all the IP addresses
specified with LAN/RT/VPN interface will be opened for
you to choose in Edit Filter Rule page.
Address Type
Determine the address type for the IP address.
Select Single Address if this object contains one IP address
only.
Select Range Address if this object contains several IPs
within a range.
Select Subnet Address if this object contains one subnet
for IP address.
Select Any Address if this object contains any IP address.
Select Mac Address if this object contains Mac address.
MAC Address
Type the MAC address of the network card which will be
controlled.
Start IP Address
Type the start IP address for Single Address type.
End IP Address
Type the end IP address if the Range Address type is
selected.
Subnet Mask
Type the subnet mask if the Subnet Address type is
selected.
Invert Selection
If it is checked, all the IP addresses except the ones listed
above will be applied later while it is chosen.
3. After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration. Below is
an example of IP objects settings.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
211
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
212
4
4
.
.
7
7
.
.
2
2
I
I
P
P
G
G
r
r
o
o
u
u
p
p
This page allows you to bind several IP objects into one IP group.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default
Clear all profiles.
Index
Display the profile number that you can configure.
Name
Display the name of the group profile.
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the number (e.g., #1) under Index column for configuration in details.
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
213
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Name
Type a name for this profile. Maximum 15 characters are
allowed.
Interface
Choose WAN, LAN or Any to display all the available IP
objects with the specified interface.
Available IP Objects
All the available IP objects with the specified interface
chosen above will be shown in this box.
Selected IP Objects
Click >> button to add the selected IP objects in this box.
3. After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
4
4
.
.
7
7
.
.
3
3
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
O
O
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
You can set up to 64 sets of IPv6 Objects with different conditions.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default
Clear all profiles.
Index
Display the profile number that you can configure.
Name
Display the name of the object profile.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
214
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the number (e.g., #1) under Index column for configuration in details.
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Name
Type a name for this profile. Maximum 15 characters are
allowed.
Address Type
Determine the address type for the IPv6 address.
Select Single Address if this object contains one IPv6
address only.
Select Range Address if this object contains several IPv6s
within a range.
Select Subnet Address if this object contains one subnet
for IPv6 address.
Select Any Address if this object contains any IPv6
address.
Select Mac Address if this object contains Mac address.
Mac Address
Type the MAC address of the network card which will be
controlled.
Start IP Address
Type the start IP address for Single Address type.
End IP Address
Type the end IP address if the Range Address type is
selected.
Prefix Len
Type the number (e.g., 64) for the prefix length of IPv6
address.
Invert Selection
If it is checked, all the IPv6 addresses except the ones listed
above will be applied later while it is chosen.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
215
3. After finishing all the settings, please click OK to save the configuration.
4
4
.
.
7
7
.
.
4
4
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
G
G
r
r
o
o
u
u
p
p
This page allows you to bind several IPv6 objects into one IPv6 group.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default
Clear all profiles.
Index
Display the profile number that you can configure.
Name
Display the name of the group profile.
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the number (e.g., #1) under Index column for configuration in details.
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
216
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Name
Type a name for this profile. Maximum 15 characters are
allowed.
Available IPv6
Objects
All the available IPv6 objects with the specified interface
chosen above will be shown in this box.
Selected IPv6 Objects
Click >> button to add the selected IPv6 objects in this box.
3. After finishing all the settings, please click OK to save the configuration.
4
4
.
.
7
7
.
.
5
5
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
T
T
y
y
p
p
e
e
O
O
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
You can set up to 96 sets of Service Type Objects with different conditions.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default
Clear all profiles.
Index
Display the profile number that you can configure.
Name
Display the name of the object profile.
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the number (e.g., #1) under Index column for configuration in details.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
217
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Name
Type a name for this profile.
Protocol
Specify the protocol(s) which this profile will apply to.
Source/Destination
Port
Source Port and the Destination Port columns are
available for TCP/UDP protocol. It can be ignored for other
protocols. The filter rule will filter out any port number.
(=) – when the first and last value are the same, it indicates
one port; when the first and last values are different, it
indicates a range for the port and available for this profile.
(!=) – when the first and last value are the same,
it
indicates all the ports except the port defined here;
when the first and
last values are different, it indicates that
all the ports except the range defined here are available for
this service type.
(>) – the port number greater than this value is available.
(<) – the port number less than this value is available for
this profile.
3. After finishing all the settings, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
218
4
4
.
.
7
7
.
.
6
6
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
T
T
y
y
p
p
e
e
G
G
r
r
o
o
u
u
p
p
This page allows you to bind several service types into one group.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default
Clear all profiles.
Index
Display the profile number that you can configure.
Name
Display the name of the group profile.
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the number (e.g., #1) under Group column for configuration in details.
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
219
Item Description
Name
Type a name for this profile.
Available Service
Type Objects
All the available service objects that you have added on
Objects Setting>>Service Type Object will be shown in
this box.
Selected Service Type
Objects
Click >> button to add the selected IP objects in this box.
3. After finishing all the settings, please click OK to save the configuration.
4
4
.
.
7
7
.
.
7
7
K
K
e
e
y
y
w
w
o
o
r
r
d
d
O
O
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
You can set 200 keyword object profiles for choosing as black /white list in CSM >>URL
Web Content Filter Profile.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default
Clear all profiles.
Index
Display the profile number that you can configure.
Name
Display the name of the object profile.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
220
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the number (e.g., #1) under Index column for configuration in details.
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Name
Type a name for this profile, e.g., game. Type a name for
this profile, e.g., game.
Contents
Type the content for such profile. For example, type
gambling as Contents. When you browse the webpage, the
page with gambling information will be watched out and be
passed/blocked based on the configuration on Firewall
settings.
3. After finishing all the settings, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
221
4
4
.
.
7
7
.
.
8
8
K
K
e
e
y
y
w
w
o
o
r
r
d
d
G
G
r
r
o
o
u
u
p
p
This page allows you to bind several keyword objects into one group. The keyword groups set
here will be chosen as black /white list in CSM >>URL /Web Content Filter Profile.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default
Clear all profiles.
Index
Display the profile number that you can configure.
Name
Display the name of the group profile.
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the number (e.g., #1) under Index column for configuration in details.
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
222
Item Description
Name
Type a name for this group. Maximum 15 characters are
allowed.
Available Keyword
Objects
You can gather keyword objects from Keyword Object
page within one keyword group. All the available
Keyword objects that you have created will be shown in
this box.
Selected Keyword
Objects
Click
button to add the selected Keyword objects
in this box.
3. After finishing all the settings, please click OK to save the configuration.
4
4
.
.
7
7
.
.
9
9
F
F
i
i
l
l
e
e
E
E
x
x
t
t
e
e
n
n
s
s
i
i
o
o
n
n
O
O
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
This page allows you to set eight profiles which will be applied in CSM>>URL Content
Filter. All the files with the extension names specified in these profiles will be processed
according to the chosen action.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default
Clear all profiles.
Index
Display the profile number that you can configure.
Name
Display the name of the object profile.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
223
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the number (e.g., #1) under Profile column for configuration in details.
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Profile Name
Type a name for this profile. The maximum length of the
name you can set is 7 characters.
3. Type a name for such profile and check all the items of file extension that will be
processed in the router. Finally, click OK to save this profile.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
224
4
4
.
.
7
7
.
.
1
1
0
0
S
S
M
M
S
S
/
/
M
M
a
a
i
i
l
l
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
O
O
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
S
S
M
M
S
S
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
O
O
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
This page allows you to set ten profiles which will be applied in Application>>SMS/Mail
Alert Service.
Each item is explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default
Clear all of the settings and return to factory default
settings.
Index
Display the profile number that you can configure.
Profile
Display the name for such SMS profile.
SMS Provider
Display the service provider which offers SMS service.
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the SMS Provider tab, and click the number (e.g., #1) under Index column for
configuration in details.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
225
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Profile Name
Type a name for such SMS profile. The maximum length of
the name you can set is 31 characters.
Service Provider
Use the drop down list to specify the service provider which
offers SMS service.
Username
Type a user name that the sender can use to register to
selected SMS provider.
The maximum length of the name you can set is 31
characters.
Password
Type a password that the sender can use to register to
selected SMS provider.
The maximum length of the password you can set is 31
characters.
Quota
Type the number of the credit that you purchase from the
service provider chosen above.
Note that one credit equals to one SMS text message on the
standard route.
Sending Interval
To avoid quota being exhausted soon, type time interval for
sending the SMS.
3. After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
226
C
C
u
u
s
s
t
t
o
o
m
m
i
i
z
z
e
e
d
d
S
S
M
M
S
S
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
Vigor router offers several SMS service provider to offer the SMS service. However, if your
service provider cannot be found from the service provider list, simply use Index 9 and Index
10 to make customized SMS service. The profile name for Index 9 and Index 10 are fixed.
You can click the number (e.g., #9) under Index column for configuration in details.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Profile Name
Display the name of this profile. It cannot be modified.
Service Provider
Type the website of the service provider.
Type the URL string in the box under the filed of Service
Provider. You have to contact your SMS provider to obtain
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
227
the exact URL string.
Username
Type a user name that the sender can use to register to
selected SMS provider.
The maximum length of the name you can set is 31
characters.
Password
Type a password that the sender can use to register to
selected SMS provider.
The maximum length of the password you can set is 31
characters.
Quota
Type the total number of the messages that the router will
send out.
Sending Interval
Type the shortest time interval for the system to send SMS.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
M
M
a
a
i
i
l
l
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
O
O
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
This page allows you to set ten profiles which will be applied in Application>>SMS/Mail
Alert Service.
Each item is explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default
Clear all of the settings and return to factory default
settings.
Index
Display the profile number that you can configure.
Profile
Display the name for such mail server profile.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
228
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the Mail Server tab, and click the number (e.g., #1) under Index column for
configuration in details.
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Profile Name
Type a name for such mail service profile. The maximum
length of the name you can set is 31 characters.
SMTP Server
Type the IP address of the mail server.
SMTP Port
Type the port number for SMTP server.
Sender Address
Type the e-mail address of the sender.
Use SSL
Check this box to enable such function.
Authentication
The mail server must be authenticated with the correct
username and password to have the right of sending
message out. Check the box to enable the function.
Username – Type a name for authentication. The
maximum length of the name you can set is 31 characters.
Password – Type a password for authentication. The
maximum length of the password you can set is 31
characters.
Sending Interval
Define the interval for the system to send the SMS out.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
229
3. After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
4
4
.
.
7
7
.
.
1
1
1
1
N
N
o
o
t
t
i
i
f
f
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
O
O
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
This page allows you to set ten profiles which will be applied in Application>>SMS/Mail
Alert Service.
You can set an object with different monitoring situation.
Each item is explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default
Clear all of the settings and return to factory default
settings.
Index
Display the profile number that you can configure.
Profile
Display the name for such mail server profile.
Settings
Display the category selected for such profile.
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Open Object Setting>>Notification Object, and click the number (e.g., #1) under Index
column for configuration in details.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
230
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Profile Name
Type a name for such notification profile. The maximum
length of the name you can set is 15 characters.
Category
Display the types that will be monitored.
Status
Display the status for the category. You can check the box
you want to be monitored.
3. After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
231
4
4
.
.
8
8
C
C
S
S
M
M
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
e
e
n
n
t
t
S
S
e
e
c
c
u
u
r
r
i
i
t
t
y
y
M
M
a
a
n
n
a
a
g
g
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
(
(
C
C
S
S
M
M
)
)
CSM is an abbreviation of Content Security Management which is used to control IM/P2P
usage, filter the web content and URL content to reach a goal of security management.
A
A
P
P
P
P
E
E
n
n
f
f
o
o
r
r
c
c
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
F
F
i
i
l
l
t
t
e
e
r
r
As the popularity of all kinds of instant messenger application arises, communication cannot
become much easier. Nevertheless, while some industry may leverage this as a great tool to
connect with their customers, some industry may take reserved attitude in order to reduce
employee misusage during office hour or prevent unknown security leak. It is similar situation
for corporation towards peer-to-peer applications since file-sharing can be convenient but
insecure at the same time. To address these needs, we provide CSM functionality.
U
U
R
R
L
L
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
e
e
n
n
t
t
F
F
i
i
l
l
t
t
e
e
r
r
To provide an appropriate cyberspace to users, Vigor router equips with URL Content Filter
not only to limit illegal traffic from/to the inappropriate web sites but also prohibit other web
feature where malicious code may conceal.
Once a user type in or click on an URL with objectionable keywords, URL keyword blocking
facility will decline the HTTP request to that web page thus can limit user’s access to the
website. You may imagine URL Content Filter as a well-trained convenience-store clerk who
won’t sell adult magazines to teenagers. At office, URL Content Filter can also provide a
job-related only environment hence to increase the employee work efficiency. How can URL
Content Filter work better than traditional firewall in the field of filtering? Because it checks
the URL strings or some of HTTP data hiding in the payload of TCP packets while legacy
firewall inspects packets based on the fields of TCP/IP headers only.
On the other hand, Vigor router can prevent user from accidentally downloading malicious
codes from web pages. It’s very common that malicious codes conceal in the executable objects,
such as ActiveX, Java Applet, compressed files, and other executable files. Once downloading
these types of files from websites, you may risk bringing threat to your system. For example, an
ActiveX control object is usually used for providing interactive web feature. If malicious code
hides inside, it may occupy user’s system.
W
W
e
e
b
b
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
e
e
n
n
t
t
F
F
i
i
l
l
t
t
e
e
r
r
We all know that the content on the Internet just like other types of media may be
inappropriate sometimes. As a responsible parent or employer, you should protect those in your
trust against the hazards. With Web filtering service of the Vigor router, you can protect your
business from common primary threats, such as productivity, legal liability, network and
security threats. For parents, you can protect your children from viewing adult websites or chat
rooms.
Once you have activated your Web Filtering service in Vigor router and chosen the categories of
website you wish to restrict, each URL address requested (e.g.www.bbc.co.uk) will be checked
against our server database. This database is updated as frequent as daily by a global team of
Internet researchers. The server will look up the URL and return a category to your router. Your
Vigor router will then decide whether to allow access to this site according to the categories you
have selected. Please note that this action will not introduce any delay in your Web surfing
because each of multiple load balanced database servers can handle millions of requests for
categorization.
Note: The priority of URL Content Filter is higher than Web Content Filter.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
232
4
4
.
.
8
8
.
.
1
1
A
A
P
P
P
P
E
E
n
n
f
f
o
o
r
r
c
c
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
P
P
r
r
o
o
f
f
i
i
l
l
e
e
You can define policy profiles for IM (Instant Messenger)/P2P (Peer to Peer)/Protocol/Misc
application. This page allows you to set 32 profiles for different requirements. The APP
Enforcement Profile will be applied in Default Rule of Firewall>>General Setup for
filtering.
For the telnet command usage, please refer to “Telnet Command: csm appe
prof” in the chapter of Telnet Command Reference.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default
Clear all profiles.
Profile
Display the number of the profile which allows you to click
to set different policy.
Name
Display the name of the APP Enforcement Profile.
Click the number under Index column for settings in detail.
There are four tabs IM, P2P, Protocol and OTHERS displayed on this page. Each tab will
bring out different items that you can choose to disallow people using.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
233
Below shows the items which are categorized under Protocol.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Profile Name
Type a name for the CSM profile. The maximum length of
the name you can set is 15 characters.
Select All
Click it to choose all of the items in this page.
Clear All
Uncheck all the selected boxes.
Enable
Check it to block the packets of the APP.
The profiles configured here can be applied in the Firewall>>General Setup and
Firewall>>Filter Setup pages as the standard for the host(s) to follow.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
234
4
4
.
.
8
8
.
.
2
2
U
U
R
R
L
L
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
e
e
n
n
t
t
F
F
i
i
l
l
t
t
e
e
r
r
P
P
r
r
o
o
f
f
i
i
l
l
e
e
To provide an appropriate cyberspace to users, Vigor router equips with URL Content Filter
not only to limit illegal traffic from/to the inappropriate web sites but also prohibit other web
feature where malicious code may conceal.
Once a user type in or click on an URL with objectionable keywords, URL keyword blocking
facility will decline the HTTP request to that web page thus can limit user’s access to the
website. You may imagine URL Content Filter as a well-trained convenience-store clerk who
won’t sell adult magazines to teenagers. At office, URL Content Filter can also provide a
job-related only environment hence to increase the employee work efficiency. How can URL
Content Filter work better than traditional firewall in the field of filtering? Because it checks
the URL strings or some of HTTP data hiding in the payload of TCP packets while legacy
firewall inspects packets based on the fields of TCP/IP headers only.
On the other hand, Vigor router can prevent user from accidentally downloading malicious
codes from web pages. It’s very common that malicious codes conceal in the executable objects,
such as ActiveX, Java Applet, compressed files, and other executable files. Once downloading
these types of files from websites, you may risk bringing threat to your system. For example, an
ActiveX control object is usually used for providing interactive web feature. If malicious code
hides inside, it may occupy user’s system.
For example, if you add key words such as “sex”, Vigor router will limit web access to web
sites or web pages such as “www.sex.com”, ”www.backdoor.net/images/sex/p_386.html”. Or
you may simply specify the full or partial URL such as “www.sex.com” or “sex.com”.
Also the Vigor router will discard any request that tries to retrieve the malicious code.
Click CSM and click URL Content Filter Profile to open the profile setting page.
Each item is explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default
Clear all profiles.
Profile
Display the number of the profile which allows you to click
to set different policy.
Name
Display the name of the URL Content Filter Profile.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
235
Administration Message
You can type the message manually for your necessity.
Default Message - You can type the message manually for
your necessity or click this button to get the default message
which will be displayed on the field of Administration
Message.
You can set eight profiles as URL content filter. Simply click the index number under Profile
to open the following web page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Profile Name
Type a name for the CSM profile. The maximum length of
the name you can set is 15 characters.
Priority
It determines the action that this router will apply.
Both: Pass – The router will let all the packages that match
with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and
Web Feature below passing through. When you choose this
setting, both configuration set in this page for URL Access
Control and Web Feature will be inactive.
Both: Block –The router will block all the packages that
match with the conditions specified in URL Access Control
and Web Feature below. When you choose this setting, both
configuration set in this page for URL Access Control and
Web Feature will be inactive.
Either: URL Access Control First – When all the
packages matching with the conditions specified in URL
Access Control and Web Feature below, such function can
determine the priority for the actions executed. For this one,
the router will process the packages with the conditions set
below for URL first, then Web feature second.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
236
Either: Web Feature First –When all the packages
matching with the conditions specified in URL Access
Control and Web Feature below, such function can
determine the priority for the actions executed. For this one,
the router will process the packages with the conditions set
below for web feature first, then URL second.
Log
None – There is no log file will be recorded for this profile.
Pass – Only the log about Pass will be recorded in Syslog.
Block – Only the log about Block will be recorded in
Syslog.
All – All the actions (Pass and Block) will be recorded in
Syslog.
URL Access Control
Enable URL Access Control - Check the box to activate
URL Access Control. Note that the priority for URL
Access Control is higher than Restrict Web Feature. If
the web content match the setting set in URL Access
Control, the router will execute the action specified in this
field and ignore the action specified under Restrict Web
Feature.
Prevent web access from IP address - Check the box to
deny any web surfing activity using IP address, such as
http://202.6.3.2. The reason for this is to prevent someone
dodges the URL Access Control. You must clear your
browser cache first so that the URL content filtering facility
operates properly on a web page that you visited before.
Action – This setting is available only when Either : URL
Access Control First or Either : Web Feature First is
selected.
Pass - Allow accessing into the corresponding webpage
with the keywords listed on the box below.
Block - Restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage
with the keywords listed on the box below.
If the web pages do not match with the keyword set here, it
will be processed with reverse action.
Group/Object Selections – The Vigor router provides
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
237
several frames for users to define keywords and each frame
supports multiple keywords. The keyword could be a noun,
a partial noun, or a complete URL string. Multiple
keywords within a frame are separated by space, comma, or
semicolon. In addition, the maximal length of each frame is
32-character long. After specifying keywords, the Vigor
router will decline the connection request to the website
whose URL string matched to any user-defined keyword. It
should be noticed that the more simplified the blocking
keyword list is, the more efficiently the Vigor router
performs.
Web Feature
Enable Restrict Web Feature - Check this box to make
the keyword being blocked or passed.
Action - This setting is available only when Either: URL
Access Control First or Either: Web Feature First is
selected.
Pass - Allow accessing into the corresponding webpage
with the keywords listed on the box below.
Block - Restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage
with the keywords listed on the box below.
If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set
here, it will be processed with reverse action.
File Extension Profile – Choose one of the profiles that
you configured in Object Setting>> File Extension
Objects previously for passing or blocking the file
downloading.
Cookie - Check the box to filter out the cookie transmission
from inside to outside world to protect the local user's
privacy.
Proxy - Check the box to reject any proxy transmission. To
control efficiently the limited-bandwidth usage, it will be of
great value to provide the blocking mechanism that filters
out the multimedia files downloading from web pages.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
238
Upload – Check the box to block the file upload by way of
web page.
After finishing all the settings, please click OK to save the configuration.
4
4
.
.
8
8
.
.
3
3
W
W
e
e
b
b
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
e
e
n
n
t
t
F
F
i
i
l
l
t
t
e
e
r
r
P
P
r
r
o
o
f
f
i
i
l
l
e
e
There are three ways to activate WCF on vigor router, using Service Activation Wizard, by
means of CSM>>Web Content Filter Profile or via System Maintenance>>Activation.
Service Activation Wizard allows you to use trial version of WCF directly without accessing
into the server (MyVigor) located on http://myvigor.draytek.com
.
However, if you use the Web Content Filter Profile page to activate WCF feature, it is
necessary for you to access into the server (MyVigor) located on http://myvigor.draytek.com.
Therefore, you need to register an account on http://myvigor.draytek.com for using
corresponding service. Please refer to section of creating MyVigor account.
Note: If you have used Service Activation Wizard to activate WCF service, you can skip
this section.
WCF adopts the mechanism developed and offered by certain service provider (e.g., DrayTek).
No matter activating WCF feature or getting a new license for web content filter, you have to
click Activate to satisfy your request. Be aware that service provider matching with Vigor
router currently offers a period of time for trial version for users to experiment. If you want to
purchase a formal edition, simply contact with the channel partner or your dealer.
Click CSM and click Web Content Filter Profile to open the profile setting page. The default
setting for Setup Query Server /Setup Test Server is auto-selected. You can choose another
server for your necessity by clicking Find more to open http://myvigor.draytek.com for
searching another qualified and suitable one.
Note 1: Web Content Filter (WCF) is not a built-in service of Vigor router but a service
powered by Commtouch. If you want to use such service (trial or formal edition), you
have to perform the procedure of activation first. For the service of formal edition, please
contact with your dealer/distributor for detailed information.
Note 2: Commtouch is merged by Cyren, and GlobalView services will be continued to
deliver powerful cloud-based information security solutions! Refer to:
http://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/commtouch-is-now-cyren-239025151.html
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
239
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Activate
Click it to access into MyVigor for activating WCF service.
Setup Query Server
It is recommended for you to use the default setting,
auto-selected. You need to specify a server for categorize
searching when you type URL in browser based on the web
content filter profile.
Setup Test Server
It is recommended for you to use the default setting,
auto-selected.
Find more
Click it to open http://myvigor.draytek.com for searching
another qualified and suitable server.
Cache
None – the router will check the URL that the user wants to
access via WCF precisely, however, the processing rate is
normal. Such item can provide the most accurate URL
matching.
L1 – the router will check the URL that the user wants to
access via WCF. If the URL has been accessed previously,
it will be stored in the router to be accessed quickly if
required. Such item can provide accurate URL matching
with faster rate.
L2 – the router will check the URL that the user wants to
access via WCF. If the data has been accessed previously,
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
240
the IP addresses of source and destination IDs will be
memorized for a short time (about 1 second) in the router.
When the user tries to access the same destination ID, the
router will check it by comparing the record stored. If it
matches, the page will be retrieved quickly. Such item can
provide URL matching with the fastest rate.
L1+L2 Cache – the router will check the URL with fast
processing rate combining the feature of L1 and L2.
Set to Factory Default
Click this link to retrieve the factory settings.
Default Message
You can type the message manually for your necessity or
click this button to get the default message which will be
displayed on the field of Administration Message.
Eight profiles are provided here as Web content filters. Simply click the index number under
Profile to open the following web page. The items listed in Categories will be changed
according to the different service providers. If you have and activate another web content filter
license, the items will be changed simultaneously. All of the configuration made for web
content filter will be deleted automatically. Therefore, please backup your data before you
change the web content filter license.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Profile Name
Type a name for the CSM profile. The maximum length of
the name you can set is 15 characters.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
241
Black/White List
Enable – Activate white/black list function for such profile.
Group/Object Selections – Click Edit to choose the group
or object profile as the content of white/black list.
Pass - allow accessing into the corresponding webpage
with the characters listed on Group/Object Selections. If
the web pages do not match with the specified feature set
here, they will be processed with the categories listed on the
box below.
Block - restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage
with the characters listed on Group/Object Selections.
If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set
here, they will be processed with the categories listed on the
box below.
Action
Pass - allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with
the categories listed on the box below.
Block - restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage
with the categories listed on the box below.
If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set
here, it will be processed with reverse action.
Log
None – There is no log file will be recorded for this profile.
Pass – Only the log about Pass will be recorded in Syslog.
Block – Only the log about Block will be recorded in
Syslog.
All – All the actions (Pass and Block) will be recorded in
Syslog.
After finishing all the settings, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
242
4
4
.
.
8
8
.
.
4
4
D
D
N
N
S
S
F
F
i
i
l
l
t
t
e
e
r
r
P
P
r
r
o
o
f
f
i
i
l
l
e
e
The DNS Filter monitors DNS queries on UDP port 53 and will pass the DNS query
information to the WCF to help with categorizing HTTPS URL's.
Note: For DNS filter must use the WCF service profile to filter the packets, therefore WCF
license must be activated first. Otherwise, DNS filter does not have any effect on packets.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
DNS Filter Profile Table
It displays a list of different DNS filter profiles (with
specified WCF and UCF).
Click the profile link to open the following page. Then, type
the name of the profile and specify WCF/UCF based on
your requirement.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
243
DNS Filter Local Setting
DNS Filter Local Setting will be applied to DNS query
from clients on LAN when router’s DNS server is used.
DNS Filter - Check Enable to enable such feature.
Syslog - The filtering result can be recorded according to
the setting selected for Syslog.
None – There is no log file will be recorded for this
profile.
Pass – Only the log about Pass will be recorded in
Syslog.
Block – Only the log about Block will be recorded in
Syslog.
All – All the actions (Pass and Block) will be recorded
in Syslog.
WCF- Set the filtering conditions.
UCF - Set the filtering conditions.
Black/White List – Specify IP address, subnet mask, IP
object, or IP group as a black list or white list for DNS
packets passing through or blocked by Vigor router.
Administration Message
Type the words or sentences which will be displayed when
a web page is blocked by Vigor router. You can type the
message manually for your necessity or click Default
Message button to get the default text displayed on the field
of Administration Message.
After finishing all the settings, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
244
4
4
.
.
9
9
B
B
a
a
n
n
d
d
w
w
i
i
d
d
t
t
h
h
M
M
a
a
n
n
a
a
g
g
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
Below shows the menu items for Bandwidth Management.
4
4
.
.
9
9
.
.
1
1
S
S
e
e
s
s
s
s
i
i
o
o
n
n
s
s
L
L
i
i
m
m
i
i
t
t
A PC with private IP address can access to the Internet via NAT router. The router will
generate the records of NAT sessions for such connection. The P2P (Peer to Peer) applications
(e.g., BitTorrent) always need many sessions for procession and also they will occupy over
resources which might result in important accesses impacted. To solve the problem, you can
use limit session to limit the session procession for specified Hosts.
In the Bandwidth Management menu, click Sessions Limit to open the web page.
To activate the function of limit session, simply click Enable and set the default session limit.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Session Limit
Enable - Click this button to activate the function of limit
session.
Disable - Click this button to close the function of limit
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
245
session.
Default session limit - Defines the default session number
used for each computer in LAN.
Limitation List
Displays a list of specific limitations that you set on this
web page.
Specific Limitation
Start IP- Defines the start IP address for limit session.
End IP - Defines the end IP address for limit session.
Maximum Sessions - Defines the available session number
for each host in the specific range of IP addresses. If you do
not set the session number in this field, the system will use
the default session limit for the specific limitation you set
for each index.
Add - Adds the specific session limitation onto the list
above.
Edit - Allows you to edit the settings for the selected
limitation.
Delete - Remove the selected settings existing on the
limitation list.
Administration Message
Type the words which will be displayed when reaches the
maximum number of Internet sessions permitted.
Default Message - Click this button to apply the default
message offered by the router.
Time Schedule
Index (1-15) in Schedule Setup - You can type in four sets
of time schedule for your request. All the schedules can be
set previously in Application >> Schedule web page and
you can use the number that you have set in that web page.
After finishing all the settings, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
246
4
4
.
.
9
9
.
.
2
2
B
B
a
a
n
n
d
d
w
w
i
i
d
d
t
t
h
h
L
L
i
i
m
m
i
i
t
t
The downstream or upstream from FTP, HTTP or some P2P applications will occupy large of
bandwidth and affect the applications for other programs. Please use Limit Bandwidth to make
the bandwidth usage more efficient.
In the Bandwidth Management menu, click Bandwidth Limit to open the web page.
To activate the function of limit bandwidth, simply click Enable and set the default upstream
and downstream limit.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Bandwidth Limit
Enable - Click this button to activate the function of limit
bandwidth.
IP Routed Subnet – Check this box to apply the
bandwidth limit to the IP routed subnet specified in
LAN>>General Setup.
Disable - Click this button to close the function of limit
bandwidth.
Default TX limit - Define the default speed of the upstream
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
247
for each computer in LAN.
Default RX limit - Define the default speed of the
downstream for each computer in LAN.
Limitation List
Display a list of specific limitations that you set on this web
page.
Specific Limitation
Start IP - Define the start IP address for limit bandwidth.
End IP - Define the end IP address for limit bandwidth.
Each /Shared - Select Each to make each IP within the
range of Start IP and End IP having the same speed defined
in TX limit and RX limit fields; select Shared to make all
the IPs within the range of Start IP and End IP share the
speed defined in TX limit and RX limit fields.
TX limit - Define the limitation for the speed of the
upstream. If you do not set the limit in this field, the system
will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set
for each index.
RX limit - Define the limitation for the speed of the
downstream. If you do not set the limit in this field, the
system will use the default speed for the specific limitation
you set for each index.
Add - Add the specific speed limitation onto the list above.
Edit - Allow you to edit the settings for the selected
limitation.
Delete - Remove the selected settings existing on the
limitation list.
Allow auto adjustment…
Check this box to make the best utilization of available
bandwidth.
Smart Bandwidth Limit
Check this box to have the bandwidth limit determined by
the system automatically.
TX limit - Define the limitation for the speed of the
upstream. If you do not set the limit in this field, the system
will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set
for each index.
RX limit - Define the limitation for the speed of the
downstream. If you do not set the limit in this field, the
system will use the default speed for the specific limitation
you set for each index.
Time Schedule
Index (1-15) in Schedule Setup - You can type in four sets
of time schedule for your request. All the schedules can be
set previously in Application >> Schedule web page and
you can use the number that you have set in that web page.
After finishing all the settings, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
248
4
4
.
.
9
9
.
.
3
3
Q
Q
u
u
a
a
l
l
i
i
t
t
y
y
o
o
f
f
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
Deploying QoS (Quality of Service) management to guarantee that all applications receive the
service levels required and sufficient bandwidth to meet performance expectations is indeed
one important aspect of modern enterprise network.
One reason for QoS is that numerous TCP-based applications tend to continually increase their
transmission rate and consume all available bandwidth, which is called TCP slow start. If
other applications are not protected by QoS, it will detract much from their performance in the
overcrowded network. This is especially essential to those are low tolerant of loss, delay or
jitter (delay variation).
Another reason is due to congestions at network intersections where speeds of interconnected
circuits mismatch or traffic aggregates, packets will queue up and traffic can be throttled back
to a lower speed. If there’s no defined priority to specify which packets should be discarded
(or in another term “dropped”) from an overflowing queue, packets of sensitive applications
mentioned above might be the ones to drop off. How this will affect application performance?
There are two components within Primary configuration of QoS deployment:
Classification: Identifying low-latency or crucial applications and marking them for
high-priority service level enforcement throughout the network.
Scheduling: Based on classification of service level to assign packets to queues and
associated service types
The basic QoS implementation in Vigor routers is to classify and schedule packets based on
the service type information in the IP header. For instance, to ensure the connection with the
headquarter, a teleworker may enforce an index of QoS Control to reserve bandwidth for
HTTPS connection while using lots of application at the same time.
One more larger-scale implementation of QoS network is to apply DSCP (Differentiated
Service Code Point) and IP Precedence disciplines at Layer 3. Compared with legacy IP
Precedence that uses Type of Service (ToS) field in the IP header to define 8 service classes,
DSCP is a successor creating 64 classes possible with backward IP Precedence compatibility.
In a QoS-enabled network, or Differentiated Service (DiffServ or DS) framework, a DS
domain owner should sign a Service License Agreement (SLA) with other DS domain owners
to define the service level provided toward traffic from different domains. Then each DS node
in these domains will perform the priority treatment. This is called per-hop-behavior (PHB).
The definition of PHB includes Expedited Forwarding (EF), Assured Forwarding (AF), and
Best Effort (BE). AF defines the four classes of delivery (or forwarding) classes and three
levels of drop precedence in each class.
Vigor routers as edge routers of DS domain shall check the marked DSCP value in the IP
header of bypassing traffic, thus to allocate certain amount of resource execute appropriate
policing, classification or scheduling. The core routers in the backbone will do the same
checking before executing treatments in order to ensure service-level consistency throughout
the whole QoS-enabled network.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
249
However, each node may take different attitude toward packets with high priority marking
since it may bind with the business deal of SLA among different DS domain owners. It’s not
easy to achieve deterministic and consistent high-priority QoS traffic throughout the whole
network with merely Vigor router’s effort.
In the Bandwidth Management menu, click Quality of Service to open the web page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
General Setup
Index – Display the WAN interface number that you can edit.
Status – Display if the WAN interface is available for such
function or not.
Bandwidth – Display the inbound and outbound bandwidth
setting for the WAN interface.
Direction – Display which direction that such function will
influence.
Class 1/Class2/Class 3/Others – Display the bandwidth
percentage for each class.
UDP Bandwidth Control –Display the UDP bandwidth
control is enabled or not.
Online Statistics –Display an online statistics for quality of
service for your reference
Setup – Allow to configure general QoS setting for WAN
interface.
Class Rule
Index – Display the class number that you can edit.
Name – Display the name of the class.
Rule – Allow to configure detailed settings for the selected
Class.
Service Type – Allow to configure detailed settings for the
service type.
This page displays the QoS settings result of the WAN interface. Click the Setup link to
access into next page for the general setup of WAN interface. As to class rule, simply click the
Edit link to access into next for configuration.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
250
You can configure general setup for the WAN interface, edit the Class Rule, and edit the
Service Type for the Class Rule for your request.
O
O
n
n
l
l
i
i
n
n
e
e
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
s
s
t
t
i
i
c
c
s
s
Display an online statistics for quality of service for your reference. This feature is available
only when the Quality of Service for WAN interface is enabled.
G
G
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
a
a
l
l
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
f
f
o
o
r
r
W
W
A
A
N
N
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
When you click Setup, you can configure the bandwidth ratio for QoS of the WAN interface.
There are four queues allowed for QoS control. The first three (Class 1 to Class 3) class rules
can be adjusted for your necessity. Yet, the last one is reserved for the packets which are not
suitable for the user-defined class rules.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
251
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable the QoS Control
The factory default for this setting is checked.
Please also define which traffic the QoS Control settings
will apply to.
IN - apply to incoming traffic only.
OUT - apply to outgoing traffic only.
BOTH - apply to both incoming and outgoing traffic.
Check this box and click OK, then click Setup link again.
You will see the Online Statistics link appearing on this
page.
WAN Inbound
Bandwidth
It allows you to set the connecting rate of data input for
WAN interface. For example, if your ADSL supports 1M of
downstream and 256K upstream, please set 1000kbps for
this box. The default value is 10000kbps.
WAN Outbound
Bandwidth
It allows you to set the connecting rate of data output for
WAN interface. For example, if your ADSL supports 1M of
downstream and 256K upstream, please set 256kbps for this
box. The default value is 10000kbps.
Reserved Bandwidth
Ratio
It is reserved for the group index in the form of ratio of
reserved bandwidth to upstream speed and reserved
bandwidth to downstream speed.
Enable UDP Bandwidth
Control
Check this and set the limited bandwidth ratio on the right
field. This is a protection of TCP application traffic since
UDP application traffic such as streaming video will
exhaust lots of bandwidth.
Outbound TCP ACK
Prioritize
The difference in bandwidth between download and upload
are great in ADSL2+ environment. For the download speed
might be impacted by the uploading TCP ACK, you can
check this box to push ACK of upload faster to speed the
network traffic.
Limited_bandwidth Ratio
The ratio typed here is reserved for limited bandwidth of
UDP application.
Note: The rate of outbound/inbound must be smaller than the real bandwidth to ensure
correct calculation of QoS. It is suggested to set the bandwidth value for inbound/outbound
as 80% - 85% of physical network speed provided by ISP to maximize the QoS
performance.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
252
E
E
d
d
i
i
t
t
t
t
h
h
e
e
C
C
l
l
a
a
s
s
s
s
R
R
u
u
l
l
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
Q
Q
o
o
S
S
1. The first three (Class 1 to Class 3) class rules can be adjusted for your necessity. To add,
edit or delete the class rule, please click the Edit link of that one.
2. After you click the Edit link, you will see the following page. Now you can define the
name for that Class. In this case, “Test” is used as the name of Class Index #1.
3. For adding a new rule, click Add to open the following page.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
253
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
ACT
Check this box to invoke these settings.
Hardware
Acceleration
Check this box to enable the hardware acceleration when
such rule is applied.
Ethernet Type
Please specify which protocol (IPv4 or IPv6) will be used
for this rule.
Local Address
Click the Edit button to set the local IP address (on LAN)
for the rule.
Remote Address
Click the Edit button to set the remote IP address (on
LAN/WAN) for the rule.
Address Type – Determine the address type for the source
address.
For Single Address, you have to fill in Start IP address.
For Range Address, you have to fill in Start IP address and
End IP address.
For Subnet Address, you have to fill in Start IP address
and Subnet Mask.
DiffServ CodePoint
All the packets of data will be divided with different levels
and will be processed according to the level type by the
system. Please assign one of the levels of the data for
processing with QoS control.
Service Type
It determines the service type of the data for processing
with QoS control. It can also be edited. You can choose the
predefined service type from the Service Type drop down
list. Those types are predefined in factory. Simply choose
the one that you want for using by current QoS.
4. After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
254
By the way, you can set up to 20 rules for one Class. If you want to edit an existed rule, please
select the radio button of that one and click Edit to open the rule edit page for modification.
E
E
d
d
i
i
t
t
t
t
h
h
e
e
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
T
T
y
y
p
p
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
C
C
l
l
a
a
s
s
s
s
R
R
u
u
l
l
e
e
1. To add a new service type, edit or delete an existed service type, please click the Edit
link under Service Type field.
2. After you click the Edit link, you will see the following page.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
255
3. For adding a new service type, click Add to open the following page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Service Name
Type in a new service for your request. The maximum
length of the name you can set is 11 characters.
Service Type
Choose the type (TCP, UDP or TCP/UDP or other) for the
new service.
Port Configuration
Type - Click Single or Range as the Type. If you select
Range, you have to type in the starting port number and the
end porting number on the boxes below.
Port Number – Type in the starting port number and the
end porting number here if you choose Range as the type.
4. After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
By the way, you can set up to 10 service types. If you want to edit/delete an existed service
type, please select the radio button of that one and click Edit/Delete for modification.
R
R
e
e
t
t
a
a
g
g
t
t
h
h
e
e
P
P
a
a
c
c
k
k
e
e
t
t
s
s
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
d
d
e
e
n
n
t
t
i
i
f
f
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Packets coming from LAN IP can be retagged through QoS setting. When the packets sent out
through WAN interface, all of them will be tagged with certain header and that will be easily
to be identified by server on ISP.
For example, in the following illustration, the VoIP packets in LAN go into Vigor router
without any header. However, when they go forward to the Server on ISP through Vigor
router, all of the packets are tagged with AF (configured in Bandwidth >>QoS>>Class)
automatically.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
256
4
4
.
.
9
9
.
.
4
4
A
A
P
P
P
P
Q
Q
o
o
S
S
The QoS function is used to do bandwidth management for the services with certain IP or port
number. However, there is no effect of bandwidth management on the service such as IM or
P2P without fixed IP or port number.
APP QoS employs the function of APP Enforcement to detect several types of software in
application layer. By combining the function of QoS, Vigor router can perform the bandwidth
management for the application of VoIP, Streaming, IM, P2P and so on.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
257
Open Bandwidth Management>>APP QoS to display the following page. The following
shows web page under Traceable.
The following shows web page under Untraceable.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
258
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable/Disable
Click Enable to activate APP QoS function.
Click Disable to deactivate APP QoS function.
Select All
Click it to choose all of the items in this page.
Clear All
Uncheck all the selected boxes.
Action
The APP can be specified with different QoS Class.
4
4
.
.
1
1
0
0
A
A
p
p
p
p
l
l
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
s
s
Below shows the menu items for Applications.
4
4
.
.
1
1
0
0
.
.
1
1
D
D
y
y
n
n
a
a
m
m
i
i
c
c
D
D
N
N
S
S
The ISP often provides you with a dynamic IP address when you connect to the Internet via
your ISP. It means that the public IP address assigned to your router changes each time you
access the Internet. The Dynamic DNS feature lets you assign a domain name to a dynamic
WAN IP address. It allows the router to update its online WAN IP address mappings on the
specified Dynamic DNS server. Once the router is online, you will be able to use the
registered domain name to access the router or internal virtual servers from the Internet. It is
particularly helpful if you host a web server, FTP server, or other server behind the router.
Before you use the Dynamic DNS feature, you have to apply for free DDNS service to the
DDNS service providers. The router provides up to three accounts from three different DDNS
service providers. Basically, Vigor routers are compatible with the DDNS services supplied by
most popular DDNS service providers such as www.dyndns.org, www.no-ip.com,
www.dtdns.com, www.changeip.com, www.dynamic- nameserver.com. You should visit
their websites to register your own domain name for the router.
Enable the Function and Add a Dynamic DNS Account
1. Assume you have a registered domain name from the DDNS provider, say
hostname.dyndns.org, and an account with username: test and password: test.
2. In the DDNS setup menu, check Enable Dynamic DNS Setup.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
259
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory
Default
Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings.
Enable Dynamic
DNS Setup
Check this box to enable DDNS function.
View Log
Display DDNS log status.
Force Update
Force the router updates its information to DDNS server.
Auto-Update
interval
Set the time for the router to perform auto update for DDNS
service.
Index
Click the number below Index to access into the setting
page of DDNS setup to set account(s).
Enable
Display if this account is active or inactive.
Domain Name
Display the domain name that you set on the setting page of
DDNS setup.
3. Select Index number 1 to add an account for the router. Check Enable Dynamic DNS
Account, and choose correct Service Provider: dyndns.org, type the registered hostname:
hostname and domain name suffix: dyndns.org in the Domain Name block. The
following two blocks should be typed your account Login Name: test and Password: test.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
260
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Dynamic
DNS Account
Check this box to enable the current account. If you did
check the box, you will see a check mark appeared on the
Active column of the previous web page in step 2).
WAN Interface
WAN1 First - While connecting, the router will use WAN1
as the first channel for such account. If WAN1 fails, the
router will use another WAN interface instead.
WAN1 Only - While connecting, the router will use WAN1
as the only channel for such account.
Service Provider
Select the service provider for the DDNS account.
Service Type
Select a service type (Dynamic, Custom or Static). If you
choose Custom, you can modify the domain that is chosen
in the Domain Name field.
Domain Name
Type in one domain name that you applied previously. Use
the drop down list to choose the desired domain.
Login Name
Type in the login name that you set for applying domain.
Password
Type in the password that you set for applying domain.
Wildcard and
Backup MX
The Wildcard and Backup MX (Mail Exchange) features
are not supported for all Dynamic DNS providers. You
could get more detailed information from their websites.
Mail Extender
If the mail server is defined with another name, please type
the name in this area. Such mail server will be used as
backup mail exchange.
Determine Real
WAN IP
If a Vigor router is installed behind any NAT router, you
can enable such function to locate the real WAN IP.
When the WAN IP used by Vigor router is private IP, this
function can detect the public IP used by the NAT router
and use the detected IP address for DDNS update.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
261
There are two methods offered for you to choose:
WAN IP - If it is selected and the WAN IP of Vigor router
is private, DDNS update will take place right away.
Internet IP – If it is selected and the WAN IP of Vigor
router is private, it will be converted to public IP before
DDNS update takes place.
4. Click OK button to activate the settings. You will see your setting has been saved.
Disable the Function and Clear all Dynamic DNS Accounts
In the DDNS setup menu, uncheck Enable Dynamic DNS Setup, and push Clear All button
to disable the function and clear all accounts from the router.
Delete a Dynamic DNS Account
In the DDNS setup menu, click the Index number you want to delete and then push Clear All
button to delete the account.
4
4
.
.
1
1
0
0
.
.
2
2
L
L
A
A
N
N
D
D
N
N
S
S
The LAN DNS lets the network administrators host servers with privacy and security. When
the network administrators of your office set up FTP, Mail or Web server inside LAN, you can
specify specific private IP address (es) to correspondent servers. Thus, even the remote PC is
adopting public DNS as the DNS server, the LAN DNS resolution on Vigor2912 series will
respond the specified private IP address.
For the telnet command usage, please refer to “Telnet Command: ip
lanDNSRes” in the chapter of Telnet Command Reference.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
262
Open Applications>>LAN DNS to get the following page:
Each item is explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default
Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings.
Index
Click the number below Index to access into the setting
page.
Enable
Check the box to enable the selected profile.
Profile
Display the name of the LAN DNS profile.
Domain Name
Display the domain name of the LAN DNS profile.
You can set up to 20 LAN DNS profiles.
To create a LAN DNS profile:
1. Click any index, say Index No. 1.
2. The detailed settings with index 1 are shown below.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
263
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable
Check this box to enable such profile.
Profile
Type a name for such profile.
Domain Name
Type the domain name for such profile.
IP Address List
The IP address listed here will be used for mapping with the
domain name specified above. In general, one domain name
maps with one IP address. If required, you can configure
two IP addresses mapping with the same domain name.
Add – Click it to open a dialog to type the host’s IP
address.
Only responds to the DNS…. – Different LAN PCs
can share the same domain name. However, you have
to check this box to make the router identify &
respond the IP address for the DNS query coming
from different LAN PC.
Delete – Click it to remove an existed IP address on the list.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
264
3. Click OK button to save the settings.
4. A new LAN DNS profile has been created.
4
4
.
.
1
1
0
0
.
.
3
3
S
S
c
c
h
h
e
e
d
d
u
u
l
l
e
e
The Vigor router has a built-in clock which can update itself manually or automatically by
means of Network Time Protocols (NTP). As a result, you can not only schedule the router to
dialup to the Internet at a specified time, but also restrict Internet access to certain hours so
that users can connect to the Internet only during certain hours, say, business hours. The
schedule is also applicable to other functions.
You have to set your time before set schedule. In System Maintenance>> Time and Date
menu, press Inquire Time button to set the Vigor router’s clock to current time of your PC.
The clock will reset once if you power down or reset the router. There is another way to set up
time. You can inquiry an NTP server (a time server) on the Internet to synchronize the router’s
clock. This method can only be applied when the WAN connection has been built up.
Each item is explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default
Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings.
Index
Click the number below Index to access into the setting
page of schedule.
Status
Display if this schedule setting is active or inactive.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
265
You can set up to 15 schedules. Then you can apply them to your Internet Access or VPN
and Remote Access >> LAN-to-LAN settings.
To add a schedule:
1. Click any index, say Index No. 1.
2. The detailed settings of the call schedule with index 1 are shown below.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Schedule
Setup
Check to enable the schedule.
Comment
Enter a brief description for such schedule.
Start Date
(yyyy-mm-dd)
Specify the starting date of the schedule.
Start Time (hh:mm)
Specify the starting time of the schedule.
Duration Time
(hh:mm)
Specify the duration (or period) for the schedule.
Action
Specify which action Call Schedule should apply during the
period of the schedule.
Force On -Force the connection to be always on.
Force Down -Force the connection to be always down.
Enable Dial-On-Demand -Specify the connection to be
dial-on-demand and the value of idle timeout should be
specified in Idle Timeout field.
Disable Dial-On-Demand -Specify the connection to be up
when it has traffic on the line. Once there is no traffic over
idle timeout, the connection will be down and never up
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
266
again during the schedule.
Idle Timeout
Specify the duration (or period) for the schedule.
How Often
Specify how often the schedule will be applied.
Once -The schedule will be applied just once
Weekdays -Specify which days in one week should
perform the schedule.
Monthly, on date – The router will only execute the
action applied such schedule on the date (1 to 28) of a
month.
Cycle duration – Type a number as cycle duration.
Then, any action applied such schedule will be
executed per several days. For example, “3” is
selected as cycle duration. That means, the action
applied such schedule will be executed every three
days since the date defined on the Start Date.
3. Click OK button to save the settings.
Example
Suppose you want to control the PPPoE Internet access connection to be always on (Force On)
from 9:00 to 18:00 for whole week. Other time the Internet access connection should be
disconnected (Force Down).
Office
Hour:
(Force On)
Mon - Sun 9:00 am to 6:00 pm
1. Make sure the PPPoE connection and Time Setup is working properly.
2. Configure the PPPoE always on from 9:00 to 18:00 for whole week.
3. Configure the Force Down from 18:00 to next day 9:00 for whole week.
4. Assign these two profiles to the PPPoE Internet access profile. Now, the PPPoE Internet
connection will follow the schedule order to perform Force On or Force Down action
according to the time plan that has been pre-defined in the schedule profiles.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
267
4
4
.
.
1
1
0
0
.
.
4
4
R
R
A
A
D
D
I
I
U
U
S
S
Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service (RADIUS) is a security authentication
client/server protocol that supports authentication, authorization and accounting, which is
widely used by Internet service providers. It is the most common method of authenticating and
authorizing dial-up and tunneled network users.
The built-in RADIUS client feature enables the router to assist the remote dial-in user or a
wireless station and the RADIUS server in performing mutual authentication. It enables
centralized remote access authentication for network management.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable
Check to enable RADIUS client feature.
Server IP Address
Type the IP address of RADIUS server
Destination Port
The UDP port number that the RADIUS server is using. The
default value is 1812, based on RFC 2138.
Shared Secret
The RADIUS server and client share a secret that is used to
authenticate the messages sent between them. Both sides must
be configured to use the same shared secret.
Confirm Shared Secret
Re-type the Shared Secret for confirmation.
After finished the above settings, click OK button to save the settings.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
268
4
4
.
.
1
1
0
0
.
.
5
5
U
U
P
P
n
n
P
P
The UPnP (Universal Plug and Play) protocol is supported to bring to network connected
devices the ease of installation and configuration which is already available for directly
connected PC peripherals with the existing Windows 'Plug and Play' system. For NAT routers,
the major feature of UPnP on the router is “NAT Traversal”. This enables applications inside
the firewall to automatically open the ports that they need to pass through a router.
Note: UPnP is required for some applications such as PPS, Skype, eMule...and etc. If you
are not familiar with UPnP, it is suggested to turn off this function for security.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable UPNP Service
Accordingly, you can enable either the Connection Control
Service or Connection Status Service.
Default WAN
It is used to specify the WAN interface for applying such
function.
The reminder as regards concern about Firewall and UPnP
Can't work with Firewall Software
Enabling firewall applications on your PC may cause the UPnP function not working properly.
This is because these applications will block the accessing ability of some network ports.
Security Considerations
Activating the UPnP function on your network may incur some security threats. You should
consider carefully these risks before activating the UPnP function.
Some Microsoft operating systems have found out the UPnP weaknesses and hence you
need to ensure that you have applied the latest service packs and patches.
Non-privileged users can control some router functions, including removing and adding
port mappings.
The UPnP function dynamically adds port mappings on behalf of some UPnP-aware
applications. When the applications terminate abnormally, these mappings may not be
removed.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
269
4
4
.
.
1
1
0
0
.
.
6
6
I
I
G
G
M
M
P
P
IGMP is the abbreviation of Internet Group Management Protocol. It is a communication
protocol which is mainly used for managing the membership of Internet Protocol multicast
groups.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable IGMP Proxy
Check this box to enable this function. The application of
multicast will be executed through WAN port. In addition,
such function is available in NAT mode.
Enable IGMP Snooping
Check this box to enable this function. Multicast traffic will
be forwarded to ports that have members of that group.
Disabling IGMP snooping will make multicast traffic
treated in the same manner as broadcast traffic.
Refresh
Click this link to renew the working multicast group status.
Group ID
This field displays the ID port for the multicast group. The
available range for IGMP starts from 224.0.0.0 to
239.255.255.254.
P1 to P4
It indicates the LAN port used for the multicast group.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
270
4
4
.
.
1
1
0
0
.
.
7
7
W
W
a
a
k
k
e
e
o
o
n
n
L
L
A
A
N
N
A PC client on LAN can be woken up by the router it connects. When a user wants to wake up
a specified PC through the router, he/she must type correct MAC address of the specified PC
on this web page of Wake on LAN (WOL) of this router.
In addition, such PC must have installed a network card supporting WOL function. By the
way, WOL function must be set as “Enable” on the BIOS setting.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Wake by
Two types provide for you to wake up the binded IP. If you
choose Wake by MAC Address, you have to type the
correct MAC address of the host in MAC Address boxes. If
you choose Wake by IP Address, you have to choose the
correct IP address.
IP Address
The IP addresses that have been configured in
Firewall>>Bind IP to MAC will be shown in this drop
down list. Choose the IP address from the drop down list
that you want to wake up.
MAC Address
Type any one of the MAC address of the bound PCs.
Wake Up
Click this button to wake up the selected IP. See the
following figure. The result will be shown on the box.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
271
4
4
.
.
1
1
0
0
.
.
8
8
S
S
M
M
S
S
/
/
M
M
a
a
i
i
l
l
A
A
l
l
e
e
r
r
t
t
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
The function of SMS (Short Message Service)/Mail Alert is that Vigor router sends a message
to user’s mobile or e-mail box through specified service provider to assist the user knowing
the real-time abnormal situations.
Vigor router allows you to set up to 10 SMS profiles which will be sent out according to
different conditions.
S
S
M
M
S
S
P
P
r
r
o
o
v
v
i
i
d
d
e
e
r
r
This page allows you to specify SMS provider, who will get the SMS, what the content is and
when the SMS will be sent.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Index
Check the box to enable such profile.
SMS Provider
Use the drop down list to choose SMS service provider.
You can click SMS Provider link to define the SMS server.
Recipient Numer
Type the phone number of the one who will receive the
SMS.
Notify Profile
Use the drop down list to choose a message profile. The
recipient will get the content stated in the message profile.
You can click the Notify Profile link to define the content
of the SMS.
Schedule
Type the schedule number that the SMS will be sent out.
You can click the Schedule(1-15) link to define the
schedule.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
272
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
M
M
a
a
i
i
l
l
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
e
e
r
r
This page allows you to specify Mail Server profile, who will get the notification e-mail, what
the content is and when the message will be sent.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Index
Check the box to enable such profile.
Mail Service
Use the drop down list to choose mail service provider.
You can click Mail Service link to define the mail server.
Recipient
Type the e-mail address of the one who will receive the
notification message.
Notify
Use the drop down list to choose a message profile. The
recipient will get the content stated in the message profile.
You can click the Notify Profile link to define the content
of the mail message.
Schedule
Type the schedule number that the notification will be sent
out.
You can click the Schedule(1-15) link to define the
schedule.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
273
4
4
.
.
1
1
0
0
.
.
9
9
B
B
o
o
n
n
j
j
o
o
u
u
r
r
Bonjour is a service discovery protocol which is a built-in service in Mac OS X; for Windows
or Linux platform, there is correspondent softwares to enable this function for free.
Usually, users have to configure the router or personal computers to use above services.
Sometimes, the configuration (e.g., IP settings, port number) is complicated and not easy to
complete. The purpose of Bonjour is to decrease the settings configuration (e.g., IP setting). If
the host and user’s computer have the plug-in bonjour driver install, they can utilize the
service offered by the router by clicking the router name icon. In short, what the Clients/users
need to know is the name of the router only.
To enable the Bonjour service, click Application>>Bonjour to open the following page.
Check the box(es) of the server service(s) that you want to share to the LAN clients.
Below shows an example for applying the bonjour feature that Vigor router can be used as the
FTP server.
1. Here, we use Firefox and DNSSD to discover the service in such case. Therefore, just
ensure the Bonjour client program and DNSSD for Firefox have been installed on the
computer.
2. Open the web browse, Firefox. If Bonjour and DNSSD have been installed, you can open
the web page (DNSSD) and see the following results.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
274
3. Open System Maintenance>>Management. Type a name (e.g., Dray_2925) as the
Router Name and click OK.
4. Next, open Applications>>Bonjour. Check the service that you want to use via Bonjour.
5. Open the DNSSD page again. The available items will be changed as the follows. It means
the Vigor router (based on Bonjour protocol) is ready to be used as a printer server, FTP
server, SSH Server, Telnet Server, and HTTP Server.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
275
6. Now, any page or document can be printed out through Vigor router (installed with a
printer).
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
276
4
4
.
.
1
1
1
1
V
V
P
P
N
N
a
a
n
n
d
d
R
R
e
e
m
m
o
o
t
t
e
e
A
A
c
c
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
A Virtual Private Network (VPN) is the extension of a private network that encompasses links
across shared or public networks like the Internet. In short, by VPN technology, you can send
data between two computers across a shared or public network in a manner that emulates the
properties of a point-to-point private link.
Below shows the menu items for VPN and Remote Access.
4
4
.
.
1
1
1
1
.
.
1
1
R
R
e
e
m
m
o
o
t
t
e
e
A
A
c
c
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
r
r
o
o
l
l
Enable the necessary VPN service as you need. If you intend to run a VPN server inside your
LAN, you should disable the VPN service of Vigor Router to allow VPN tunnel pass through,
as well as the appropriate NAT settings, such as DMZ or open port.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
277
4
4
.
.
1
1
1
1
.
.
2
2
P
P
P
P
P
P
G
G
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
a
a
l
l
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
This submenu only applies to PPP-related VPN connections, such as PPTP, L2TP, L2TP over
IPsec.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Dial-In PPP
Authentication
PAP Only - elect this option to force the router to
authenticate dial-in users with the PAP protocol.
PAP /CHAP/MS-CHAP/MS-CHAPv2 - Selecting this
option means the router will attempt to authenticate dial-in
users with the CHAP protocol first. If the dial-in user does
not support this protocol, it will fall back to use the PAP
protocol for authentication.
Dial-In PPP Encryption
(MPPE)
Optional MPPE - This option represents that the MPPE
encryption method will be optionally employed in the
router for the remote dial-in user. If the remote dial-in user
does not support the MPPE encryption algorithm, the router
will transmit “no MPPE encrypted packets”. Otherwise, the
MPPE encryption scheme will be used to encrypt the data.
Require MPPE (40/128bits) - Selecting this option will
force the router to encrypt packets by using the MPPE
encryption algorithm. In addition, the remote dial-in user
will use 40-bit to perform encryption prior to using 128-bit
for encryption. In other words, if 128-bit MPPE encryption
method is not available, then 40-bit encryption scheme will
be applied to encrypt the data.
Maximum MPPE - This option indicates that the router
will use the MPPE encryption scheme with maximum bits
(128-bit) to encrypt the data.
Mutual Authentication
(PAP)
The Mutual Authentication function is mainly used to
communicate with other routers or clients who need
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
278
bi-directional authentication in order to provide stronger
security, for example, Cisco routers. So you should enable
this function when your peer router requires mutual
authentication. You should further specify the Username
and Password of the mutual authentication peer.
The length of the name/password is limited to 23/19
characters.
IP Address Assignment
for Dial-In Users
Enter a start IP address for the dial-in PPP connection. You
should choose an IP address from the local private network.
For example, if the local private network is
192.168.1.0/255.255.255.0, you could choose
192.168.1.200 as the Start IP Address.
PPP Authentication
Methods
Select the method(s) to be used for authentication in PPP
connection.
While using Radius
Authentication
If PPP connection will be authenticated via RADIUS
server, it is necessary to specify the LAN profile for the
dial-in user to get IP from.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
279
4
4
.
.
1
1
1
1
.
.
3
3
I
I
P
P
s
s
e
e
c
c
G
G
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
a
a
l
l
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
In IPsec General Setup, there are two major parts of configuration.
There are two phases of IPsec.
Phase 1: negotiation of IKE parameters including encryption, hash, Diffie-Hellman
parameter values, and lifetime to protect the following IKE exchange, authentication of
both peers using either a Pre-Shared Key or Digital Signature (x.509). The peer that
starts the negotiation proposes all its policies to the remote peer and then remote peer
tries to find a highest-priority match with its policies. Eventually to set up a secure tunnel
for IKE Phase 2.
Phase 2: negotiation IPsec security methods including Authentication Header (AH) or
Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP) for the following IKE exchange and mutual
examination of the secure tunnel establishment.
There are two encapsulation methods used in IPsec, Transport and Tunnel. The Transport
mode will add the AH/ESP payload and use original IP header to encapsulate the data payload
only. It can just apply to local packet, e.g., L2TP over IPsec. The Tunnel mode will not only
add the AH/ESP payload but also use a new IP header (Tunneled IP header) to encapsulate the
whole original IP packet.
Authentication Header (AH) provides data authentication and integrity for IP packets passed
between VPN peers. This is achieved by a keyed one-way hash function to the packet to create
a message digest. This digest will be put in the AH and transmitted along with packets. On the
receiving side, the peer will perform the same one-way hash on the packet and compare the
value with the one in the AH it receives.
Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP) is a security protocol that provides data confidentiality
and protection with optional authentication and replay detection service.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
IKE Authentication
Method
This usually applies to those are remote dial-in user or node
(LAN-to-LAN) which uses dynamic IP address and
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
280
IPsec-related VPN connections such as L2TP over IPsec
and IPsec tunnel. There are two methods offered by Vigor
router for you to authenticate the incoming data coming
from remote dial-in user, Certificate (X.509) and
Pre-Shared Key.
Certificate for Dial-in –Choose one of the local certificates
from the drop down list.
General Pre-Shared Key – Define the PSK key for general
authentication.
Pre-Shared Key- Specify a key for IKE
authentication.
Confirm Pre-Shared Key- Retype the characters to
confirm the pre-shared key.
Pre-Shared Key for XAuth User - Define the PSK key for
IPsec XAuth authentication.
Pre-Shared Key- Specify a key for IKE
authentication.
Confirm Pre-Shared Key- Retype the characters to
confirm the pre-shared key.
Note: Any packets from the remote dial-in user which
does not match the rule defined in VPN and Remote
Access>>Remote Dial-In User will be applied with the
method specified here.
IPsec Security Method
Medium (AH) - Authentication Header (AH) means data
will be authenticated, but not be encrypted. By default, this
option is active.
High (ESP) - Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP) means
payload (data) will be encrypted and authenticated. You
may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption
Standard (DES), Triple DES (3DES), and AES.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
281
4
4
.
.
1
1
1
1
.
.
4
4
I
I
P
P
s
s
e
e
c
c
P
P
e
e
e
e
r
r
I
I
d
d
e
e
n
n
t
t
i
i
t
t
y
y
To use digital certificate for peer authentication in either LAN-to-LAN connection or Remote
User Dial-In connection, here you may edit a table of peer certificate for selection. As shown
below, the router provides 32 entries of digital certificates for peer dial-in users.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default
Click it to clear all indexes.
Index
Click the number below Index to access into the setting
page of IPsec Peer Identity.
Enable
Check it to enable such account.
Name
Display the profile name of that index.
Click each index to edit one peer digital certificate. There are three security levels of digital
signature authentication: Fill each necessary field to authenticate the remote peer. The
following explanation will guide you to fill all the necessary fields.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
282
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Profile Name
Type the name of the profile. The maximum length of the
name you can set is 32 characters.
Enable this account
Check it to enable such account profile.
Accept Any Peer ID
Click to accept any peer regardless of its identity.
Accept Subject
Alternative Name
Click to check one specific field of digital signature to
accept the peer with matching value. The field can be IP
Address, Domain, or E-mail Address. The box under the
Type will appear according to the type you select and ask
you to fill in corresponding setting.
Accept Subject Name
Click to check the specific fields of digital signature to
accept the peer with matching value. The field includes
Country (C), State (ST), Location (L), Organization (O),
Organization Unit (OU), Common Name (CN), and
Email (E).
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
283
4
4
.
.
1
1
1
1
.
.
5
5
R
R
e
e
m
m
o
o
t
t
e
e
D
D
i
i
a
a
l
l
-
-
i
i
n
n
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
You can manage remote access by maintaining a table of remote user profile, so that users can
be authenticated to dial-in via VPN connection. You may set parameters including specified
connection peer ID, connection type (VPN connection - including PPTP, IPsec Tunnel, and
L2TP by itself or over IPsec) and corresponding security methods, etc.
The router provides 32 access accounts for dial-in users. Besides, you can extend the user
accounts to the RADIUS server through the built-in RADIUS client function. The following
figure shows the summary table.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default
Click to clear all indexes.
Index
Click the number below Index to access into the setting
page of Remote Dial-in User.
Enable
Check it to enable such account.
User
Display the username for the specific dial-in user of the
LAN-to-LAN profile. The symbol ??? represents that the
profile is empty.
Active
Check the box to enable the selected profile.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
284
Status
Display the access state of the specific dial-in user. The
symbol V and X represent the specific dial-in user to be
active and inactive, respectively.
Click each index to edit one remote user profile. Each Dial-In Type requires you to fill the
different corresponding fields on the right. If the fields gray out, it means you may leave it
untouched. The following explanation will guide you to fill all the necessary fields.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
User account and
Authentication
Enable this account - Check the box to enable this
function.
Idle Timeout- If the dial-in user is idle over the limitation
of the timer, the router will drop this connection. By
default, the Idle Timeout is set to 300 seconds.
Allowed Dial-In Type
PPTP - Allow the remote dial-in user to make a PPTP VPN
connection through the Internet. You should set the User
Name and Password of remote dial-in user below.
IPsec Tunnel - Allow the remote dial-in user to make an
IPsec VPN connection through Internet.
L2TP with IPsec Policy - Allow the remote dial-in user to
make a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet. You
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
285
can select to use L2TP alone or with IPsec. Select from
below:
None - Do not apply the IPsec policy. Accordingly,
the VPN connection employed the L2TP without
IPsec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP
connection.
Nice to Have - Apply the IPsec policy first, if it is
applicable during negotiation. Otherwise, the dial-in
VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP
connection.
Must -Specify the IPsec policy to be definitely
applied on the L2TP connection.
SSL Tunnel – Allow the remote dial-in user to make an
SSL VPN connection through Internet.
IPsec XAuth - Allow the remote dial-in user to make an
IPsec VPN connection through Internet via IPsec XAuth
Pre-shared Key and the username/password authentication.
Specify Remote Node -You can specify the IP address of
the remote dial-in user, or peer ID (used in IKE aggressive
mode).
Uncheck the checkbox means the connection type you
select above will apply the authentication methods and
security methods in the general settings.
Netbios Naming Packet -
Pass – Click it to have an inquiry for data
transmission between the hosts located on both sides
of VPN Tunnel while connecting.
Block – When there is conflict occurred between the
hosts on both sides of VPN Tunnel in connecting,
such function can block data transmission of Netbios
Naming Packet inside the tunnel.
- Some programs might send multicast packets via VPN
connection.
Pass – Click this button to let multicast packets pass
through the router.
Block – This is default setting. Click this button to let
multicast packets be blocked by the router.
User Name - This field is applicable when you select PPTP
or L2TP with or without IPsec policy above. The length of
the name/password is limited to 23 characters.
Password - This field is applicable when you select PPTP
or L2TP with or without IPsec policy above. The length of
the name/password is limited to 19 characters.
Enable Mobile One-Time Passwords (mOTP) - Check
this box to make the authentication with mOTP function.
PIN Code – Type the code for authentication (e.g, 1234).
Secret – Use the 32 digit-secret number generated by
mOTP in the mobile phone (e.g., e759bb6f0e94c7ab4fe6).
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
286
Subnet
Chose one of the subnet selections for such VPN profile.
Assign Static IP Address – Please type a static IP address
for the subnet you specified.
SSL VPN
Set SSL Application – Choose the SSL application profile
to be applied by such dial-in user profile.
IKE Authentication
Method
This group of fields is applicable for IPsec Tunnels and
L2TP with IPsec Policy when you specify the IP address of
the remote node. The only exception is Digital Signature
(X.509) can be set when you select IPsec tunnel either with
or without specifying the IP address of the remote node.
Pre-Shared Key - Check the box of Pre-Shared Key to
invoke this function and type in the required characters
(1-63) as the pre-shared key.
Digital Signature (X.509) – Check the box of Digital
Signature to invoke this function and Select one predefined
Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access >>IPsec Peer
Identity.
IPsec Security Method
This group of fields is a must for IPsec Tunnels and L2TP
with IPsec Policy when you specify the remote node. Check
the Medium, DES, 3DES or AES box as the security
method.
Medium-Authentication Header (AH) means data will be
authenticated, but not be encrypted. By default, this option
is invoked. You can uncheck it to disable it.
High-Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP) means
payload (data) will be encrypted and authenticated. You
may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption
Standard (DES), Triple DES (3DES), and AES.
Local ID (Optional)- Specify a local ID to be used for
Dial-in setting in the LAN-to-LAN Profile setup. This item
is optional and can be used only in IKE aggressive mode.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
4
4
.
.
1
1
1
1
.
.
6
6
L
L
A
A
N
N
t
t
o
o
L
L
A
A
N
N
Here you can manage LAN-to-LAN connections by maintaining a table of connection profiles.
You may set parameters including specified connection direction (dial-in or dial-out),
connection peer ID, connection type (VPN connection - including PPTP, IPsec Tunnel, and
L2TP by itself or over IPsec) and corresponding security methods, etc.
The router supports up to 32 VPN tunnels simultaneously. The following figure shows the
summary table.
The following figure shows the summary table according to the item (All/Trunk) selected for
View.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
287
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default
Click to clear all indexes.
Index
Click the number below Index to access into the setting
page of LAN to LAN profile.
Enable
Check it to enable the profile.
Name
Indicate the name of the LAN-to-LAN profile. The
symbol ??? represents that the profile is empty.
Status
Online – means such LAN to LAN profile is in use.
Offline – means such LAN to LAN profile isn’t in use even
if the profile has been enabled.
To edit each profile:
1. Click each index to edit each profile and you will get the following page. Each
LAN-to-LAN profile includes 4 subgroups. If the fields gray out, it means you may leave
it untouched. The following explanations will guide you to fill all the necessary fields.
For the web page is too long, we divide the page into several sections for explanation.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
288
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Common Settings
Profile Name – Specify a name for the profile of the
LAN-to-LAN connection.
Enable this profile - Check here to activate this profile.
Netbios Naming Packet
Pass – click it to have an inquiry for data transmission
between the hosts located on both sides of VPN
Tunnel while connecting.
Block – When there is conflict occurred between the
hosts on both sides of VPN Tunnel in connecting,
such function can block data transmission of Netbios
Naming Packet inside the tunnel.
Multicast via VPN - Some programs might send multicast
packets via VPN connection.
Pass – Click this button to let multicast packets pass
through the router.
Block – This is default setting. Click this button to let
multicast packets be blocked by the router.
Call Direction - Specify the allowed call direction of this
LAN-to-LAN profile.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
289
Both:-initiator/responder
Dial-Out- initiator only
Dial-In- responder only.
Always On-Check to enable router always keep VPN
connection.
Idle Timeout: The default value is 300 seconds. If the
connection has been idled over the value, the router will
drop the connection.
Enable PING to keep IPsec Tunnel alive - This function
is to help the router to determine the status of IPsec VPN
connection, especially useful in the case of abnormal VPN
IPsec tunnel disruption. For details, please refer to the note
below. Check to enable the transmission of PING packets to
a specified IP address.
It is used to handle abnormal IPsec VPN connection
disruption. It will help to provide the state of a VPN
connection for router’s judgment of redial. Normally, if any
one of VPN peers wants to disconnect the connection, it
should follow a serial of packet exchange procedure to
inform each other. However, if the remote peer disconnect
without notice, Vigor router will by no where to know this
situation. To resolve this dilemma, by continuously sending
PING packets to the remote host, the Vigor router can know
the true existence of this VPN connection and react
accordingly. This is independent of DPD (dead peer
detection).
PING to the IP - Enter the IP address of the remote host
that located at the other-end of the VPN tunnel.
Dial-Out Settings Type of Server I am calling –
PPTP - Build a PPTP VPN connection to the server
through the Internet. You should set the identity like User
Name and Password below for the authentication of remote
server.
IPsec Tunnel - Build an IPsec VPN connection to the
server through Internet.
L2TP with IPsec Policy - Build a L2TP VPN connection
through the Internet. You can select to use L2TP alone or
with IPsec. Select from below:
None: Do not apply the IPsec policy. Accordingly, the
VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPsec
policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection.
Nice to Have: Apply the IPsec policy first, if it is
applicable during negotiation. Otherwise, the dial-out
VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection.
Must: Specify the IPsec policy to be definitely
applied on the L2TP connection.
User Name - This field is applicable when you select,
PPTP or L2TP with or without IPsec policy above. The
length of the name is limited to 49 characters.
Password - This field is applicable when you select PPTP
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
290
or L2TP with or without IPsec policy above. The length of
the password is limited to 15 characters.
PPP Authentication - This field is applicable when you
select, PPTP or L2TP with or without IPsec policy above.
PAP/CHAP/MS-CHAP/MS-CHAPv2 is the most common
selection due to wild compatibility.
VJ compression - This field is applicable when you select
PPTP or L2TP with or without IPsec policy above. VJ
Compression is used for TCP/IP protocol header
compression. Normally set to Yes to improve bandwidth
utilization.
IKE Authentication Method - This group of fields is
applicable for IPsec Tunnels and L2TP with IPsec Policy.
Pre-Shared Key - Input 1-63 characters as pre-shared
key.
Digital Signature (X.509) - Select one predefined
Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access >>IPsec
Peer Identity.
Peer ID - Select one of the predefined Profiles
set in VPN and Remote Access >>IPsec Peer
Identity.
Local ID – Specify a local ID (Alternative
Subject Name First or Subject Name First) to
be used for Dial-in setting in the LAN-to-LAN
Profile setup. This item is optional and can be
used only in IKE aggressive mode.
Local Certificate – Select one of the profiles set
in Certificate Management>>Local
Certificate.
IPsec Security Method - This group of fields is a must for
IPsec Tunnels and L2TP with IPsec Policy.
Medium AH (Authentication Header) means data
will be authenticated, but not be encrypted. By default,
this option is active.
High (ESP-Encapsulating Security Payload)- means
payload (data) will be encrypted and authenticated.
Select from below:
DES without Authentication -Use DES encryption
algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme.
DES with Authentication-Use DES encryption
algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA-1 authentication
algorithm.
3DES without Authentication-Use triple DES
encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication
scheme.
3DES with Authentication-Use triple DES
encryption algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA-1
authentication algorithm.
AES without Authentication-Use AES encryption
algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
291
AES with Authentication-Use AES encryption
algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA-1 authentication
algorithm.
Advanced - Specify mode, proposal and key life of each
IKE phase, Gateway, etc.
The window of advance setup is shown as below:
IKE phase 1 mode -Select from Main mode and
Aggressive mode. The ultimate outcome is to exchange
security proposals to create a protected secure channel.
Main mode is more secure than Aggressive mode since
more exchanges are done in a secure channel to set up the
IPsec session. However, the Aggressive mode is faster. The
default value in Vigor router is Main mode.
IKE phase 1 proposal-To propose the local available
authentication schemes and encryption algorithms to
the VPN peers, and get its feedback to find a match.
Two combinations are available for Aggressive mode
and nine for Main mode. We suggest you select the
combination that covers the most schemes.
IKE phase 2 proposal-To propose the local available
algorithms to the VPN peers, and get its feedback to
find a match. Three combinations are available for
both modes. We suggest you select the combination
that covers the most algorithms.
IKE phase 1 key lifetime-For security reason, the
lifetime of key should be defined. The default value is
28800 seconds. You may specify a value in between
900 and 86400 seconds.
IKE phase 2 key lifetime-For security reason, the
lifetime of key should be defined. The default value is
3600 seconds. You may specify a value in between
600 and 86400 seconds.
Perfect Forward Secret (PFS)-The IKE Phase 1 key
will be reused to avoid the computation complexity in
phase 2. The default value is inactive this function.
Local ID-In Aggressive mode, Local ID is on behalf
of the IP address while identity authenticating with
remote VPN server. The length of the ID is limited to
47 characters.
Index(1-15) - Set the wireless LAN to work at certain time
interval only. You may choose up to 4 schedules out of the
15 schedules pre-defined in Applications >> Schedule
setup. The default setting of this field is blank and the
function will always work.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
292
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Dial-In Settings
Allowed Dial-In Type - Determine the dial-in connection
with different types.
PPTP - Allow the remote dial-in user to make a PPTP
VPN connection through the Internet. You should set
the User Name and Password of remote dial-in user
below.
IPsec Tunnel- Allow the remote dial-in user to trigger
an IPsec VPN connection through Internet.
L2TP with IPsec Policy - Allow the remote dial-in
user to make a L2TP VPN connection through the
Internet. You can select to use L2TP alone or with
IPsec. Select from below:
None - Do not apply the IPsec policy.
Accordingly, the VPN connection employed the
L2TP without IPsec policy can be viewed as one
pure L2TP connection.
Nice to Have - Apply the IPsec policy first, if it
is applicable during negotiation. Otherwise, the
dial-in VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP
connection.
Must - Specify the IPsec policy to be definitely
applied on the L2TP connection.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
293
SSL Tunnel- Allow the remote dial-in user to trigger
an SSL VPN connection through Internet.
Specify Remote VPN Gateway - You can specify the IP
address of the remote dial-in user or peer ID (should be the
same with the ID setting in dial-in type) by checking the
box. Also, you should further specify the corresponding
security methods on the right side.
If you uncheck the checkbox, the connection type you
select above will apply the authentication methods and
security methods in the general settings.
User Name - This field is applicable when you select PPTP
or L2TP with or without IPsec policy above. The length of
the named is limited to 11 characters.
Password - This field is applicable when you select PPTP
or L2TP with or without IPsec policy above. The length of
the password is limited to 11 characters.
VJ Compression - VJ Compression is used for TCP/IP
protocol header compression. This field is applicable when
you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPsec policy
above. Normally set to On to improve bandwidth
utilization.
IKE Authentication Method - This group of fields is
applicable for IPsec Tunnels and L2TP with IPsec Policy
when you specify the IP address of the remote node. The
only exception is Digital Signature (X.509) can be set when
you select IPsec tunnel either with or without specify the IP
address of the remote node.
Pre-Shared Key - Check the box of Pre-Shared Key
to invoke this function and type in the required
characters (1-63) as the pre-shared key.
Digital Signature (X.509) –Check the box of Digital
Signature to invoke this function and select one
predefined Profiles set in the VPN and Remote
Access >>IPsec Peer Identity.
Local ID – Specify which one will be inspected
first.
Alternative Subject Name First – The
alternative subject name (configured in
Certificate Management>>Local Certificate)
will be inspected first.
Subject Name First – The subject name
(configured in Certificate
Management>>Local Certificate) will be
inspected first.
IPsec Security Method - This group of fields is a must for
IPsec Tunnels and L2TP with IPsec Policy when you
specify the remote node.
Medium- Authentication Header (AH) means data
will be authenticated, but not be encrypted. By default,
this option is active.
High- Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP) means
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
294
payload (data) will be encrypted and authenticated.
You may select encryption algorithm from Data
Encryption Standard (DES), Triple DES (3DES), and
AES.
TCP/IP Network
Settings
My WAN IP –This field is only applicable when you select
PPTP or L2TP with or without IPsec policy above. The
default value is 0.0.0.0, which means the Vigor router will
get a PPP IP address from the remote router during the
IPCP negotiation phase. If the PPP IP address is fixed by
remote side, specify the fixed IP address here. Do not
change the default value if you do not select PPTP or L2TP.
Remote Gateway IP - This field is only applicable when
you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPsec policy
above. The default value is 0.0.0.0, which means the Vigor
router will get a remote Gateway PPP IP address from the
remote router during the IPCP negotiation phase. If the PPP
IP address is fixed by remote side, specify the fixed IP
address here. Do not change the default value if you do not
select PPTP or L2TP.
Remote Network IP/ Remote Network Mask - Add a
static route to direct all traffic destined to this Remote
Network IP Address/Remote Network Mask through the
VPN connection. For IPsec, this is the destination clients
IDs of phase 2 quick mode.
Local Network IP / Local Network Mask - Display the
local network IP and mask for TCP / IP configuration. You
can modify the settings if required.
More - Add a static route to direct all traffic destined to
more Remote Network IP Addresses/ Remote Network
Mask through the VPN connection. This is usually used
when you find there are several subnets behind the remote
VPN router.
RIP Direction - The option specifies the direction of RIP
(Routing Information Protocol) packets. You can
enable/disable one of direction here. Herein, we provide
four options: TX/RX Both, TX Only, RX Only, and
Disable.
From first subnet to remote network, you have to
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
295
do - If the remote network only allows you to dial in with
single IP, please choose NAT, otherwise choose Route.
Change default route to this VPN tunnel - Check this box
to change the default route with this VPN tunnel.
IPSec VPN with the
Same subnet
For both ends (e.g., different sections in a company) are
within the same subnet, there is a function which allows
you to build Virtual IP mapping between two ends. Thus,
when VPN connection established, the router will change
the IP address according to the settings configured here and
block sessions which are not coming from the IP address
defined in the Virtual IP Mapping list.
After checking the box of IPSec VPN with the Same
subnet, the options under TCP/IP Network Settings will
be changed as shown below:
Remote Network IP/ Remote Network Mask - Add a
static route to direct all traffic destined to this Remote
Network IP Address/Remote Network Mask through the
VPN connection. For IPSec, this is the destination clients
IDs of phase 2 quick mode.
Translated Local Network – This function is enabled in
default. Use the drop down list to specify a LAN port as the
transferred direction. Then specify an IP address. Click
Advanced to configure detailed settings if required.
Advanced – Add a static route to direct all traffic destined
to more Remote Network IP Addresses/ Remote Network
Mask through the VPN connection. This is usually used
when you find there are several subnets behind the remote
VPN router.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
296
Translated Type – There are two types for you to choose.
Whole Subnet
Specific IP Address
Virtual IP Mapping – A pop up dialog will appear for you
to specify the local IP address and the mapping virtual IP
address.
2. After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
297
4
4
.
.
1
1
1
1
.
.
7
7
C
C
o
o
n
n
n
n
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
M
M
a
a
n
n
a
a
g
g
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
You can find the summary table of all VPN connections. You may disconnect any VPN
connection by clicking Drop button. You may also aggressively Dial-out by using Dial-out
Tool and clicking Dial button.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Dial-out Tool
Dial - Click this button to execute dial out function.
Refresh Seconds - Choose the time for refresh the dial
information among 5, 10, and 30.
Refresh - Click this button to refresh the whole connection
status.
4
4
.
.
1
1
2
2
C
C
e
e
r
r
t
t
i
i
f
f
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
e
e
M
M
a
a
n
n
a
a
g
g
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
A digital certificate works as an electronic ID, which is issued by a certification authority
(CA). It contains information such as your name, a serial number, expiration dates etc., and the
digital signature of the certificate-issuing authority so that a recipient can verify that the
certificate is real. Here Vigor router support digital certificates conforming to standard X.509.
Any entity wants to utilize digital certificates should first request a certificate issued by a CA
server. It should also retrieve certificates of other trusted CA servers so it can authenticate the
peer with certificates issued by those trusted CA servers.
Here you can manage generate and manage the local digital certificates, and set trusted CA
certificates. Remember to adjust the time of Vigor router before using the certificate so that
you can get the correct valid period of certificate.
Below shows the menu items for Certificate Management.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
298
4
4
.
.
1
1
2
2
.
.
1
1
L
L
o
o
c
c
a
a
l
l
C
C
e
e
r
r
t
t
i
i
f
f
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
e
e
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Generate
Click this button to open Generate Certificate Request
window.
Type in all the information that the window requests. Then
click Generate again.
Import
Click this button to import a saved file as the certification
information.
Refresh
Click this button to refresh the information listed below.
View
Click this button to view the detailed settings for certificate
request.
Delete
Click this button to delete selected name with certification
information.
GENERATE
Click this button to open Generate Certificate Signing Request window. Type in all the
information that the window request such as certifcate name (used for identifying different
certificate), subject alternative name type and relational settings for subject name. Then click
GENERATE again.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
299
Note: Please be noted that “Common Name” must be configured with rotuer’s WAN IP or
domain name.
After clicking GENERATE, the generated information will be displayed on the window
below:
IMPORT
Vigor router allows you to generate a certificate request and submit it the CA server, then
import it as “Local Certificate”. If you have already gotten a certificate from a third party, you
may import it directly. The supported types are PKCS12 Certificate and Certificate with a
private key.
Click this button to import a saved file as the certification information. There are three types
of local certificate supported by Vigor router.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
300
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Upload Local Certificate
It allows users to import the certificate which is generated by
Vigor router and signed by CA server.
If you have done well in certificate generation, the Status of
the certificate will be shown as “OK”.
Upload PKCS12
Certificate
It allows users to import the certificate whose extensions are
usually .pfx or .p12. And these certificates usually
need passwords.
Note: PKCS12 is a standard for storing private keys and
certificates securely. It is used in (among other things)
Netscape and Microsoft Internet Explorer with their import and
export options.
Upload Certificate and
Private Key
It is useful when users have separated certificates and private
keys. And the password is needed if the private key is
encrypted.
REFRESH
Click this button to refresh the information listed below.
View
Click this button to view the detailed settings for certificate request.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
301
Note: You have to copy the certificate request information from above window. Next,
access your CA server and enter the page of certificate request, copy the information into
it and submit a request. A new certificate will be issued to you by the CA server. You can
save it.
D
D
e
e
l
l
e
e
t
t
e
e
Click this button to remove the selected certificate.
4
4
.
.
1
1
2
2
.
.
2
2
T
T
r
r
u
u
s
s
t
t
e
e
d
d
C
C
A
A
C
C
e
e
r
r
t
t
i
i
f
f
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
e
e
Trusted CA certificate lists three sets of trusted CA certificate.
C
C
r
r
e
e
a
a
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
a
a
R
R
o
o
o
o
t
t
C
C
A
A
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
302
Click Create Root CA to open the following page. Type in all the information that the
window request such as certifcate name (used for identifying different certificate), subject
alternative name type and relational settings for subject name. Then click GENERATE again.
I
I
m
m
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
a
a
T
T
r
r
u
u
s
s
t
t
e
e
d
d
C
C
A
A
To import a pre-saved trusted CA certificate, please click IMPORT to open the following
window. Use Browse… to find out the saved text file. Then click Import. The one you
imported will be listed on the Trusted CA Certificate window.
For viewing each trusted CA certificate, click View to open the certificate detail information
window. If you want to delete a CA certificate, choose the one and click Delete to remove all
the certificate information.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
303
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
304
4
4
.
.
1
1
2
2
.
.
3
3
C
C
e
e
r
r
t
t
i
i
f
f
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
e
e
B
B
a
a
c
c
k
k
u
u
p
p
Local certificate and Trusted CA certificate for this router can be saved within one file. Please
click Backup on the following screen to save them. If you want to set encryption password for
these certificates, please type characters in both fields of Encrypt password and Retype
password.
Also, you can use Restore to retrieve these two settings to the router whenever you want.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
305
4
4
.
.
1
1
3
3
W
W
i
i
r
r
e
e
l
l
e
e
s
s
s
s
L
L
A
A
N
N
(
(
2
2
.
.
4
4
G
G
H
H
z
z
/
/
5
5
G
G
H
H
z
z
)
)
This function is used for “n/n-plus” models only.
4
4
.
.
1
1
3
3
.
.
1
1
B
B
a
a
s
s
i
i
c
c
C
C
o
o
n
n
c
c
e
e
p
p
t
t
s
s
Over recent years, the market for wireless communications has enjoyed tremendous growth.
Wireless technology now reaches or is capable of reaching virtually every location on the
surface of the earth. Hundreds of millions of people exchange information every day via
wireless communication products. The Vigor “n” model, a.k.a. Vigor wireless router, is
designed for maximum flexibility and efficiency of a small office/home. Any authorized staff
can bring a built-in WLAN client PDA or notebook into a meeting room for conference
without laying a clot of LAN cable or drilling holes everywhere. Wireless LAN enables high
mobility so WLAN users can simultaneously access all LAN facilities just like on a wired
LAN as well as Internet access.
The Vigor wireless routers are equipped with a wireless LAN interface compliant with the
standard IEEE 802.11n draft 2 protocol. To boost its performance further, the Vigor Router is
also loaded with advanced wireless technology to lift up data rate up to 300 Mbps*. Hence,
you can finally smoothly enjoy stream music and video.
Note:
* The actual data throughput will vary according to the network conditions and
environmental factors, including volume of network traffic, network overhead and
building materials.
In an Infrastructure Mode of wireless network, Vigor wireless router plays a role as an Access
Point (AP) connecting to lots of wireless clients or Stations (STA). All the STAs will share the
same Internet connection via Vigor wireless router. The General Settings will set up the
information of this wireless network, including its SSID as identification, located channel etc.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
306
M
M
u
u
l
l
t
t
i
i
p
p
l
l
e
e
S
S
S
S
I
I
D
D
s
s
Vigor router supports four SSID settings for wireless connections. Each SSID can be defined
with different name and download/upload rate for selecting by stations connected to the router
wirelessly.
S
S
e
e
c
c
u
u
r
r
i
i
t
t
y
y
O
O
v
v
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
e
e
w
w
Real-time Hardware Encryption: Vigor Router is equipped with a hardware AES encryption
engine so it can apply the highest protection to your data without influencing user experience.
Complete Security Standard Selection: To ensure the security and privacy of your wireless
communication, we provide several prevailing standards on market.
WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy) is a legacy method to encrypt each frame transmitted via
radio using either a 64-bit or 128-bit key. Usually access point will preset a set of four keys
and it will communicate with each station using only one out of the four keys.
WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access), the most dominating security mechanism in industry, is
separated into two categories: WPA-personal or called WPA Pre-Share Key (WPA/PSK), and
WPA-Enterprise or called WPA.
In WPA-Personal, a pre-defined key is used for encryption during data transmission. WPA
applies Temporal Key Integrity Protocol (TKIP) for data encryption while WPA2 applies AES.
The WPA-Enterprise combines not only encryption but also authentication.
Since WEP has been proved vulnerable, you may consider using WPA for the most secure
connection. You should select the appropriate security mechanism according to your needs.
No matter which security suite you select, they all will enhance the over-the-air data
protection and /or privacy on your wireless network. The Vigor wireless router is very flexible
and can support multiple secure connections with both WEP and WPA at the same time.
Separate the Wireless and the Wired LAN- WLAN Isolation enables you to isolate your
wireless LAN from wired LAN for either quarantine or limit access reasons. To isolate means
neither of the parties can access each other. To elaborate an example for business use, you
may set up a wireless LAN for visitors only so they can connect to Internet without hassle of
the confidential information leakage. For a more flexible deployment, you may add filters of
MAC addresses to isolate users’ access from wired LAN.
Manage Wireless Stations - Station List will display all the stations in your wireless network
and the status of their connection.
Below shows the menu items for Wireless LAN.
In this section, we take Wireless LAN (2.4G) as the examples of function explanations.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
307
4
4
.
.
1
1
3
3
.
.
2
2
G
G
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
a
a
l
l
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
By clicking the General Settings, a new web page will appear so that you could configure the
SSID and the wireless channel. Please refer to the following figure for more information.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Wireless LAN
Check the box to enable wireless function.
Mode
At present, the router can connect to 11b Only, 11g Only,
11n Only (2.4 GHz), Mixed (11b+11g), Mixed (11g+11n),
and Mixed (11b+11g+11n) stations simultaneously. Simply
choose Mixed (11b+11g+11n) mode.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
308
2.4G 5G
Channel
Means the channel of frequency of the wireless LAN. The
default channel is 6. You may switch channel if the selected
channel is under serious interference. If you have no idea of
choosing the frequency, please select Auto to let system
determine for you.
2.4G 5G
Hide SSID
Check it to prevent from wireless sniffing and make it
harder for unauthorized clients or STAs to join your
wireless LAN. Depending on the wireless utility, the user
may only see the information except SSID or just cannot
see any thing about Vigor wireless router while site
surveying. The system allows you to set four sets of SSID
for different usage. In default, the first set of SSID will be
enabled. You can hide it for your necessity.
SSID
Means the identification of the wireless LAN. SSID can be
any text numbers or various special characters.
Isolate
Member –Check this box to make the wireless clients
(stations) with the same SSID not accessing for each other.
VPN – Check this box to restrict the wireless clients
(stations) to access VPN network.
Rate Control
It controls the data transmission rate through wireless
connection.
Upload – Check Enable and type the transmitting rate for
data upload. Default value is 30,000 kbps.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
309
Download – Type the transmitting rate for data download.
Default value is 30,000 kbps.
Schedule
Set the wireless LAN to work at certain time interval only.
You may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules
pre-defined in Applications >> Schedule setup. The
default setting of this field is blank and the function will
always work.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
4
4
.
.
1
1
3
3
.
.
3
3
S
S
e
e
c
c
u
u
r
r
i
i
t
t
y
y
This page allows you to set security with different modes for SSID 1, 2, 3 and 4 respectively.
After configuring the correct settings, please click OK to save and invoke it.
The password (PSK) of default security mode is provided and stated on the label pasted on the
bottom of the router. For the wireless client who wants to access into Internet through such
router, please input the default PSK value for connection.
By clicking the Security Settings, a new web page will appear so that you could configure the
settings of WPA and WEP.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
310
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Mode
There are several modes provided for you to choose.
Note: You should also set RADIUS Server simultaneously
if 802.1x mode is selected.
Disable - Turn off the encryption mechanism.
WEP-Accepts only WEP clients and the encryption key
should be entered in WEP Key.
WEP/802.1x Only - Accepts only WEP clients and the
encryption key is obtained dynamically from RADIUS
server with 802.1X protocol.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
311
WPA/802.1x Only- Accepts only WPA clients and the
encryption key is obtained dynamically from RADIUS
server with 802.1X protocol.
WPA2/802.1x Only- Accepts only WPA2 clients and the
encryption key is obtained dynamically from RADIUS
server with 802.1X protocol.
Mixed (WPA+WPA2/802.1x only) - Accepts WPA and
WPA2 clients simultaneously and the encryption key is
obtained dynamically from RADIUS server with 802.1X
protocol.
WPA/PSK-Accepts only WPA clients and the encryption
key should be entered in PSK.
WPA2/PSK-Accepts only WPA2 clients and the
encryption key should be entered in PSK.
Mixed (WPA+ WPA2)/PSK - Accepts WPA and WPA2
clients simultaneously and the encryption key should be
entered in PSK.
WPA
The WPA encrypts each frame transmitted from the radio
using the key, which either PSK (Pre-Shared Key) entered
manually in this field below or automatically negotiated via
authentication. Either 8~63 ASCII characters, such as
012345678(or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by 0x, such as
"0x321253abcde...").
Type - Select from Mixed (WPA+WPA2) or WPA2 only.
Pre-Shared Key (PSK) - Either 8~63 ASCII characters,
such as 012345678..(or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by
0x, such as "0x321253abcde...").
WEP
64-Bit - For 64 bits WEP key, either 5 ASCII characters,
such as 12345 (or 10 hexadecimal digitals leading by 0x,
such as 0x4142434445.)
128-Bit -
For 128 bits WEP key, either 13 ASCII
characters, such as ABCDEFGHIJKLM (or 26 hexadecimal
digits leading by 0x, such as
0x4142434445464748494A4B4C4D).
All wireless devices must support the same WEP encryption
bit size and have the same key. Four keys can be entered
here, but only one key can be selected at a time. The keys
can be entered in ASCII or Hexadecimal. Check the key
you wish to use.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
312
4
4
.
.
1
1
3
3
.
.
4
4
A
A
c
c
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
r
r
o
o
l
l
In the Access Control, the router may restrict wireless access to certain wireless clients only
by locking their MAC address into a black or white list. The user may block wireless clients
by inserting their MAC addresses into a black list, or only let them be able to connect by
inserting their MAC addresses into a white list.
In the Access Control web page, users may configure the white/black list modes used by
each SSID and the MAC addresses applied to their lists.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Mac Address
Filter
Select to enable the MAC Address filter for wireless LAN
identified with SSID 1 to 4 respectively. All the clients
(expressed by MAC addresses) listed in the box can be
grouped under different wireless LAN. For example, they
can be grouped under SSID 1 and SSID 2 at the same time
if you check SSID 1 and SSID 2.
MAC Address Filter
Display all MAC addresses that are edited before.
Client’s MAC Address
Manually enter the MAC address of wireless client.
Apply SSID
After entering the client’s MAC address, check the box of
the SSIDs desired to insert this MAC address into their
access control list.
Attribute
s: Isolate the station from LAN - select to isolate the
wireless connection of the wireless client of the MAC
address from LAN.
Comment
Type a brief description for the specified client’s MAC
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
313
address.
Add
Add a new MAC address into the list.
Delete
Delete the selected MAC address in the list.
Edit
Edit the selected MAC address in the list.
Cancel
Give up the access control set up.
OK
Click it to save the access control list.
Clear All
Clean all entries in the MAC address list.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
4
4
.
.
1
1
3
3
.
.
5
5
W
W
P
P
S
S
WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup) provides easy procedure to make network connection between
wireless station and wireless access point (vigor router) with the encryption of WPA and
WPA2.
Note: Such function is available for the wireless station with WPS supported.
It is the simplest way to build connection between wireless network clients and vigor router.
Users do not need to select any encryption mode and type any long encryption passphrase to
setup a wireless client every time. He/she only needs to press a button on wireless client, and
WPS will connect for client and router automatically.
There are two methods to do network connection through WPS between AP and Stations:
pressing the Start PBC button or using PIN Code.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
314
On the side of Vigor2120 series which served as an AP, press WPS button once on the
front panel of the router or click Start PBC on web configuration interface. On the side
of a station with network card installed, press Start PBC button of network card.
If you want to use PIN code, you have to know the PIN code specified in wireless client.
Then provide the PIN code of the wireless client you wish to connect to the vigor router.
For WPS is supported in WPA-PSK or WPA2-PSK mode, if you do not choose such mode in
Wireless LAN>>Security, you will see the following message box.
Please click OK and go back Wireless LAN>>Security to choose WPA-PSK or WPA2-PSK
mode and access WPS again.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
315
Below shows Wireless LAN>>WPS web page:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable WPS
Check this box to enable WPS setting.
WPS Status
Display related system information for WPS. If the wireless
security (encryption) function of the router is properly
configured, you can see ‘Configured’ message here.
SSID
Display the SSID1 of the router. WPS is supported by
SSID1 only.
Authentication Mode
Display current authentication mode of the router. Only
WPA2/PSK and WPA/PSK support WPS.
Configure via Push
Button
Click Start PBC to invoke Push-Button style WPS setup
procedure. The router will wait for WPS requests from
wireless clients about two minutes. The WPS LED on the
router will blink fast when WPS is in progress. It will return
to normal condition after two minutes. (You need to setup
WPS within two minutes)
Configure via Client
PinCode
Please input the PIN code specified in wireless client you
wish to connect, and click Start PIN button. The WPS
LED on the router will blink fast when WPS is in progress.
It will return to normal condition after two minutes. (You
need to setup WPS within two minutes)
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
316
4
4
.
.
1
1
3
3
.
.
6
6
W
W
D
D
S
S
WDS means Wireless Distribution System. It is a protocol for connecting two access points
(AP) wirelessly. Usually, it can be used for the following application:
Provide bridge traffic between two LANs through the air.
Extend the coverage range of a WLAN.
To meet the above requirement, two WDS modes are implemented in Vigor router. One is
Bridge, the other is Repeater. Below shows the function of WDS-bridge interface:
The application for the WDS-Repeater mode is depicted as below:
The major difference between these two modes is that: while in Repeater mode, the packets
received from one peer AP can be repeated to another peer AP through WDS links. Yet in
Bridge mode, packets received from a WDS link will only be forwarded to local wired or
wireless hosts. In other words, only Repeater mode can do WDS-to-WDS packet forwarding.
In the following examples, hosts connected to Bridge 1 or 3 can communicate with hosts
connected to Bridge 2 through WDS links. However, hosts connected to Bridge 1 CANNOT
communicate with hosts connected to Bridge 3 through Bridge 2.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
317
Click WDS from Wireless LAN menu. The following page will be shown.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Mode
Choose the mode for WDS setting. Disable mode will not
invoke any WDS setting. Bridge mode is designed to fulfill
the first type of application. Repeater mode is for the
second one.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
318
Security
There are three types for security, Disable, WEP and
Pre-shared key. The setting you choose here will make the
following WEP or Pre-shared key field valid or not. Choose
one of the types for the router.
WEP
Check this box to use the same key set in Security Settings
page. If you did not set any key in Security Settings page,
this check box will be dimmed.
Pre-shared Key
Type – There are some types for you to choose. WPA and
WPA2 are used for WDS devices (e.g.2120n-plus wireless
router, you can set the encryption mode as WPA or WPA2
to establish your WDS system between AP and the router.
Key - Type 8 ~ 63 ASCII characters or 64 hexadecimal
digits leading by “0x”.
Bridge
If you choose Bridge as the connecting mode, please type in
the peer MAC address in these fields. Four peer MAC
addresses are allowed to be entered in this page at one time.
Yet please disable the unused link to get better
performance. If you want to invoke the peer MAC address,
remember to check Enable box in the front of the MAC
address after typing.
Repeater
If you choose Repeater as the connecting mode, please type
in the peer MAC address in these fields. Four peer MAC
addresses are allowed to be entered in this page at one time.
Similarly, if you want to invoke the peer MAC address,
remember to check Enable box in the front of the MAC
address after typing.
Access Point Function
Click Enable to make this router serve as an access point;
click Disable to cancel this function.
Status
It allows user to send “hello” message to peers. Yet, it is
valid only when the peer also supports this function.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
319
4
4
.
.
1
1
3
3
.
.
7
7
A
A
d
d
v
v
a
a
n
n
c
c
e
e
d
d
S
S
e
e
t
t
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
This page allows users to set advanced settings such as operation mode, channel bandwidth,
guard interval, and aggregation MSDU for wireless data transmission.
2.4G
5G
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Operation Mode
Mixed Mode – the router can transmit data with the ways
supported in both 802.11a/b/g and 802.11n standards.
However, the entire wireless transmission will be slowed
down if 802.11g or 802.11b wireless client is connected.
Green Field – to get the highest throughput, please choose
such mode. Such mode can make the data transmission
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
320
happen between 11n systems only. In addition, it does not
have protection mechanism to avoid the conflict with
neighboring devices of 802.11a/b/g.
Channel Bandwidth
20- the router will use 20MHz for data transmission and
receiving between the AP and the stations.
40- the router will use 40MHz for data transmission and
receiving between the AP and the stations.
20/40 –Vigor router will scan for nearby wireless router to
determine which channel width (20MHz or 40MHz) shall
be used to meet the air situation. Usually, 40MHz would
have better performance under the clean wireless
environment (e.g., less wireless traffic / contention). When
the air condition is not satisfied (e.g., dirty air), 20MHz will
be used by Vigor router automatically to ensure smooth
network transmission.
Guard Interval
It is to assure the safety of propagation delays and
reflections for the sensitive digital data. If you choose auto
as guard interval, the AP router will choose short guard
interval (increasing the wireless performance) or long guard
interval for data transmit based on the station capability.
Aggregation MSDU
(A-MSDU)
Aggregation MSDU can combine frames with different
sizes. It is used for improving MAC layer’s performance for
some brand’s clients. The default setting is Enable.
Long Preamble
This option is to define the length of the sync field in an
802.11 packet. Most modern wireless network uses short
preamble with 56 bit sync field instead of long preamble
with 128 bit sync field. However, some original 11b
wireless network devices only support long preamble. Click
Enable to use Long Preamble if needed to communicate
with this kind of devices.
Packet-OVERDRIVE
This feature can enhance the performance in data
transmission about 40%* more (by checking Tx Burst). It
is active only when both sides of Access Point and Station
(in wireless client) invoke this function at the same time.
That is, the wireless client must support this feature and
invoke the function, too.
Note: Vigor N61 wireless adapter supports this function.
Therefore, you can use and install it into your PC for
matching with Packet-OVERDRIVE (refer to the following
picture of Vigor N61 wireless utility window, choose
Enable for TxBURST on the tab of Option).
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
321
Note: * means the real transmission rate depends on the
environment of the network.
Antenna
Vigor router can be attached with two antennas to have
good data transmission via wireless connection. However, if
you have only one antenna attached, please choose 1T1R.
TX Power
Set the power percentage for transmission signal of access
point. The greater the value is, the higher intensity of the
signal will be.
WMM Capable
WMM is an abbreviation of Wi-Fi Multimedia. It defines
the priority levels for four access categories derived from
802.1d (prioritization tabs). The categories are designed
with specific types of traffic, voice, video, best effort and
low priority data. There are four accessing categories -
AC_BE , AC_BK, AC_VI and AC_VO for WMM.
To apply WMM parameters for wireless data transmission,
please click the Enable radio button.
APSD Capable
APSD (automatic power-save delivery) is an enhancement
over the power-save mechanisms supported by Wi-Fi
networks. It allows devices to take more time in sleeping
state and consume less power to improve the performance
by minimizing transmission latency.
The default setting is Disable.
Rate Adaptation
Algorithm
Wireless transmission rate is adapted dynamically. Usually,
performance of “new” algorithm is better than “old”.
Fragment Length
(256 – 2346)
Set the Fragment threshold. Do not modify
default value if
you don’t know what it is, default value is
2346.
RTS Threshold (1 – 2347)
Minimize the collision (unit is bytes) between hidden
stations to improve wireless performance.
Set the RTS threshold. Do not modify default
value if you
don’t know what it is, default value is 2347.
Country Code
Vigor router broadcasts country codes by following the
802.11d standard. However, some wireless stations will
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
322
detect / scan the country code to prevent conflict occurred.
If conflict is detected, wireless station will be warned and is
unable to make network connection. Therefore, changing
the country code to ensure successful network connection
will be necessary for some clients.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
323
4
4
.
.
1
1
3
3
.
.
8
8
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
r
r
o
o
l
l
Station Control is used to specify the duration for the wireless client to connect and reconnect
Vigor router. If such function is not enabled, the wireless client can connect Vigor router until
the router shuts down.
Such feature is especially useful for free Wi-Fi service. For example, a coffee shop offers free
Wi-Fi service for its guests for one hour every day. Then, the connection time can be set as “1
hour” and reconnection time can be set as “1 day”. Thus, the guest can finish his job within
one hour and will not occupy the wireless network for a long time.
Note: Up to 300 Wireless Station records are supported by Vigor router.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
SSID
Display the SSID that the wireless station will use it to
connect with Vigor router.
Enable
Check the box to enable the station control function.
Connection Time /
Reconnection Time
Use the drop down list to choose the duration for the wireless
client connecting /reconnecting to Vigor router. Or, type the
duration manually when you choose User defined.
Display All Station
Control List
All the wireless stations connecting to Vigor router by using
such SSID will be listed on Station Control List.
Web Portal Setup
Click it to access in to LAN>>Web Portal Setup page for
modifying the settings if required.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
324
4
4
.
.
1
1
3
3
.
.
9
9
A
A
P
P
D
D
i
i
s
s
c
c
o
o
v
v
e
e
r
r
y
y
Vigor router can scan all regulatory channels and find working APs in the neighborhood.
Based on the scanning result, users will know which channel is clean for usage. Also, it can be
used to facilitate finding an AP for a WDS link. Notice that during the scanning process (about
5 seconds), no client is allowed to connect to Vigor.
This page is used to scan the existence of the APs on the wireless LAN. Yet, only the AP
which is in the same channel of this router can be found. Please click Scan to discover APs in
the neighborhood.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Scan
It is used to discover AP(s) in the neighborhood. The results
will be shown on the box above this button.
Statistics
It displays the statistics for the channels used by APs.
Add to
If you want the found AP applying the WDS settings,
please type in the AP’s MAC address on the bottom of the
page and click Bridge or Repeater. Next, click Add to.
Later, the MAC address of the AP will be added to Bridge
or Repeater field of WDS settings page.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
325
4
4
.
.
1
1
3
3
.
.
1
1
0
0
A
A
i
i
r
r
t
t
i
i
m
m
e
e
F
F
a
a
i
i
r
r
n
n
e
e
s
s
s
s
Airtime fairness is essential in wireless networks that must support critical enterprise
applications.
Most of the applications are either symmetric or require more downlink than uplink capacity;
telephony and email send the same amount of data in each direction, while video streaming
and web surfing involve more traffic sent from access points to clients than the other way
around. This is essential for ensuring predictable performance and quality-of-service, as well
as allowing 802.11n and legacy clients to coexist on the same network. Without airtime
fairness, offices using mixed mode networks risk having legacy clients slow down the entire
network or letting the fastest client(s) crowd out other users.
With airtime fairness, every client at a given quality-of-service level has equal access to the
network's airtime.
The wireless channel can be accessed by only one wireless station at the same time.
The principle behind the IEEE802.11 channel access mechanisms is that each station has
equal probability to access the channel. When wireless stations have similar data rate, this
principle leads to a fair result. In this case, stations get similar channel access time which is
called airtime.
However, when stations have various data rate (e.g., 11g, 11n), the result is not fair. The slow
stations (11g) work in their slow data rate and occupy too much airtime, whereas the fast
stations (11n) become much slower.
Take the following figure as an example, both Station A(11g) and Station B(11n) transmit data
packets through Vigor router. Although they have equal probability to access the wireless
channel, Station B(11n) gets only a little airtime and waits too much because Station A(11g)
spends longer time to send one packet. In other words, Station B(fast rate) is obstructed by
Station A(slow rate).
To improve this problem, Airtime Fairness is added for Vigor router. Airtime Fairness
function tries to assign similar airtime to each station (A/B) by controlling TX traffic. In the
following figure, Station B(11n) has higher probability to send data packets than Station
A(11g). By this way, Station B(fast rate) gets fair airtime and it's speed is not limited by
Station A(slow rate).
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
326
It is similar to automatic Bandwidth Limit. The dynamic bandwidth limit of each station
depends on instant active station number and airtime assignment. Please note that Airtime
Fairness of 2.4GHz and 5GHz are independent. But stations of different SSIDs function
together, because they all use the same wireless channel. IN SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENTS,
this function can reduce the bad influence of slow wireless devices and improve the overall
wireless performance.
Suitable environment:
(1) Many wireless stations.
(2) All stations mainly use download traffic.
(3) The performance bottleneck is wireless connection.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Airtime Fairness
Try to assign similar airtime to each wireless station by
controlling TX traffic.
Airtime Fairness – Click the link to display the following
screen of airtime fairness note.
Triggering Client Number –Airtime Fairness function is
applied only when active station number achieves this
number.
After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.
Note: Airtime Fairness function and Bandwidth Limit function should be mutually exclusive.
So their webs have extra actions to ensure these two functions are not enabled
simultaneously.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
327
4
4
.
.
1
1
3
3
.
.
1
1
1
1
B
B
a
a
n
n
d
d
S
S
t
t
e
e
e
e
r
r
i
i
n
n
g
g
Band Steering detects if the wireless clients are capable of 5GHz operation, and steers them to
that frequency. It helps to leave 2.4GHz band available for legacy clients, and improves users
experience by reducing channel utilization.
If dual-band is detected, the AP will let the wireless client connect to less congested wireless
LAN, such as 5GHz to prevent from network congestion.
Note: To make Band Steering work successfully, SSID and security on 2.4GHz also MUST
be broadcasted on 5GHz.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
328
Open Wireless LAN (2.4GHz)>>Band Steering to get the following web page:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Band Steering
If it is enabled, Vigor router will detect if the wireless client
is capable of dual-band or not within the time limit.
Check Time…. – If the wireless station does not have the
capability of 5GHz network connection, the system shall
wait and check for several seconds (15 seconds, in default)
to make the 2.4GHz network connection. Specify the time
limit for Vigor router to detect the wireless client.
After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings. Below shows
how Band Steering works.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
329
How to Use Band Steering?
1. Open Wireless LAN(2.4GHz)>>Band Steering.
2. Check the box of Enable Band Steering and use the default value (15) for check time
setting.
3. Click OK to save the settings.
4. Open Wireless LAN (2.4GHz)>>General Setup and Wireless LAN (5GHz)>> General
Setup. Configure SSID as DrayTek2862_BandSteering for both pages. Click OK to save
the settings.
Same
settings for
2.4GHz and
5GHz
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
330
5. Open Wireless LAN (2.4GHz)>>Security and Wireless LAN (5GHz)>>Security.
Configure Security as 12345678 for both pages. Click OK to save the settings.
6. Now, Vigor router will let the wireless clients connect to less congested wireless LAN,
such as 5GHz to prevent from network congestion.
Same value
for 2.4GHz
and 5GHz
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
331
4
4
.
.
1
1
3
3
.
.
1
1
2
2
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
L
L
i
i
s
s
t
t
Station List provides the knowledge of connecting wireless clients now along with its status
code. There is a code summary below for explanation. For convenient Access Control, you
can select a WLAN station and click Add to Access Control below.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Refresh
Click this button to refresh the status of station list.
Add
Click this button to add current typed MAC address into
Access Control.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
332
4
4
.
.
1
1
4
4
S
S
S
S
L
L
V
V
P
P
N
N
An SSL VPN (Secure Sockets Layer virtual private network) is a form of VPN that can be sed
with a standard Web browser.
There are two benefits that SSL VPN provides:
It is not necessary for users to preinstall VPN client software for executing SSL VPN
connection.
There are less restrictions for the data encrypted through SSL VPN in comparing with
traditional VPN.
4
4
.
.
1
1
4
4
.
.
1
1
G
G
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
a
a
l
l
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
This page determines the general configuration for SSL VPN Server and SSL Tunnel.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Bind to WAN
Choose and check WAN interface(s) for SSL VPN tunnel
establishement.
Port
Such port is set for SSL VPN server. It will not affect the
HTTPS Port configuration set in System
Maintenance>>Management. In general, the default setting is
443.
Server Certificate
When the client does not set any certificate, default certificate
will be used for HTTPS and SSL VPN server. Choose any one
of the user-defined certificates from the drop down list if users
set several certificates previously. Otherwise, choose
Self-signed to use the router’s built-in default certificate. The
default certificate can be used in SSL VPN server and HTTPS
Web Proxy.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
333
4
4
.
.
1
1
4
4
.
.
2
2
S
S
S
S
L
L
A
A
p
p
p
p
l
l
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
It provides a secure and flexible solution for network resources, including VNC (Virtual
Network Computer) /RDP (Remote Desktop Protocol), to any remote user with access to
Internet and a web browser.
Each item is explained as follows:
Item Description
Name
Display the application name of the profile that you create.
Host Address
Display the IP address for VNC/RDP.
Service
Display the type of the service selected, e.g., VNC/RDP.
Active
Display current status (active or inactive) of the selected
profile.
To create a new SSL application profile:
1. Click number link under Index filed to set detailed configuration.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
334
2. The following page will appear.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Application
Server
Check the box to enable such profile.
Application Name
Type a name for such application. The length of the name is
limited to 23 characters.
Application
There are three types offered for you to create an
application profile.
Virtual Network Computing (VNC) – It allows you to
access and control a remote PC through VNC protocol.
Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) – It allows you to access
and control a remote PC through RDP protocol.
SMB Application - It allows you to access and control a
remote PC through RDP protocol.
IP Address
If you choose VNC or RDP, you have to type the IP address
for this protocol.
Port
If you choose VNC or RDP, you have to specify the port
used for this protocol. The default setting is 5900.
Idle Timeout
If you choose VNC, you have to specify the time for
disconnecting the SSL VPN tunnel.
Scaling
If you choose VNC, you have to choose the percentage
(100%, 80%, 60%) for such application.
Screen Size
If you choose RDP, you have to choose the screen size for
such application.
SMB Path
If you choose SMB, you have to type the path (e.g.,
\\ip\directory or \\Computer Name\directory) for SMB
service.
3. Enter the required information.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
335
4. After finished the above settings, click OK to save the configuration.
4
4
.
.
1
1
4
4
.
.
3
3
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
A
A
c
c
c
c
o
o
u
u
n
n
t
t
With SSL VPN, Vigor2120 series let teleworkers have convenient and simple remote access to
central site VPN. The teleworkers do not need to install any VPN software manually. From
regular web browser, you can establish VPN connection back to your main office even in a
guest network or web cafe. The SSL technology is the same as the encryption that you use for
secure web sites such as your online bank. The SSL VPN can be operated in either full tunnel
mode or proxy mode. Now, Vigor2120 series allows up to 16 simultaneous incoming users.
For SSL VPN, identity authentication and power management are implemented through
deploying user accounts. Therefore, the user account for SSL VPN must be set together with
remote dial-in user web page. Such menu item will guide to access into VPN and Remote
Access>>Remote Dial-in User.
Click each index to edit one remote user profile.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
336
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
User account and
Authentication
Enable this account - Check the box to enable this function.
Idle Timeout- If the dial-in user is idle over the limitation of
the timer, the router will drop this connection. By default, the
Idle Timeout is set to 300 seconds.
Allowed Dial-In Type
PPTP - Allow the remote dial-in user to make a PPTP VPN
connection through the Internet. You should set the User Name
and Password of remote dial-in user below.
IPSec Tunnel - Allow the remote dial-in user to make an
IPSec VPN connection through Internet.
L2TP with IPSec Policy - Allow the remote dial-in user to
make a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet. You can
select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec. Select from below:
None - Do not apply the IPSec policy. Accordingly, the
VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec
policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection.
Nice to Have - Apply the IPSec policy first, if it is
applicable during negotiation. Otherwise, the dial-in VPN
connection becomes one pure L2TP connection.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
337
Item Description
Must -Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied
on the L2TP connection.
SSL Tunnel - It allows the remote dial-in user to make an SSL
VPN Tunnel connection through Internet, suitable for the
application through network accessing (e.g.,
PPTP/L2TP/IPSec)
If you check this box, the function of SSL Tunnel for this
account will be activated immediately.
IPsec XAuth – Allow the remote dial-in user to make an IPsec
VPN connection through Internet via IPsec XAuth Pre-shared
Key and the username/password authentication.
Specify Remote Node - Check the checkbox to specify the IP
address of the remote dial-in user, ISDN number or peer ID
(used in IKE aggressive mode). If you uncheck the checkbox,
the connection type you select above will apply the
authentication methods and security methods in the general
settings.
Netbios Naming Packet
Pass – Click it to have an inquiry for data transmission
between the hosts located on both sides of VPN Tunnel
while connecting.
Block – When there is conflict occurred between the
hosts on both sides of VPN Tunnel in connecting, such
function can block data transmission of Netbios Naming
Packet inside the tunnel.
Multicast via VPN - Some programs might send multicast
packets via VPN connection.
Pass – Click this button to let multicast packets pass
through the router.
Block – This is default setting. Click this button to let
multicast packets be blocked by the router.
Subnet
Chose one of the subnet selections for such VPN profile.
Assign Static IP Address – Please type a static IP address for
the subnet you specified.
SSL VPN
Set SSL Application - Choose the SSL application profile to
be applied by such dial-in user profile.
User Name
This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or
without IPSec policy above.
Password
This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or
without IPSec policy above.
Enable Mobile
One-Time Passwords
(mOTP)
Check this box to make the authentication with mOTP
function.
PIN Code – Type the code for authentication (e.g, 1234).
Secret – Use the 32 digit-secret number generated by mOTP in
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
338
Item Description
the mobile phone (e.g., e759bb6f0e94c7ab4fe6).
IKE Authentication
Method
This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP
with IPSec Policy when you specify the IP address of the
remote node. The only exception is Digital Signature (X.509)
can be set when you select IPSec tunnel either with or without
specify the IP address of the remote node.
Pre-Shared Key - Check the box of Pre-Shared Key to invoke
this function and type in the required characters (1-63) as the
pre-shared key.
Digital Signature (X.509) – Check the box of Digital
Signature to invoke this function and Select one predefined
Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access >>IPSec Peer
Identity.
IPsec Security Method
This group of fields is a must for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP
with IPSec Policy when you specify the remote node. Check
the Medium, DES, 3DES or AES box as the security method.
Medium-Authentication Header (AH) means data will be
authenticated, but not be encrypted. By default, this option is
invoked. You can uncheck it to disable it.
High-Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP) means payload
(data) will be encrypted and authenticated. You may select
encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard (DES),
Triple DES (3DES), and AES.
Local ID - Specify a local ID to be used for Dial-in setting in
the LAN-to-LAN Profile setup. This item is optional and can
be used only in IKE aggressive mode.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
339
4
4
.
.
1
1
4
4
.
.
4
4
O
O
n
n
l
l
i
i
n
n
e
e
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
If you have finished the configuration of SSL Web Proxy (server), users can find out
corresponding settings when they access into Draytek SSL VPN portal interface.
Next, users can open SSL VPN>> Online Status to view logging status of SSL VPN.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Active User
Display current user who visit SSL VPN server.
Host IP
Display the IP address for the host.
Time out
Display the time remaining for logging out.
Action
You can click Drop to drop certain login user from the router's
SSL Portal UI.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
340
4
4
.
.
1
1
5
5
U
U
S
S
B
B
A
A
p
p
p
p
l
l
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
USB storage disk connected on Vigor router can be regarded as a server or WAN interface. By
way of Vigor router, clients on LAN can access, write and read data stored in USB storage
disk with different applications. After setting the configuration in USB Application, you can
type the IP address of the Vigor router and username/password created in USB
Application>>USB User Management on the client software. Then, the client can use the
FTP site (USB storage disk) or share the files through Vigor router.
Note: USB ports on Vigor router are allowed to connect to USB modem. Models of the
modems supported by Vigor router can be seen from USB Application>>Modem Support
List. For network connection via USB modem, refer to WAN>>Internet Access and
WAN>>General Setup for detailed information.
4
4
.
.
1
1
5
5
.
.
1
1
U
U
S
S
B
B
G
G
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
a
a
l
l
S
S
e
e
t
t
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
s
s
This page will determine the number of concurrent FTP connection, and default charset for
FTP server. At present, the Vigor router can support USB storage disk with formats of FAT16
and FAT32 only. Therefore, before connecting the USB storage disk into the Vigor router,
please make sure the memory format for the USB storage disk is FAT16 or FAT32. It is
recommended for you to use FAT32 for viewing the filename completely (FAT16 cannot
support long filename).
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
341
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
General Settings
Simultaneous FTP Connections - This field is used to
specify the quantity of the FTP sessions. The router allows
up to 6 FTP sessions connecting to USB storage disk at one
time.
Default Charset - At present, Vigor router supports four
types of character sets. Default Charset is for English based
file name.
SMB File Sharing Service
Click Enable to invoke SMB file sharing service via the
router.
Access Mode
LAN Only – Users coming from internet cannot connect to
the SMB server of the router.
LAN And WAN - Both LAN and WAN users can
access SMB server of the router.
NetBios Name Service
For the NetBios service of USB storage disk, you have to
specify a workgroup name and a host name. A workgroup
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
342
name must not be the same as the host name. The
workgroup name can have as many as 15 characters and the
host name can have as many as 23 characters. Both them
cannot contain any of the following--- ; : " < > * + = \ | ?.
Workgroup Name – Type a name for the workgroup.
Host Name – Type the host name for the router.
Printer Server
Enable – Click it to make Vigor router act as a printer
server (with USB printer attached).
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
4
4
.
.
1
1
5
5
.
.
2
2
U
U
S
S
B
B
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
M
M
a
a
n
n
a
a
g
g
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
This page allows you to set profiles for FTP users. Any user who wants to access into the USB
storage disk must type the same username and password configured in this page. Before
adding or modifying settings in this page, please insert a USB storage disk first. Otherwise, an
error message will appear to warn you.
Click index number to access into configuration page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
343
Enable
Check it to activate this profile (account) for FTP service.
Later, the user can use the username specified in this page
to login into FTP server.
Username
Type the username for FTP users for accessing into FTP
server (USB storage disk). Be aware that users cannot
access into USB storage disk in anonymity. Later, you can
open FTP client software and type the username specified
here for accessing into USB storage disk. The length of the
name is limited to 11 characters.
Note: “Admin” could not be typed here as username, for
the word is specified for accessing into web pages of Vigor
router only. Also, it is reserved for FTP firmware upgrade
usage.
Note: FTP Passive mode is not supported by Vigor Router.
Please disable the mode on the FTP client.
Password
Type the password for FTP users for accessing FTP server.
Later, you can open FTP client software and type the
password specified here for accessing into USB storage
disk. The length of the password is limited to 11 characters.
Confirm Password
Type the password again to make confirmation.
Home Folder
It determines the folder for the client to access into.
The user can enter a directory name in this field. Then, after
clicking OK, the router will create the specific/new folder
in the USB storage disk. In addition, if the user types “/”
here, he/she can access into all of the disk folders and files
in USB storage disk.
Note: When write protect status for the USB storage disk is
ON, you cannot type any new folder name in this field.
Only “/” can be used in such case.
You can click
to open the following dialog to add any
new folder which can be specified as the Home Folder.
Access Rule
It determines the authority for such profile. Any user, who
uses such profile for accessing into USB storage disk, must
follow the rule specified here.
File – Check the items (Read, Write and Delete) for such
profile.
Directory –Check the items (List, Create and Remove) for
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
344
such profile.
Before you click OK, you have to insert a USB storage disk into the USB interface of the
Vigor router. Otherwise, you cannot save the configuration.
4
4
.
.
1
1
5
5
.
.
3
3
F
F
i
i
l
l
e
e
E
E
x
x
p
p
l
l
o
o
r
r
e
e
r
r
File Explorer offers an easy way for users to view and manage the content of USB storage disk
connected on Vigor router.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Refresh
Click this icon to refresh files list.
Back
Click this icon to return to the upper directory.
Create
Click this icon to add a new folder.
Current Path
Display current folder.
Upload
Click this button to upload the selected file to the USB
storage disk. The uploaded file in the USB diskette can be
shared for other user through FTP.
4
4
.
.
1
1
5
5
.
.
4
4
U
U
S
S
B
B
D
D
e
e
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This page is to monitor the status for the users who accessing into FTP or Samba server (USB
storage disk) via the Vigor router. In addition, the status of the USB modem or USB printer
connecting to Vigor router can be checked from such page. If you want to remove the storage
disk from USB port in router, please click Disconnect USB Disk first. And then, remove the
USB storage disk later.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
345
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Connection Status
If there is no USB storage disk connected to Vigor router,
“No Disk Connected” will be shown here.
Disk Capacity
It displays the total capacity of the USB storage disk.
Free Capacity
It displays the free space of the USB storage disk. Click
Refresh at any time to get new status for free capacity.
Index
It displays the number of the client connecting to FTP
server.
IP Address
It displays the IP address of the user’s host connecting to
the FTP server.
Username
It displays the username that user uses to login to the FTP
server.
When you insert USB storage disk into the Vigor router, the system will start to find out such
device within several seconds.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
346
4
4
.
.
1
1
5
5
.
.
5
5
M
M
o
o
d
d
e
e
m
m
S
S
u
u
p
p
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
L
L
i
i
s
s
t
t
Such page provides the information about the brand name and model name of the USB
modems which are supported by Vigor router.
4
4
.
.
1
1
5
5
.
.
6
6
S
S
M
M
B
B
C
C
l
l
i
i
e
e
n
n
t
t
S
S
u
u
p
p
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
L
L
i
i
s
s
t
t
SMB Client Support List provides the test status information for applications with file sharing
operated under different platforms.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
347
4
4
.
.
1
1
6
6
S
S
y
y
s
s
t
t
e
e
m
m
M
M
a
a
i
i
n
n
t
t
e
e
n
n
a
a
n
n
c
c
e
e
For the system setup, there are several items that you have to know the way of configuration:
System Status, TR-069, Administrator Password, User Password, Login Page Greeting,
Configuration Backup, Syslog /Mail Alert, Time and Date, SNMP, Management, Reboot
System, Firmware Upgrade and Activation.
Below shows the menu items for System Maintenance.
4
4
.
.
1
1
6
6
.
.
1
1
S
S
y
y
s
s
t
t
e
e
m
m
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
The System Status provides basic network settings of Vigor router. It includes LAN and
WAN interface information. Also, you could get the current running firmware version or
firmware related information from this presentation.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
348
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Model Name
Display the model name of the router.
Firmware Version
Display the firmware version of the router.
Build Date/Time
Display the date and time of the current firmware build.
LAN MAC Address
- Display the MAC address of the LAN Interface.
IP Address
- Display the IP address of the LAN interface.
Subnet Mask
- Display the subnet mask address of the LAN interface.
DHCP Server
- Display the current status of DHCP server of the LAN
interface
DNS
- Display the assigned IP address of the primary DNS.
WAN Link Status
- Display current connection status.
MAC Address
- Display the MAC address of the WAN Interface.
Connection
- Display the connection type.
IP Address
- Display the IP address of the WAN interface.
Default Gateway
- Display the assigned IP address of the default gateway.
IPv6
Address - Display the IPv6 address for LAN.
Scope - Display the scope of IPv6 address. For example,
IPv6 Link Local could only be used for direct IPv6 link. It
can't be used for IPv6 internet.
Internet Access Mode – Display the connection mode
chosen for accessing into Internet.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
349
4
4
.
.
1
1
6
6
.
.
2
2
T
T
R
R
-
-
0
0
6
6
9
9
This device supports TR-069 standard. It is very convenient for an administrator to manage a
TR-069 device through an Auto Configuration Server, e.g., VigorACS.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Tr069
Click Enable to activate the settings on this page.
ACS Server On
Choose the interface for the router connecting to ACS
server.
ACS Server
URL/Username/Password – Such data must be typed
according to the ACS (Auto Configuration Server) you
want to link. Please refer to Auto Configuration Server
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
350
user’s manual for detailed information.
Test With Inform – Click it to send a message based on
the event code selection to test if such CPE is able to
communicate with VigorACS SI server.
Event Code – Use the drop down menu to specify an event
to perform the test.
Last Inform Response Time – Display the time that
VigorACS server made a response while receiving Inform
message from CPE last time.
CPE Client
Such information is useful for Auto Configuration Server.
Enable/Disable – Allow/Deny the CPE Client to connect
with Auto Configuration Server.
Port – Sometimes, port conflict might be occurred. To
solve such problem, you might change port number for
CPE.
Periodic Inform Settings
The default setting is Enable. Please set interval time or
schedule time for the router to send notification to CPE. Or
click Disable to close the mechanism of notification.
STUN Settings
The default is Disable. If you click Enable, please type the
relational settings listed below:
Server IP – Type the IP address of the STUN server.
Server Port – Type the port number of the STUN server.
Minimum Keep Alive Period – If STUN is enabled, the
CPE must send binding request to the server for the purpose
of maintaining the binding in the Gateway. Please type a
number as the minimum period. The default setting is “60
seconds”.
Maximum Keep Alive Period – If STUN is enabled, the
CPE must send binding request to the server for the purpose
of maintaining the binding in the Gateway. Please type a
number as the maximum period. A value of “-1” indicates
that no maximum period is specified.
Apply Settings to APs
This feature is able to apply TR-069 settings (including
STUN and ACS server settings) to all of APs managed by
Vigor2120 at the same time.
Disable – Related settings will not be applied to VigorAP.
Enable – Above STUN settings will be applied to VigorAP
after clicking OK. If such feature is enabled, you have to
type the password for accessing VigorAP.
AP Password – Type the password of the VigorAP
that you want to apply Vigor2120’s TR-069 settings.
Apply Specific STUN Settings to APs – After clicking the
Enable radio button for Apply Settings to APs, if you want
to apply specific STUN settings (not the STUN Settings
configured for Vigor2120) to VigorAPs to meet specific
requirements, simply check this box. Then, type the server
IP address, server port, minimum keep alive period and
maxmum keep alive period respectively.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
351
4
4
.
.
1
1
6
6
.
.
3
3
A
A
d
d
m
m
i
i
n
n
i
i
s
s
t
t
r
r
a
a
t
t
o
o
r
r
P
P
a
a
s
s
s
s
w
w
o
o
r
r
d
d
This page allows you to set new password.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Old Password
Type in the old password. The factory default setting for
password is “admin”.
New Password
Type in new password in this field. The length of the
password is limited to 23 characters.
Confirm Password
Type in the new password again.
When you click OK, the login window will appear. Please use the new password to access
into the web user interface again.
4
4
.
.
1
1
6
6
.
.
4
4
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
P
P
a
a
s
s
s
s
w
w
o
o
r
r
d
d
This page allows you to set new password for user operation.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable User Mode for
simple web configuration
After checking this box, you can access into the web user
interface with the password typed here for simple web
configuration.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
352
The settings on simple web user interface will be different
with full web use interface accessed by using the
administrator password.
Password
Type in new password in this field. The length of the
password is limited to 31 characters.
Confirm Password
Type in the new password again.
Password Strength
Display the security strength of the password specified
above.
Set to Factory Default
Click to return to the factory default setting.
When you click OK, the login window will appear. Please use the new password to access
into the web user interface again. Below shows an example for accessing into User Operation
with User Password.
1. Open System Maintenance>>User Password.
2. Check the box of Enable User Mode for simple web configuration to enable user mode
operation. Type a new password in the field of New Password and click OK.
3. The following screen will appear. Simply click OK.
4. Log out Vigor router web user interface by clicking the Logout button.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
353
5. The following window will be open to ask for username and password. Type the new user
password in the filed of Password and click Login.
6. The main screen with User Mode will be shown as follows.
Settings to be configured in User Mode will be less than settings in Admin Mode. Only
basic configuration settings will be available in User Mode.
Note: Setting in User Mode can be configured as same as in Admin Mode.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
354
4
4
.
.
1
1
6
6
.
.
5
5
L
L
o
o
g
g
i
i
n
n
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
G
G
r
r
e
e
e
e
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
When you want to access into the web user interface of Vigor router, the system will ask you
to offer username and password first. At that moment, the background of the web page is
blank and no heading will be displayed on the Login window. This page allows you to specify
login URL and the heading on the Login window if you have such requirement.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable
Check this box to enable the login customization function.
Login Page Title
Type a brief description (e.g., Welcome to DrayTek) which
will be shown on the heading of the login dialog.
Welcome Message and
Bulletin
Type words or sentences here. It will be displayed for
bulletin message. In addition, it can be displayed on the
login dialog at the bottom.
Note that do not type URL redirect link here.
Preview
Click it to display the preview of the login window based
on the settings on this web page.
Set to Factory Default
Click to return to the factory default setting.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
355
Below shows an example of login customization with the information typed in Login
Description and Bulletin.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
356
4
4
.
.
1
1
6
6
.
.
6
6
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
u
u
r
r
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
B
B
a
a
c
c
k
k
u
u
p
p
Such function can be used to apply the router settings configured by Vigor2110 to Vigor2120.
B
B
a
a
c
c
k
k
u
u
p
p
t
t
h
h
e
e
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
u
u
r
r
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Follow the steps below to backup your configuration.
1. Go to System Maintenance >> Configuration Backup. The following windows will be
popped-up, as shown below.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Restore
Choose File – Click it to specify a file to be restored.
Click Restore to restore the configuration. If the file is
encrypted, the system will ask you to type the password to
decrypt the configuration file.
Backup
Click the Backup button to perform the configuration
backup of this router.
Auto Backup to
USB storage
The configuration can be stored to a USB connecting to
Vigor router as a backup.
Backup folder – Set the path for downloading.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
357
Periodic backup – Set the circle duration for backup.
Backup after change configuration – Backup will be
executed whenever the configuration is changed.
Support Model List
Web configuration file from other Vigor router can be
applied to Vigor2120 series. At present, the configuration
file of Vigor2110 is accepted for Vigor 2120.
This field displays model name(s) and firmware which web
configuration file saved can be used by such router.
2. Click Backup button to get into the following dialog. Click Save button to open another
dialog for saving configuration as a file.
3. In Save As dialog, the default filename is config.cfg. You could give it another name by
yourself.
4. Click Save button, the configuration will download automatically to your computer as a
file named config.cfg.
The above example is using Windows platform for demonstrating examples. The Mac or
Linux platform will appear different windows, but the backup function is still available.
Note: Backup for Certification must be done independently. The Configuration Backup
does not include information of Certificate.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
358
R
R
e
e
s
s
t
t
o
o
r
r
e
e
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
u
u
r
r
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
1. Go to System Maintenance >> Configuration Backup. The following windows will be
popped-up, as shown below.
2. Click the Choose File button to choose the correct configuration file for uploading to the
router.
3. Click the Restore button and wait for few seconds, the following picture will tell you
that the restoration procedure is successful.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
359
4
4
.
.
1
1
6
6
.
.
7
7
S
S
y
y
s
s
l
l
o
o
g
g
/
/
M
M
a
a
i
i
l
l
A
A
l
l
e
e
r
r
t
t
SysLog function is provided for users to monitor router.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
SysLog Access Setup
Enable - Check Enable to activate function of syslog.
Syslog Save to – Check Syslog Server to save the log to
Syslog server.
USB Disk - Check USB Disk to save the log to the attached
USB storage disk.
Router Name - Display the name for such router
configured in System Maintenance>>Management.
If there is no name here, simply lick the link to access into
System Maintenance>>Management to set the router
name.
Server IP Address -The IP address of the Syslog server.
Destination Port - Assign a port for the Syslog protocol.
Mail Syslog – Check the box to recode the mail event on
Syslog.
Enable syslog message - Check the box listed on this web
page to send the corresponding message of firewall, VPN,
User Access, Call, WAN, Router/DSL information to
Syslog.
Mail Alert Setup
Check Enable to activate function of mail alert.
Send a test e-mail - Make a simple test for the e-mail
address specified in this page. Please assign the mail
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
360
address first and click this button to execute a test for verify
the mail address is available or not.
SMTP Server/SMTP Port - The IP address/Port number
of the SMTP server.
Mail To - Assign a mail address for sending mails out.
Return-Path - Assign a path for receiving the mail from
outside.
Use SSL - Check this box to use port 465 for SMTP server
for some e-mail server uses https as the transmission
method.
Authentication - Check this box to activate this function
while using e-mail application.
User Name - Type the user name for
authentication.
Password - Type the password for
authentication.
Enable E-mail Alert - Check the box to send alert message
to the e-mail box while the router detecting the item(s) you
specify here.
Click OK to save these settings.
For viewing the Syslog, please do the following:
1. Just set your monitor PC’s IP address in the field of Server IP Address.
2. Install the Router Tools in the Utility within provided CD. After installation, click on the
Router Tools>>Syslog from program menu.
3. From the Syslog screen, select the router you want to monitor. Be reminded that in
Network Information, select the network adapter used to connect to the router.
Otherwise, you won’t succeed in retrieving information from the router.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
361
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
362
4
4
.
.
1
1
6
6
.
.
8
8
T
T
i
i
m
m
e
e
a
a
n
n
d
d
D
D
a
a
t
t
e
e
It allows you to specify where the time of the router should be inquired from.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Current System Time
Click Inquire Time to get the current time.
Use Browser Time
Select this option to use the browser time from the remote
administrator PC host as router’s system time.
Use Internet Time
Select to inquire time information from Time Server on the
Internet using assigned protocol.
Time Server
Type the IP address or domain name of the time server.
Priority
IPv6 First – If the time server configured with a domain
name that supports IPv6; such option will be the first
choice.
Auto – It is the default setting. If you have no idea whether
the time server supports IPv6 or IPv4, simply choose Auto
as the priority.
Enable Daylight Saving
Check the box to enable the daylight saving. Such feature is
available for certain area.
Advanced – Click it to open a pop up dialog.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
363
Use the default time setting or set user defined time for your
requirement.
Enable Daylight Saving
Check the box to enable the daylight saving. Such feature is
available for certain area.
Automatically Update
Interval
Select a time interval for updating from the NTP server.
Send NTP Request
Through
Specify a WAN interface to send NTP request for time
synchronization.
Click OK to save these settings.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
364
4
4
.
.
1
1
6
6
.
.
9
9
S
S
N
N
M
M
P
P
This page allows you to configure settings for SNMP and SNMPV3 services.
The SNMPv3 is more secure than SNMP through the encryption method (support AES and
DES) and authentication method (support MD5 and SHA) for the management needs.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable SNMP Agent
Check it to enable this function.
Get Community
Set the name for getting community by typing a proper
character. The default setting is public.
The maximum length of the text is limited to 23 characters.
Set Community
Set community by typing a proper name. The default setting
is private.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
365
The maximum length of the text is limited to 23 characters.
Manager Host IP (IPv4)
Set one host as the manager to execute SNMP function.
Please type in IPv4 address to specify certain host.
Manager Host IP (IPv6)
Set one host as the manager to execute SNMP function.
Please type in IPv6 address to specify certain host.
Trap Community
Set trap community by typing a proper name. The default
setting is public.
The maximum length of the text is limited to 23 characters.
Notification Host IP
(IPv4)
Set the IPv4 address of the host that will receive the trap
community.
Notification Host IP
(IPv6)
Set the IPv6 address of the host that will receive the trap
community.
Trap Timeout
The default setting is 10 seconds.
Enable SNMPV3 Agent
Check it to enable this function.
USM User
USM means user-based security mode.
Type a username which will be used for authentication. The
maximum length of the text is limited to 23 characters.
Auth Algorithm
Choose one of the encryption methods listed below as the
authentication algorithm.
Auth Password
Type a password for authentication. The maximum length
of the text is limited to 23 characters.
Privacy Algorithm
Choose one of the methods listed below as the privacy
algorithm.
Privacy Password
Type a password for privacy. The maximum length of the
text is limited to 23 characters.
Click OK to save these settings.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
366
4
4
.
.
1
1
6
6
.
.
1
1
0
0
M
M
a
a
n
n
a
a
g
g
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
This page allows you to manage the settings for access control, access list and port setup. For
example, as to management access control, the port number is used to send/receive SIP
message for building a session.
The management pages for IPv4 and IPv6 protocols are different.
F
F
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
4
4
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Router Name
Type in the router name provided by ISP.
Default: Disable
Auto-Logout
If it is enabled, the function of auto-logout for web user
interface will be disabled.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
367
The web user interface will be open until you click the
Logout icon manually.
Internet Access Control
Allow management from the Internet - Enable the
checkbox to allow system administrators to login from the
Internet. There are several servers provided by the system to
allow you managing the router from Internet. Check the
box(es) to specify.
Disable PING from the Internet - Check the checkbox to
reject all PING packets from the Internet. For security issue,
this function is enabled by default.
Access List from the
Internet
You could specify that the system administrator can only
login from a specific host or network defined in the list. A
maximum of three IPs/subnet masks is allowed.
List IP - Indicate an IP address allowed to login to the
router.
Subnet Mask - Represent a subnet mask allowed to login to
the router.
Management Port Setup
User Define Ports - Check to specify user-defined port
numbers for the Telnet, HTTP and FTP servers.
Default Ports - Check to use standard port numbers for the
Telnet and HTTP servers.
Brute Force Protection
Any client trying to access into Internet via Vigor router
will be asked for passing through user authentication. Such
feature can prevent Vigor router from attacks when a hacker
tries every possible combination of letters, numbers and
symbols until find out the correct combination of password.
Enable brute force login protection – Enable the
protection mechanism.
Maximum login failure – Specify the maximum number of
wrong password that client can try for logging to Vigor
router.
Penalty period – Set a period of time to block the IP
address which is used (by user or hacker) for passing
through the user authentication again and again but failed
always. When the time is up, Vigor system will unblock
that IP and allow it to access into Vigor router again.
Blocked IP List – Open another web page which displays
current blocked IPs.
TLS/SSL Encryption
Setup
Enable SSL 3.0 – Check the box to enable the function of
SSL 3.0 if required.
Enable TLS 1.2/1.1/1.0 – Check the box to enable the
function of TLS 1.0/1.1/1.2 if required.
Due to security consideration, the built-in HTTPS and SSL
VPN server of the router had upgraded to TLS1.x protocol.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
368
If you are using old browser(eg. IE6.0) or old SmartVPN
Client, you may still need to enable SSL 3.0 to make sure
you can connect, however, it's not recommended.
Device Management
Check the box to enable the device management function
for Vigor2120 (series).
Respond to external device – If it is enabled, Vigor2120
(series) will be regarded as slave device. When the external
device (master device) sends request packet to Vigor2120
(series), Vigor2120 (series) would send back information to
respond the request coming from the external device which
is able to manage Vigor2120 (series).
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the configuration.
F
F
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Management Access
Control
Allow management from the Internet - Enable the
checkbox to allow system administrators to login from the
Internet. There are several servers provided by the system
to allow you managing the router from Internet. Check the
box(es) to specify.
Enable PING from the Internet - Check the checkbox
to enable all PING packets from the Internet. For security
issue, this function is disabled by default.
Access List
You could specify that the system administrator can only
login from a specific host or network defined in the list. A
maximum of three IPs/subnet masks is allowed.
IPv6 Address /Prefix Length- Indicate the IP address(es)
allowed to login to the router.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
369
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the configuration.
4
4
.
.
1
1
6
6
.
.
1
1
1
1
P
P
a
a
n
n
e
e
l
l
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
r
r
o
o
l
l
The behavior of the LEDs and buttons on the front panel of the Vigor router can be
customized as desired.
F
F
o
o
r
r
L
L
E
E
D
D
By default, the LEDs are enabled, and will illuminate or blink continuously to show the status
of the various functions in the router. However, they can be configured to remain off at all
times.
F
F
o
o
r
r
B
B
u
u
t
t
t
t
o
o
n
n
The Factory Reset and Wireless ON/OFF/WPS buttons on the front panel are enabled by
default and can be enabled or disabled if required. Disabling the Factory Reset button will
prevent tampering by unauthorized parties, or to avoid accidental triggering of a router reset
when being used wake up LEDs. Disabling the wireless button will prevent changing the
wireless setting when LED Sleep Mode is enabled, and the buttons are primarily used to turn
the LEDs on and off.
Click the Button tab to get the following page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Refresh
Click to refresh the page to display the latest information.
Enable Factory Reset
Button
The default value is Enabled.
Deselect to disable the reset function of the factory reset
button.
Disabling the Factory Reset button only prevents it from
being used to reboot Vigor router with default settings. It can
still be used to wake up the LEDs when LED sleep mode is
enabled.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
370
Enable Wireless Button
The default value is Enabled.
Deselect to disable the ability of the Wireless button to
control WLAN and WPS functions.
Disabling the wireless button only prevents it from being
used to control WLAN functions. It can still be used to wake
up the LEDs when LED sleep mode is enabled.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the configuration.
4
4
.
.
1
1
6
6
.
.
1
1
2
2
S
S
e
e
l
l
f
f
-
-
S
S
i
i
g
g
n
n
e
e
d
d
C
C
e
e
r
r
t
t
i
i
f
f
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
e
e
A self-signed certificate is a unique identification for the device (e.g., Vigor router) which
generates the certificate by itself to ensure the router security. Such self-signed certificate is
signed with its own private key.
The self-signed certificate will be applied in SSL VPN, HTTPS, and so on. In addition, it can
be created for free by using a wide variety of tools.
Click Regeneration to open Regenerate Self-Signed Certificate window. Type in all the
information that the window request such as certifcate name (used for identifying different
certificate), subject alternative name type and relational settings for subject name. Then click
GENERATE.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
371
4
4
.
.
1
1
6
6
.
.
1
1
2
2
R
R
e
e
b
b
o
o
o
o
t
t
S
S
y
y
s
s
t
t
e
e
m
m
The Web user interface may be used to restart your router. Click Reboot System from System
Maintenance to open the following page.
Index (1-15) in Schedule Setup - You can type in four sets of time schedule for performing
system reboot. All the schedules can be set previously in Applications >> Schedule web page
and you can use the number that you have set in that web page.
If you want to reboot the router using the current configuration, check Using current
configuration and click Reboot Now. To reset the router settings to default values, check
Using factory default configuration and click Reboot Now. The router will take 5 seconds
to reboot the system.
Note: When the system pops up Reboot System web page after you configure web settings,
please click Reboot Now to reboot your router for ensuring normal operation and
preventing unexpected errors of the router in the future.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
372
4
4
.
.
1
1
6
6
.
.
1
1
3
3
F
F
i
i
r
r
m
m
w
w
a
a
r
r
e
e
U
U
p
p
g
g
r
r
a
a
d
d
e
e
Before upgrading your router firmware, you need to install the Router Tools. The Firmware
Upgrade Utility is included in the tools. The following web page will guide you to upgrade
firmware by using an example. Note that this example is running over Windows OS
(Operating System).
Download the newest firmware from DrayTek's web site or FTP site. The DrayTek web site is
www.DrayTek.com (or local DrayTek's web site) and FTP site is ftp.DrayTek.com.
Click System Maintenance>> Firmware Upgrade to launch the Firmware Upgrade Utility.
Choose the right firmware by clicking Browse. Then, click Upgrade. The system will upgrade
the firmware of the router automatically.
Or, click OK. The following screen will appear. Then, execute the firmware upgrade utility.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
373
4
4
.
.
1
1
6
6
.
.
1
1
4
4
A
A
c
c
t
t
i
i
v
v
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
There are three ways to activate WCF on vigor router, using Service Activation Wizard, by
means of CSM>>Web Content Filter Profile or via System Maintenance>>Activation.
After you have finished the setting profiles for WCF (refer to Web Content Filter Profile), it
is the time to activate the mechanism for your computer.
Click System Maintenance>>Activation to open the following page for accessing
http://myvigor.draytek.com.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Activate via Interface
Choose WAN interface used by such device for activating
Web Content Filter.
Activate
The Activate link brings you accessing into
www.vigorpro.com to finish the activation of the account
and the router.
Authentication Message
As for authentication information of web filter, the process
of authenticating will be displayed on this field for your
reference.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
374
Below shows the successful activation of Web Content Filter:
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
375
4
4
.
.
1
1
7
7
D
D
i
i
a
a
g
g
n
n
o
o
s
s
t
t
i
i
c
c
s
s
Diagnostic Tools provide a useful way to view or diagnose the status of your Vigor router.
Below shows the menu items for Diagnostics.
4
4
.
.
1
1
7
7
.
.
1
1
D
D
i
i
a
a
l
l
-
-
o
o
u
u
t
t
T
T
r
r
i
i
g
g
g
g
e
e
r
r
i
i
n
n
g
g
Click Diagnostics and click Dial-out Triggering to open the web page. The internet
connection (e.g., PPPoE) is triggered by a package sending from the source IP address.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Decoded Format
It shows the source IP address (local), destination IP
(remote) address, the protocol and length of the package.
Refresh
Click it to reload the page.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
376
4
4
.
.
1
1
7
7
.
.
2
2
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
T
T
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
Click Diagnostics and click Routing Table to open the web page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Refresh
Click it to reload the page.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
377
4
4
.
.
1
1
7
7
.
.
3
3
A
A
R
R
P
P
C
C
a
a
c
c
h
h
e
e
T
T
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
Click Diagnostics and click ARP Cache Table to view the content of the ARP (Address
Resolution Protocol) cache held in the router. The table shows a mapping between an Ethernet
hardware address (MAC Address) and an IP address.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Refresh
Click it to reload the page.
4
4
.
.
1
1
7
7
.
.
4
4
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
N
N
e
e
i
i
g
g
h
h
b
b
o
o
u
u
r
r
T
T
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
The table shows a mapping between an Ethernet hardware address (MAC Address) and an
IPv6 address. This information is helpful in diagnosing network problems, such as IP address
conflicts, etc.
Click Diagnostics and click IPv6 Neighbour Table to open the web page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
378
Item Description
Refresh
Click it to reload the page.
4
4
.
.
1
1
7
7
.
.
5
5
D
D
H
H
C
C
P
P
T
T
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
The facility provides information on IP address assignments. This information is helpful in
diagnosing network problems, such as IP address conflicts, etc.
Click Diagnostics and click DHCP Table to open the web page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Index
It displays the connection item number.
IP Address
It displays the IP address assigned by this router for
specified PC.
MAC Address
It displays the MAC address for the specified PC that
DHCP assigned IP address for it.
Leased Time
It displays the leased time of the specified PC.
HOST ID
It displays the host ID name of the specified PC.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
379
Refresh
Click it to reload the page.
4
4
.
.
1
1
7
7
.
.
6
6
N
N
A
A
T
T
S
S
e
e
s
s
s
s
i
i
o
o
n
n
s
s
T
T
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
Click Diagnostics and click NAT Sessions Table to open the list page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Private IP:Port
It indicates the source IP address and port of local PC.
#Pseudo Port
It indicates the temporary port of the router used for NAT.
Peer IP:Port
It indicates the destination IP address and port of remote
host.
Interface
It displays the representing number for different interface.
Refresh
Click it to reload the page.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
380
4
4
.
.
1
1
7
7
.
.
7
7
D
D
N
N
S
S
C
C
a
a
c
c
h
h
e
e
T
T
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
Click Diagnostics and click DNS Cache Table to open the web page.
The record of domain Name and the mapping IP address for answering the DNS query from
LAN will be stored on Vigor router’s Cache temporarily and displayed on Diagnostics >>
DNS Cache Table.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Clear
Click this link to remove the result on the window.
Refresh
Click it to reload the page.
When an entry’s TTL is
larger than….
Check the box the type the value of TTL (time to live) for
each entry. Click OK to enable such function.
It means when the TTL value of each DNS query reaches
the threshold of the value specified here, the corresponding
record will be deleted from router’s Cache automatically.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
381
4
4
.
.
1
1
7
7
.
.
8
8
P
P
i
i
n
n
g
g
D
D
i
i
a
a
g
g
n
n
o
o
s
s
i
i
s
s
Click Diagnostics and click Ping Diagnosis to open the web page.
And,
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
IPV4 /IPV6
Choose the interface for such function.
Ping to
Use the drop down list to choose the destination that you
want to ping.
IP Address
Type the IP address of the Host/IP that you want to ping.
Ping IPv6 Address
Type the IPv6 address that you want to ping.
Run
Click this button to start the ping work. The result will be
displayed on the screen.
Clear
Click this link to remove the result on the window.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
382
4
4
.
.
1
1
7
7
.
.
9
9
D
D
a
a
t
t
a
a
F
F
l
l
o
o
w
w
M
M
o
o
n
n
i
i
t
t
o
o
r
r
This page displays the running procedure for the IP address monitored and refreshes the data
in an interval of several seconds. The IP address listed here is configured in Bandwidth
Management. You have to enable IP bandwidth limit and IP session limit before invoking
Data Flow Monitor. If not, a notification dialog box will appear to remind you enabling it.
Click Diagnostics and click Data Flow Monitor to open the web page. You can click IP
Address, TX rate, RX rate or Session link for arranging the data display.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Data Flow
Monitor
Check this box to enable this function.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
383
Refresh Seconds
Use the drop down list to choose the time interval of
refreshing data flow that will be done by the system
automatically.
Refresh
Click this link to refresh this page manually.
Index
Display the number of the data flow.
IP Address
Display the IP address of the monitored device.
TX rate (kbps)
Display the transmission speed of the monitored device.
RX rate (kbps)
Display the receiving speed of the monitored device.
Sessions
Display the session number that you specified in Limit
Session web page.
Action
Block - can prevent specified PC accessing into Internet
within 5 minutes.
Unblock –The device with the IP address will be blocked
for five minutes. The remaining time will be shown on the
session column. Click it to cancel the IP address blocking.
Current /Peak/Speed
Current means current transmission rate and receiving rate
for WAN interface.
Peak means the highest peak value detected by the router in
data transmission.
Speed means line speed specified in WAN>>General
Setup. If you do not specify any rate at that page, here will
display Auto for instead.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
384
4
4
.
.
1
1
7
7
.
.
1
1
0
0
T
T
r
r
a
a
f
f
f
f
i
i
c
c
G
G
r
r
a
a
p
p
h
h
Click Diagnostics and click Traffic Graph to open the web page. Choose WAN1 Bandwidth,
Backup WAN Bandwidth, Sessions, daily or weekly for viewing different traffic graph. Click
Reset to zero the accumulated RX/TX (received and transmitted) data of WAN. Click Refresh
to renew the graph at any time.
The horizontal axis represents time. Yet the vertical axis has different meanings. For WAN1
Bandwidth chart, the numbers displayed on vertical axis represent the numbers of the
transmitted and received packets in the past.
For Sessions chart, the numbers displayed on vertical axis represent the numbers of the NAT
sessions during the past.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
385
4
4
.
.
1
1
7
7
.
.
1
1
1
1
T
T
r
r
a
a
c
c
e
e
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
Click Diagnostics and click Trace Route to open the web page. This page allows you to trace
the routes from router to the host. Simply type the IP address of the host in the box and click
Run. The result of route trace will be shown on the screen.
And,
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
IPv4 / IPv6
Click one of them to display corresponding information for
it.
Protocol
Use the drop down list to choose the protocol that you want
to ping through.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
386
Host/IP Address
It indicates the IP address of the host.
Trace Host/IP Address
It indicates the IPv6 address of the host.
Run
Click this button to start route tracing work.
Clear
Click this link to remove the result on the window.
4
4
.
.
1
1
7
7
.
.
1
1
2
2
S
S
y
y
s
s
t
t
e
e
m
m
E
E
x
x
p
p
l
l
o
o
r
r
e
e
r
r
Such page provides real-time syslog and displays the information on the screen.
F
F
o
o
r
r
W
W
e
e
b
b
S
S
y
y
s
s
l
l
o
o
g
g
This page displays the time and message for User/Firewall/call/WAN/VPN settings. You can
check Enable Web Syslog, specify the type of Syslog and choose the display mode you want.
Later, the event of Syslog with specified type will be shown for your reference.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Web Syslog
Check this box to enable the function of Web Syslog.
Syslog Type
Use the drop down list to specify a type of Syslog to be
displayed.
Export
Click this link to save the data as a file.
Refresh
Click this link to refresh this page manually.
Clear
Click this link to clear information on this page.
Display Mode
There are two modes for you to choose.
Stop record when fulls – when the capacity of syslog is
full, the system will stop recording.
Always record the new event – only the newest events
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
387
will be recorded by the system.
Time
Display the time of the event occurred.
Message
Display the information for each event.
F
F
o
o
r
r
U
U
S
S
B
B
S
S
y
y
s
s
l
l
o
o
g
g
This page displays the syslog recorded on the USB storage disk.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Time
Display the time of the event occurred.
Log Type
Display the type of the record.
Message
Display the information for each event.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
388
4
4
.
.
1
1
7
7
.
.
1
1
3
3
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
T
T
S
S
P
P
C
C
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
IPv6 TSPC status web page could help you to diagnose the connection status of TSPC.
If TSPC has configured properly, the router will display the following page when the user
connects to tunnel broker successfully.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Refresh
Click this link to refresh this page manually.
4
4
.
.
1
1
7
7
.
.
1
1
4
4
D
D
o
o
S
S
F
F
l
l
o
o
o
o
d
d
T
T
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
This page can display content of IP connection detected by DoS Flooding Defense mechanism.
It is useful and convenient for network engineers (e.g., MIS engineer) to inspect the network
environment to find out if there is any abnormal connection.
Information of IP traced and destination port used for SYN Flood, UDP Flood and ICMP
Flood attacks will be detected and shown respectively on different pages.
Moreover, IP address detected and suspected to attack the network system can be blocked
shortly by clicking the Block button shown on pages of SYN Flood, UDP Flood and ICMP
Flood.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
389
Note: The icon -
- means there is something wrong (e.g., attacking the system) with that
IP address.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
390
This page is left blank.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
391
T
T
r
r
o
o
u
u
b
b
l
l
e
e
S
S
h
h
o
o
o
o
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
This section will guide you to solve abnormal situations if you cannot access into the Internet
after installing the router and finishing the web configuration. Please follow sections below to
check your basic installation status stage by stage.
Checking if the hardware status is OK or not.
Checking if the network connection settings on your computer are OK or not.
Pinging the router from your computer.
Checking if the ISP settings are OK or not.
Backing to factory default setting if necessary.
If all above stages are done and the router still cannot run normally, it is the time for you to
contact your dealer for advanced help.
5
5
.
.
1
1
C
C
h
h
e
e
c
c
k
k
i
i
n
n
g
g
I
I
f
f
t
t
h
h
e
e
H
H
a
a
r
r
d
d
w
w
a
a
r
r
e
e
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
I
I
s
s
O
O
K
K
o
o
r
r
N
N
o
o
t
t
Follow the steps below to verify the hardware status.
1. Check the power line and WLAN/LAN cable connections.
Refer to “1.3 Hardware Installation” for details.
2. Turn on the router. Make sure the ACT LED blink once per second and the
correspondent LAN LED is bright.
3. If not, it means that there is something wrong with the hardware status. Simply back to
“1.3 Hardware Installation” to execute the hardware installation again. And then, try
again.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
392
5
5
.
.
2
2
C
C
h
h
e
e
c
c
k
k
i
i
n
n
g
g
I
I
f
f
t
t
h
h
e
e
N
N
e
e
t
t
w
w
o
o
r
r
k
k
C
C
o
o
n
n
n
n
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
S
S
e
e
t
t
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
s
s
o
o
n
n
Y
Y
o
o
u
u
r
r
C
C
o
o
m
m
p
p
u
u
t
t
e
e
r
r
I
I
s
s
O
O
K
K
o
o
r
r
N
N
o
o
t
t
Sometimes the link failure occurs due to the wrong network connection settings. After trying
the above section, if the link is stilled failed, please do the steps listed below to make sure the
network connection settings is OK.
F
F
o
o
r
r
W
W
i
i
n
n
d
d
o
o
w
w
s
s
The example is based on Windows 7. As to the examples for other operation
systems, please refer to the similar steps or find support notes in
www.DrayTek.com.
1. Open All Programs>>Getting Started>>Control Panel. Click Network and Sharing
Center.
2. In the following window, click Change adapter settings.
3. Icons of network connection will be shown on the window. Right-click on Local Area
Connection and click on Properties.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
393
4. Select Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IP) and then click Properties.
5. Select Obtain an IP address automatically and Obtain DNS server address
automatically. Finally, click OK.
F
F
o
o
r
r
M
M
a
a
c
c
O
O
S
S
1. Double click on the current used Mac OS on the desktop.
2. Open the Application folder and get into Network.
3. On the Network screen, select Using DHCP from the drop down list of Configure IPv4.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
394
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
395
5
5
.
.
3
3
P
P
i
i
n
n
g
g
i
i
n
n
g
g
t
t
h
h
e
e
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
r
r
o
o
m
m
Y
Y
o
o
u
u
r
r
C
C
o
o
m
m
p
p
u
u
t
t
e
e
r
r
The default gateway IP address of the router is 192.168.1.1. For some reason, you might need
to use “ping” command to check the link status of the router. The most important thing is
that the computer will receive a reply from 192.168.1.1. If not, please check the IP address
of your computer. We suggest you setting the network connection as get IP automatically.
(Please refer to the section 5.2)
Please follow the steps below to ping the router correctly.
F
F
o
o
r
r
W
W
i
i
n
n
d
d
o
o
w
w
s
s
1. Open the Command Prompt window (from Start menu> Run).
2. Type command (for Windows 95/98/ME) or cmd (for Windows NT/ 2000/XP/Vista/7).
The DOS command dialog will appear.
3. Type ping 192.168.1.1 and press [Enter]. If the link is OK, the line of “Reply from
192.168.1.1:bytes=32 time<1ms TTL=255” will appear.
4. If the line does not appear, please check the IP address setting of your computer.
F
F
o
o
r
r
M
M
a
a
c
c
O
O
S
S
(
(
T
T
e
e
r
r
m
m
i
i
n
n
a
a
l
l
)
)
1. Double click on the current used Mac Os on the desktop.
2. Open the Application folder and get into Utilities.
3. Double click Terminal. The Terminal window will appear.
4. Type ping 192.168.1.1 and press [Enter]. If the link is OK, the line of “64 bytes from
192.168.1.1: icmp_seq=0 ttl=255 time=xxxx ms” will appear.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
396
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
397
5
5
.
.
4
4
C
C
h
h
e
e
c
c
k
k
i
i
n
n
g
g
I
I
f
f
t
t
h
h
e
e
I
I
S
S
P
P
S
S
e
e
t
t
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
s
s
a
a
r
r
e
e
O
O
K
K
o
o
r
r
N
N
o
o
t
t
If WAN connection cannot be up, check if the LEDs (according to the LED explanations listed
on section 1.2) are correct or not. If the LEDs are off, please:
Change the Physical Type from Auto negotiation to other values (e.g., 100M full duplex).
Next, change the physical type of modem (e.g., DSL/FTTX(GPON)/Cable modem) offered
by ISP with the same value configured in Vigor router. Check if the LEDs on Vigor router
are on or not.
If not, please install an additional switch for connecting both Vigor router and the modem
offered by ISP. Then, check if the LEDs on Vigor router are on or not.
If the problem of LEDs cannot be solved by the above measures, please contact with the
nearest reseller, or send an e-mail to DrayTek FAE for technical support.
Check if the settings offered by ISP are configured well or not.
When the LEDs are on and correct, yet the WAN connection still cannot be up, please:
Open WAN >> Internet Access page and then check whether the ISP settings are set
correctly. Click Details Page of WAN1-WAN2 to review the settings that you configured
previously.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
398
5
5
.
.
5
5
P
P
r
r
o
o
b
b
l
l
e
e
m
m
s
s
f
f
o
o
r
r
3
3
G
G
N
N
e
e
t
t
w
w
o
o
r
r
k
k
C
C
o
o
n
n
n
n
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
When you have trouble in using 3G/4G network transmission, please check the following:
C
C
h
h
e
e
c
c
k
k
i
i
f
f
U
U
S
S
B
B
L
L
E
E
D
D
l
l
i
i
g
g
h
h
t
t
s
s
o
o
n
n
o
o
r
r
o
o
f
f
f
f
You have to wait about 15 seconds after inserting 3G/4G USB Modem into your Vigor2120.
Later, the USB LED will light on which means the installation of USB Modem is successful.
If the USB LED does not light on, please remove and reinsert the modem again. If it still fails,
restart Vigor2120.
U
U
S
S
B
B
L
L
E
E
D
D
l
l
i
i
g
g
h
h
t
t
s
s
o
o
n
n
b
b
u
u
t
t
t
t
h
h
e
e
n
n
e
e
t
t
w
w
o
o
r
r
k
k
c
c
o
o
n
n
n
n
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
d
d
o
o
e
e
s
s
n
n
o
o
t
t
w
w
o
o
r
r
k
k
Check the PIN Code of SIM card is disabled or not. Please use the utility of 3G/4G USB
Modem to disable PIN code and try again. If it still fails, it might be the compliance problem
of system. Please open DrayTek Syslog Tool to capture the connection information (WAN
Log) and send the page (similar to the following graphic) to the service center of DrayTek.
T
T
r
r
a
a
n
n
s
s
m
m
i
i
s
s
s
s
i
i
o
o
n
n
R
R
a
a
t
t
e
e
i
i
s
s
n
n
o
o
t
t
f
f
a
a
s
s
t
t
e
e
n
n
o
o
u
u
g
g
h
h
Please connect your Notebook with 3G/4G USB Modem to test the connection speed to verify
if the problem is caused by Vigor2120. In addition, please refer to the manual of 3G/4G USB
Modem for LED Status to make sure if the modem connects to Internet via HSDPA mode. If
you want to use the modem indoors, please put it on the place near the window to obtain better
signal receiving.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
399
5
5
.
.
6
6
B
B
a
a
c
c
k
k
i
i
n
n
g
g
t
t
o
o
F
F
a
a
c
c
t
t
o
o
r
r
y
y
D
D
e
e
f
f
a
a
u
u
l
l
t
t
S
S
e
e
t
t
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
I
I
f
f
N
N
e
e
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
a
a
r
r
y
y
Sometimes, a wrong connection can be improved by returning to the default settings. Try to
reset the router by software or hardware. Such function is available in Admin Mode only.
Warning: After pressing factory default setting, you will loose all settings you did
before. Make sure you have recorded all useful settings before you pressing.
S
S
o
o
f
f
t
t
w
w
a
a
r
r
e
e
R
R
e
e
s
s
e
e
t
t
You can reset the router to factory default via Web page. Such function is available in Admin
Mode only.
Go to System Maintenance and choose Reboot System on the web page. The following
screen will appear. Choose Using factory default configuration and click Reboot Now.
After few seconds, the router will return all the settings to the factory settings.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
400
H
H
a
a
r
r
d
d
w
w
a
a
r
r
e
e
R
R
e
e
s
s
e
e
t
t
While the router is running (ACT LED blinking), press the Factory Reset button and hold for
more than 5 seconds. When you see the ACT LED blinks rapidly, please release the button.
Then, the router will restart with the default configuration.
After restore the factory default setting, you can configure the settings for the router again to
fit your personal request.
5
5
.
.
7
7
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
a
a
c
c
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
D
D
r
r
a
a
y
y
T
T
e
e
k
k
If the router still cannot work correctly after trying many efforts, please feel free to send
e-mail to support@DrayTek.com.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
401
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
R
R
e
e
f
f
e
e
r
r
e
e
n
n
c
c
e
e
A
A
c
c
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
i
i
n
n
g
g
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
o
o
f
f
V
V
i
i
g
g
o
o
r
r
2
2
1
1
2
2
0
0
This chapter also gives you a general description for accessing telnet and describes the
firmware versions for the routers explained in this manual.
Note: For Windows 7 user, please make sure the Windows Features of Telnet Client has
been turned on under Control Panel>>Programs.
Type cmd and press Enter. The Telnet terminal will be open later.
In the following window, type Telnet 192.168.1.1 as below and press Enter. Note that the IP
address in the example is the default address of the router. If you have changed the default,
enter the current IP address of the router.
Next, type admin/admin for Account/Password. Then, type ?. You will see a list of
valid/common commands depending on the router that your use.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
402
For users using previous Windows system (e.g., 2000/XP), simply click Start >> Run and
type Telnet 192.168.1.1 in the Open box as below. Next, type admin/admin for
Account/Password. And, type ? to get a list of valid/common commands
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
b
b
p
p
a
a
This command allows to configure a network setting specified for Australia’s ISP.
bpa m [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
m
Available settings are 1 and 2.
-a <enable> 1/0 to enable/disable this entry
-n <UserName> contact UserName(max. 24 characters)
-p <PassWord> contact PassWord (max. 24 characters)
-s <select> It means to specify an IP address for Server.
0 : no selection.
1 : NSW(61.9.192.13)
2 : QLD(61.9.208.13),
3 : VIC(61.9.128.13)
4 : SA(61.9.224.13),
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
403
5 : WA(61.9.240.13)
-l <List> List all settings configured.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> bpa 1 -a 1 -n testUser -p testPassword -s 4
> bpa -l
-------index: 1 active------
UserName[1]: testUser
PassWord[1]: testPassword
ServerIP[1]:4
-------index: 2 inactive------
UserName[2]:
PassWord[2]:
ServerIP[2]:0
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
c
c
s
s
m
m
a
a
p
p
p
p
e
e
p
p
r
r
o
o
f
f
Commands under CSM allow you to set CSM profile to define policy profiles for different
policy of IM (Instant Messenger)/P2P (Peer to Peer) application.
“csm appe prof “ is used to configure the APP Enforcement Profile name. Such profile will be
applied in Default Rule of Firewall>>General Setup for filtering.
csm appe prof -i INDEX [-v | -n NAME]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
INDEX
It means to specify the index number of CSM profile, from 1
to 32.
- v
It means to view the configuration of the CSM profile.
- n
It means to set a name for the CSM profile.
NAME
It means to specify a name for the CSM profile, less then 15
characters.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> csm appe prof -i 1 -n games
The name of APPE Profile 1 was setted.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
c
c
s
s
m
m
a
a
p
p
p
p
e
e
s
s
e
e
t
t
It is used to block or pass settings for APP Enforcement Profile.
csm appe set -i INDEX [-v GROUP | -e AP_IDX | -d AP_IDX | -a AP_IDX [ACTION]]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
INDEX
It means to specify the index number of CSM profile, from 1 to
32.
GROUP
It means the types to be specified for the APP Enforcement
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
404
profile. Available types include:
IM, P2P, Protocol and MISC,
AP_IDX
It means to specify the index of the APP Enforcement profile.
- v
It means to view the configuration (IM/P2P/Protocol/MISC) of
the profile.
-e
It means to enable blocking for a specific application.
-d
It means to disable blocking for a specific application.
-a
It means to set the action for specific application
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> csm appe set -i 1 -e 1
Profile 1 - games: AliWW is enabled.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
c
c
s
s
m
m
a
a
p
p
p
p
e
e
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
It is used to show configuration for all groups of APP Enforcement profiles.
csm appe show [-a|-i|-p|-t|-m]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
a
It means to show configuration for All groups.
-i
It means to show configuration for IM group.
-p
It means to show configuration for P2P group.
-t
It means to show configuration for PROTOCOL group.
-m
It means to show configuration for MISC group.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> csm appe show -m
Group Type Index Name Advance
Advanced Option: (M)essage, (F)ile Transfer, (G)ame, (C)onference, and
(O)ther
Activities
-------------------------------------------------------------------
OTHERS TUNNEL 69 DynaPass
OTHERS TUNNEL 70 FreeU
OTHERS TUNNEL 71 HTTP Proxy
OTHERS TUNNEL 72 HTTP Tunnel
OTHERS TUNNEL 73 Hamachi
OTHERS TUNNEL 74 Hotspot Shield
OTHERS TUNNEL 75 MS Teredo
OTHERS TUNNEL 76 PGPNet
OTHERS TUNNEL 77 Ping Tunnel
OTHERS TUNNEL 78 RealTunnel
OTHERS TUNNEL 79 Skyfire
OTHERS TUNNEL 80 Socks 4/5
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
405
.
.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
c
c
s
s
m
m
a
a
p
p
p
p
e
e
c
c
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
It is used to show configuration of specified APP Enforcement profile.
csm appe config -v INDEX [-i|-p|-t|-m]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
P
P
a
a
r
r
a
a
m
m
e
e
t
t
e
e
r
r
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
- v
It means to view the configuration of the profile.
INDEX
It means to specify the index number of profile, from 1 to 32.
-i
It means to show IM group setting configuration for the
specified profile.
-p
It means to show P2P group setting configuration for the
specified profile
-t
It means to show PROTOCOL group setting configuration
for the specified profile.
-m
It means to show MISC group setting configuration for the
specified profile.
ACTION:
Specify the action of the application, 0 or 1.
0: Block. All of the applications meet the CSM rule will be
blocked.
1: Pass. All of the applications meet the CSM rule will be
passed.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> > csm appe config -v 1 -i
Group Type Index Name Enable Advance
Enable
Advance abbreviation: Message, File Transfer, Game, Conference, and
Other
Advance abbreviation: : M, F, G, C, and O
------------------------------------------------------------------
IM IM 0 AIM Disable
IM IM 1 AliWW Enable
IM IM 2 Ares Disable
IM IM 3 BaiduHi Disable
IM IM 4 Fetion Disable
IM IM 5 GaduGadu Protocol Disable
IM IM 6 Google Chat Disable
IM IM 7 ICQ Disable
IM IM 8 ICU2 Disable
IM IM 9 Jabber Protocol/Goog Disable
IM IM 10 KC Disable
IM IM 11 LINE Disable
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
406
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
c
c
s
s
m
m
u
u
c
c
f
f
It is used to configure settings for URL control filter profile.
csm ucf show
csm ucf cache
csm ucf setdefault
csm ucf msg MSG
csm ucf obj INDEX [-n PROFILE_NAME | -l [P|B|A|N] | uac | wf ]
csm ucf obj INDEX -n PROFILE_NAME
csm ucf obj INDEX -p VALUE
csm ucf obj INDEX -l P|B|A|N
csm ucf obj INDEX uac
csm ucf obj INDEX wf
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
P
P
a
a
r
r
a
a
m
m
e
e
t
t
e
e
r
r
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
show
It means to display all of the profiles.
cache
It means to display the amount of cache used by URL content
filter.
setdefault
It means to return to default settings for all of the profile.
msg MSG
It means de set the administration message.
MSG means the content (less than 255 characters) of the
message itself.
obj
It means to specify the object for the profile.
INDEX
It means to specify the index number of CSM profile, from 1
to 8.
-n
It means to set the profile name.
PROFILE_NAME
It means to specify the name of the profile (less than 16
characters)
-p
It means to set the priority for the profile.
VALUE
Available numbers you can define are listed below:
0: It means Bundle: Pass.
1: It means Bundle: Block.
2: It means Either: URL Access Control First.
3: It means Either: Web Feature First.
-l
It means the log type of the profile. They are:
P: Pass,
B: Block,
A: All,
N: None
MSG
It means to specify the Administration Message, less then
255 characters
uac
It means to set URL Access Control part.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
407
wf
It means to set Web Feature part.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> csm ucf obj 1 -n game -l B
Profile Index: 1
Profile Name:[game]
Log:[none]
Priority Select : [Bundle : Pass]
[ ]Enable URL Access Control
Action:[pass]
[ ]Prevent web access from IP address.
No Obj NO. Object Name
--- -------- ---------------------------------
No Grp NO. Group Name
--- -------- ---------------------------------
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
c
c
s
s
m
m
u
u
c
c
f
f
o
o
b
b
j
j
I
I
N
N
D
D
E
E
X
X
u
u
a
a
c
c
It means to configure the settings regarding to URL Access Control (uac).
csm ucf obj INDEX uac -v
csm ucf obj INDEX uac -e
csm ucf obj INDEX uac -d
csm ucf obj INDEX uac -a P|B
csm ucf obj INDEX uac -i E|D
csm ucf obj INDEX uac -o KEY_WORD_Object_Index
csm ucf obj INDEX uac -g KEY_WORD_Group_Index
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
INDEX
It means to specify the index number of CSM profile, from 1 to
8.
- v
It means to view the protocol configuration of the CSM profile.
-e
It means to enable the function of URL Access Control.
-d
It means to disable the function of URL Access Control.
-a
Set the action of specific application, P or B.
B: Block. The web access meets the URL Access Control will
be blocked.
P: Pass. The web access meets the URL Access Control will be
passed.
-i
Prevent the web access from any IP address.
E: Enable the function. The Internet access from any IP
address will be blocked.
D: Disable the function.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
408
-o
Set the keyword object.
KEY_WORD_Object_Ind
ex
Specify the index number of the object profile.
-g
Set the keyword group.
KEY_WORD_Group_Inde
x
Specify the index number of the group profile.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> csm ucf obj 1 uac -i E
Profile Index: 1
Profile Name:[game]
Log:[none]
Priority Select : [Bundle : Pass]
[ ]Enable URL Access Control
Action:[pass]
[v]Prevent web access from IP address.
No Obj NO. Object Name
--- -------- ---------------------------------
No Grp NO. Group Name
--- -------- ---------------------------------
> csm ucf obj 1 uac -a B
Profile Index: 1
Profile Name:[game]
Log:[none]
Priority Select : [Bundle : Pass]
[ ]Enable URL Access Control
Action:[block]
[v]Prevent web access from IP address.
No Obj NO. Object Name
--- -------- ---------------------------------
No Grp NO. Group Name
--- -------- ---------------------------------
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
409
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
c
c
s
s
m
m
u
u
c
c
f
f
o
o
b
b
j
j
I
I
N
N
D
D
E
E
X
X
w
w
f
f
It means to configure the settings regarding to Web Feature (wf).
csm ucf obj INDEX wf -v
csm ucf obj INDEX wf -e
csm ucf obj INDEX wf -d
csm ucf obj INDEX wf -a P|B
csm ucf obj INDEX wf -s WEB_FEATURE
csm ucf obj INDEX wf -u WEB_FEATURE
csm ucf obj INDEX wf -f File_Extension_Object_index
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
INDEX
It means to specify the index number of CSM profile, from 1
to 8.
- v
It means to view the protocol configuration of the CSM
profile.
-e
It means to enable the restriction of web feature.
-d
It means to disable the restriction of web feature.
-a
Set the action of web feature, P or B.
B: Block. The web access meets the web feature will be
blocked.
P: Pass. The web access meets the web feature will be
passed.
-s
It means to enable the the Web Feature configuration.
Features available for configuration are:
c: Cookie
p: Proxy
u: Upload
-u
It means to cancel the web feature configuration.
-f
It means to set the file extension object index number.
File_Extension_Object_in
dex
Type the index number (1 to 8) for the file extension object.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> csm ucf obj 1 wf -s c
Profile Index: 1
Profile Name:[game]
Log:[none]
Priority Select : [Bundle : Pass]
[ ]Enable URL Access Control
Action:[block]
[v] Prevent web access from IP address.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
410
No Obj NO. Object Name
--- -------- ---------------------------------
No Grp NO. Group Name
--- -------- ---------------------------------
[ ]Enable Restrict Web Feature
Action:[pass]
File Extension Object Index : [0] Profile Name : []
[V] Cookie [ ] Proxy [ ] Upload
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
c
c
s
s
m
m
w
w
c
c
f
f
It means to configure the settings regarding to web control filter (wcf).
csm wcf show
csm wcf look
csm wcf cache
csm wcf server WCF_SERVER
csm wcf msg MSG
csm wcf setdefault
csm wcf obj INDEX -v
csm wcf obj INDEX -a P|B
csm wcf obj INDEX -n PROFILE_NAME
csm wcf obj INDEX -l N|P|B|A
csm wcf obj INDEX -o KEY_WORD Object Index
csm wcf obj INDEX -g KEY_WORD Group Index
csm wcf obj INDEX -w E|D|P|B
csm wcf obj INDEX -s CATEGORY|WEB_GROUP
csm wcf obj INDEX -u CATEGORY|WEB_GROUP
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
show
It means to display the web content filter profiles.
Look
It means to display the license information of WCF.
Cache
It means to set the cache level for the profile.
Server WCF_SERVER
It means to set web content filter server.
Msg MSG
It means de set the administration message.
MSG means the content (less than 255 characters) of the
message itself.
setdefault
It means to return to default settings for all of the profile.
obj
It means to specify the object profile.
INDEX
It means to specify the index number of web content filter
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
411
profile, from 1 to 8.
- v
It means to view the web content filter profile.
-a
Set the action of web content filter profile, P or B.
B: Block. The web access meets the web feature will be
blocked.
P: Pass. The web access meets the web feature will be
passed.
-n
It means to set the profile name.
PROFILE_NAME
It means to specify the name of the profile (less than 16
characters)
-l
It means the log type of the profile. They are:
P: Pass,
B: Block,
A: All,
N: None
-o
Set the keyword object.
KEY_WORD_Object_Ind
ex
Specify the index number of the object profile.
-g
Set the keyword group.
KEY_WORD_Group_Inde
x
Specify the index number of the group profile.
-w
It means to set the action for the black and white list.
E:Enable,
D:Disable,
P:Pass,
B:Block
-s
It means to choose the items under CATEGORY or
WEB_GROUP.
-u
It means to discard items under CATEGORY or
WEB_GROUP.
WEB_GROUP Child_Protection, Leisure, Business, Chating, Computer
Internet, Other
CATEGORY Includes:
Alcohol & Tobacco, Criminal Activity, Gambling, Hate &
Intoleranc, Illegal Drug, Nudity, Pornography/Sexually
Explicit, Weapons, Violence, School Cheating,Sex
Education, Tasteless, Child Abuse Imges, Entertainment,
Games, Sports, Travel, Leisure & Recreation, Fashin &
Beauty, Business, Job Search, Web-based Emai, Chat, Instant
Messaging, Anonymizers, Forums & Newsgroups,
Computers & Technology, Download Sites, Streaming Media
& Downloads, Phishing & Fraud, Search Engines & Portals,
Social Networking, Spam Sites,Malware, Botnets, Hacking,
Illegal Software, Information Security,Peer-to-eer,
Advertisements & Pop-Ups, Arts, Transportation,
Compromised, Dating & Personals, , Education, Finance,
Government,Health & Medcine, News, Non-profits & NGOs,
Personal Sites,Politics, Real Estate, Rligion, Restaurants &
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
412
Dining,Shopping, Translators, General, Cults,Greetig cards,
Image Sharing, Network Errors, Parked Domains, Private IP
Addresses)
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> csm wcf obj 1 -n test_wcf
Profile Index: 1
Profile Name:[test_wcf]
[]White/Black list
Action:[block]
No Obj NO. Object Name
--- -------- ---------------------------------
No Grp NO. Group Name
--- -------- ---------------------------------
Action:[block]
Log:[block]
------------------------------------------------------------------
child Protection Group:
[v]Alcohol & Tobacco [v]Criminal & Activity [v]Gambling
[v]Hate & Intolerance [v]Illegal Drug [v]Nudity
[v]Pornography & Sexually explicit [v]Violence
[v]Weapons
[v]School Cheating [v]Sex Education [v]Tasteless
[v]Child Abuse Images
------------------------------------------------------------------
leisure Group:
[ ]Entertainment [ ]Games [ ]Sports
[ ]Travel [ ]Leisure & Recreation [ ]Fashion & Beauty
.
.
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
c
c
s
s
m
m
d
d
n
n
s
s
f
f
It means to configure the settings regarding to DNS filter.
csm dnsf enable ON|OFF
csm dnsf syslog N|P|B|A
csm dnsf service WCF_PROFILE
csm dnsf time CACHE_TIME
csm dnsf blockpage show/on/off
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
enable
It means to enable or disable DNS Filter.
ON: enable.
OFF: disable.
syslog
It means to determine the content of records transmitting to
Syslog.
P: Pass. Records for the packets passing through DNS filter
will be sent to Syslog.
B: Block. Records for the packets blocked by DNS filter will
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
413
be sent to Syslog.
A: All. Records for the packets passing through or blocked
by DNS filter will be sent to Syslog.
N: None. No record will be sent to Syslog.
service WCF_PROFILE
WCF_PROFILE: Specify a WCF profile as the base of DNS
filtering. Type a number to indicate the index number of
WCF profile (1 is first profile, 2 is second profile, and so
on ...).
time CACHE_TIME
CACHE_TIME: It means to set the time for cache to live
(available values are 1 to 24; 1 is one hour, 2 is two hours,
and so on ...) for DNS filter.
blockpage
DNS sends block page for redirect port. When a web page is
blocked by DNS filter, the router system will send a message
page to describe that the page is not allowed to be visisted.
ON: Enable the function of displaying message page.
OFF: Disable the function of displaying message page.
SHOW: Display the function of displaying message page is
ON or OFF.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> csm dnsf service 2
dns service set up!!!
>csm dnsf service 3
wcf profile 3 is empty.....
>csm dnsf cachetime 1
dns cache time set up!!!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
d
d
d
d
n
n
s
s
l
l
o
o
g
g
Displays the DDNS log.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>ddns log
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
d
d
d
d
n
n
s
s
t
t
i
i
m
m
e
e
Sets and displays the DDNS time.
ddns time <update in minutes>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
update in minutes
Type the value as DDNS time. The range is from 1 to 1440.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ddns time
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
414
ddns time <update in minutes>
Valid: 1 ~ 1440
%Now: 1440
> ddns time 1000
ddns time <update in minutes>
Valid: 1 ~ 1440
%Now: 1000
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
d
d
o
o
s
s
This command allows users to configure the settings for DoS defense system.
dos [-V | D | A]
dos [-s ATTACK_F [THRESHOLD][ TIMEOUT]]
dos [-a | e [ATTACK_F][ATTACK_0] | d [ATTACK_F][ATTACK_0]]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-V
It means to view the configuration of DoS defense system.
-D
It means to deactivate the DoS defense system.
-A
It means to activate the DoS defense system.
-s
It means to enable the defense function for a specific attack
and set its parameter(s).
ATTACK_F
It means to specify the name of flooding attack(s) or
portscan, e.g., synflood, udpflood, icmpflood, or postscan.
THRESHOLD
It means the packet rate (packet/second) that a flooding
attack will be detected. Set a value larger than 20.
TIMEOUT
It means the time (seconds) that a flooding attack will be
blocked. Set a value larger than 5.
-a
It means to enable the defense function for all attacks listed
in ATTACK_0.
-e
It means to enable defense function for a specific attack(s).
ATTACK_0
It means to specify a name of the following attacks:
ip_option, tcp_flag, land, teardrop, smurf, pingofdeath,
traceroute, icmp_frag, syn_frag, unknow_proto, fraggle.
-d
It means to disable the defense function for a specific
attack(s).
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>dos –A
The Dos Defense system is Activated
>dos –s synflood 50 10
Synflood is enabled! Threshold=50 <pke/sec> timeout=10 <pke/sec>
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
415
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
e
e
x
x
i
i
t
t
Type this command will leave telnet window.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
n
n
e
e
t
t
This command allows you to configure detailed settings for WAN connection.
internet -W n -M n [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-M n
M means to set Internet Access Mode (Mandatory) and n
means different modes (represented by 0 – 3)
n=0: Offline
n=1: PPPoE
n=2: Dynamic IP
n=3: Static IP
<command><parameter
>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one
line.
-S <isp name>
It means to set ISP Name (max. 23 characters).
-P <on/off>
It means to enable PPPoE Service.
-u <username>
It means to set username (max. 49 characters) for Internet
accessing.
-p <password>
It means to set password (max. 49 characters) for Internet
accessing.
-a n
It means to set PPP Authentication Type and n means
different types (represented by 0-1).
n=0: PAP/CHAP (this is default setting)
n=1: PAP Only
-t n
It means to set connection duration and n means different
conditions.
n=-1: Always-on
n=1 ~ 999: Idle time for offline (default 180 seconds)
-i <ip address>
It means that PPPoE server will assign an IP address
specified here for CPE (PPPoE client).
If you type 0.0.0.0 as the <ip address>, ISP will assign
suitable IP address for you. However, if you type an IP
address here, the router will use that one as a fixed IP.
-w <ip address>
It means to assign WAN IP address for such connection.
Please type an IP address here for WAN port.
-n <netmask>
It means to assign netmask for WAN connection. You have
to type 255.255.255.xxx (x is changeable) as the netmask for
WAN port.
-g <gateway>
It means to assign gateway IP for such WAN connection.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
416
-s <server ip>
It means to set PPTP/L2TP server IP.
-V
It means to view Internet Access profile.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>internet -M 1 -S tcom -u username -p password -a 0 -t -1 -i 0.0.0.0
WAN1 Internet Mode set to PPPoE/PPPoA
WAN1 ISP Name set to tcom
WAN1 Username set to username
WAN1 Password set successful
WAN1 PPP Authentication Type set to PAP/CHAP
WAN1 Idle timeout set to always-on
WAN1 Gateway IP set to 0.0.0.0
> internet -V
WAN1 Internet Mode:PPPoE
ISP Name: tcom
Username: username
Authentication: PAP/CHAP
Idle Timeout: -1
WAN IP: Dynamic IP
>
internet -M 1 -u link1 -p link1 -a 0
WAN1 Internet Mode set to PPPoE/PPPoA
WAN1 Username set to link1
WAN1 Password set successful
WAN1 PPP Authentication Type set to PAP/CHAP
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
p
p
u
u
b
b
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
This command allows users to enable or disable the public subnet for your router.
ip pubsubnet <Enable/Disable>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Enable
Enable the function.
Disable
Disable the function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip pubsubnet disable
public subnet disabled!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
p
p
u
u
b
b
a
a
d
d
d
d
r
r
This command allows users to set the public address for your router.
ip pubaddr ?
ip pubaddr <public subnet IP address>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
417
Parameter Description
?
Display an IP address which allows users set as the public
subnet IP address.
public subnet IP address
Specify an IP address. The system will set the one that you
specified as the public subnet IP address.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip pubaddr ?
% ip addr <public subnet IP address>
% Now: 192.168.0.1
> ip pubaddr 192.168.2.5
% Set public subnet IP address done !!!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
p
p
u
u
b
b
m
m
a
a
s
s
k
k
This command allows users to set the public IP address for your router.
ip pubmask ?
ip pubmask <public subnet mask>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
?
Display an IP address which allows users set as the public
subnet mask.
public subnet IP address
Specify a subnet mask. The system will set the one that you
specified as the public subnet mask.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip pubmask ?
% ip pubmask <public subnet mask>
% Now: 255.255.255.0
> ip pubmask 255.255.0.0
% Set public subnet mask done !!!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
a
a
u
u
x
x
This command is used for configuring WAN IP Alias.
ip aux add [IP] [Join to NAT Pool]
ip aux remove [index]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
add
It means to create a new WAN IP address.
remove
It means to delete an existed WAN IP address.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
418
IP
It means the auxiliary WAN IP address.
Join to NAT Pool
0 (disable) or 1 (enable).
index
Type the index number of the table displayed on your screen.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip aux add 192.168.1.65 1
% 192.168.1.65 has added in index 2.
> ip aux ?%% ip aux add [IP] [Join to NAT Pool]
%% ip aux remove [Index]
%% Where IP = Auxiliary WAN IP Address.
%% Join to NAT Pool = 0 or 1.
%% Index = The Index number of table.
Now auxiliary WAN1 IP Address table:
Index no. Status IP address NAT IP pool
----------------------------------------------------
1 Disable 0.0.0.0 Yes
2 Enable 192.168.1.65 Yes
When you type ip aux?, the current auxiliary WAN IP Address table will be shown as the
following:
Index no. Status IP address IP pool
----------------------------------------------
1 Enable 172.16.3.229 Yes
2 Enable 172.16.3.56 No
3 Enable 172.16.3.113 No
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
a
a
d
d
d
d
r
r
This command allows users to set/add a specified LAN IP your router.
ip addr [IP address]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
IP address
It means the LAN IP address.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>ip addr 192.168.50.1
% Set IP address OK !!!
Note: When the LAN IP address is changed, the start IP address of DHCP server are still the
same. To make the IP assignment of the DHCP server being consistent with this new IP
address (they should be in the same network segment), the IP address of the PC must be fixed
with the same LAN IP address (network segment) set by this command for accessing into the
web user interface of the router. Later, modify the start addresses for the DHCP server.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
419
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
n
n
m
m
a
a
s
s
k
k
This command allows users to set/add a specified netmask for your router.
ip nmask [IP netmask]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
IP netmask
It means the netmask of LAN IP.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip nmask 255.255.0.0
% Set IP netmask OK !!!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
a
a
r
r
p
p
ARP displays the matching condition for IP and MAC address.
ip arp add [IP address] [MAC address] [LAN or WAN]
ip arp del [IP address] [LAN or WAN]
ip arp flush
ip arp status
ip arp accept [0/1/2/3/4/5status]
ip arp setCacheLife [time]
In which, arp add allows users to add a new IP address into the ARP table; arp del allows
users to remove an IP address; arp flush allows users to clear arp cache; arp status allows
users to review current status for the arp table; arp accept allows to accept or reject the source
/destination MAC address; arp setCacheLife allows users to configure the duration in which
ARP caches can be stored on the system. If ip arp setCacheLife is set with “60”, it means you
have an ARP cache at 0 second. Sixty seconds later without any ARP messages received, the
system will think such ARP cache is expired. The system will issue a few ARP request to see
if this cache is still valid.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
IP address
It means the LAN IP address.
MAC address
It means the MAC address of your router.
LAN or WAN
It indicates the direction for the arp function.
0/1/2/3/4/5
0: disable to accept illegal source mac address
1: enable to accept illegal source mac address
2: disable to accept illegal dest mac address
3: enable to accept illegal dest mac address
4: Decline VRRP mac into arp table
5: Accept VRRP mac into arp table
status: display the setting status.
Time
Available settings will be 10, 20, 30,....2550 seconds.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
420
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip arp accept status
Accept illegal source mac arp: disable
Accept illegal dest mac arp: disable
Accept VRRP mac into arp table: disable
> ip arp status
[ARP Table]
Index IP Address MAC Address Netbios Name
1 192.168.1.113 00-05-5D-E4-D8-EE A1000351
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
c
c
This command is available for WAN DHCP.
ip dhcpc option
ip dhcpc option -h|l
ip dhcpc option -d [idx]
ip dhcpc option -e [1 or 0] -w [wan unmber] -c [option number] -v [option value]
ip dhcpc option -e [1 or 0] -w [wan unmber] -c [option number] -x "[option value]"
ip dhcpc option -u [idx unmber]
ip dhcpc release
ip dhcpc renew
ip dhcpc status
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
option
It is an optional setting for DHCP server.
-h: display usage
-l: list all custom set DHCP options
-d: delete custom dhcp client option by index number
-e: enable/disable option feature, 1:enable, 0:disable
-w: set WAN number (e.g., 1=WAN1)
-c: set option number: 0~255
-v: set option value by string
-x: set option value by raw byte (hex)
-u: update by index number
release
It means to release current WAN IP address.
renew
It means to renew the WAN IP address and obtain another
new one.
status
It displays current status of DHCP client.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
421
>ip dhcpc status
I/F#3 DHCP Client Status:
DHCP Server IP : 172.16.3.7
WAN Ipm : 172.16.3.40
WAN Netmask : 255.255.255.0
WAN Gateway : 172.16.3.1
Primary DNS : 168.95.192.1
Secondary DNS : 0.0.0.0
Leased Time : 259200
Leased Time T1 : 129600
Leased Time T2 : 226800
Leased Elapsed : 259194
Leased Elapsed T1 : 129594
Leased Elapsed T2 : 226794
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
p
p
i
i
n
n
g
g
This command allows users to ping IP address of WAN1/WAN2/PVC3/PVC4/PVC5 for
verifying if the WAN connection is OK or not.
ip ping [IP address] [WAN1 /PVC3/PVC4/PVC5]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
IP address
It means the WAN IP address.
WAN1/PVC3/PVC4/PVC5
It means the WAN port /PVC that the above IP address
passes through.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>ip ping 172.16.3.229 WAN1
Pinging 172.16.3.229 with 64 bytes of Data:
Receive reply from 172.16.3.229, time=0ms
Receive reply from 172.16.3.229, time=0ms
Receive reply from 172.16.3.229, time=0ms
Packets: Sent = 5, Received = 5, Lost = 0 <0% loss>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
t
t
r
r
a
a
c
c
e
e
r
r
t
t
This command allows users to trace the routes from the router to the host.
ip tracert [Host/IP address] [WAN1/WAN2] [Udp/Icmp]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
IP address
It means the target IP address.
WAN1/WAN2
It means the WAN port that the above IP address passes
through.
Udp/Icmp
It means the UDP or ICMP.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
422
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>ip tracert 22.128.2.62 WAN1
Traceroute to 22.128.2.62, 30 hops max
1 172.16.3.7 10ms
2 172.16.1.2 10ms
3 Request Time out.
4 168.95.90.66 50ms
5 211.22.38.134 50ms
6 220.128.2.62 50ms
Trace complete
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
t
t
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
This command allows users to access specified device by telnet.
ip telnet [IP address][Port]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
IP address
Type the WAN or LAN IP address of the remote device.
Port
Type a port number (e.g., 23).
Available settings: 0 ~65535.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip telnet 172.17.3.252 23
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
r
r
i
i
p
p
This command allows users to set the RIP (routing information protocol) of IP.
ip rip [0/1/2]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
0/1/2
0 means disable; 1 means first subnet and 2 means second
subnet.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip rip 1
%% Set RIP 1st subnet.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
423
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
w
w
a
a
n
n
r
r
i
i
p
p
This command allows users to set the RIP (routing information protocol) of WAN IP.
ip wanrip [ifno] -e [0/1]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
ifno
It means the connection interface.
1: WAN1,2: WAN2, 3: PVC3,4: PVC4,5: PVC5
Note: PVC3 ~PVC5 are virtual WANs.
-e
It means to disable or enable RIP setting for specified WAN
interface.
1: Enable the function of setting RIP of WAN IP.
0: Disable the function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip wanrip ?
Valid ex:ip wanrip <ifno> -e <0/1>
<ifno> 1: WAN1,2: WAN2
3: PVC3,4: PVC4,5: PVC5
-e <0/1> 0: disable, 1: enable
Now status:
WAN[1] Rip Protocol disable
WAN[2] Rip Protocol disable
WAN[3] Rip Protocol disable
WAN[4] Rip Protocol disable
WAN[5] Rip Protocol disable
> ip wanrip 5 -e 1
> ip wanrip ?
Valid ex:ip wanrip <ifno> -e <0/1>
<ifno> 1: WAN1,2: WAN2
3: PVC3,4: PVC4,5: PVC5
-e <0/1> 0: disable, 1: enable
Now status:
WAN[1] Rip Protocol disable
WAN[2] Rip Protocol disable
WAN[3] Rip Protocol disable
WAN[4] Rip Protocol disable
WAN[5] Rip Protocol enable
>
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
424
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
r
r
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
This command allows users to set static route.
ip route add [dst] [netmask][gateway][ifno][rtype]
ip route del [dst] [netmask][rtype]
ip route status
ip route cnc
ip route default [wan1/wan2/off/?]
ip route clean [1/0]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
add
It means to add an IP address as static route.
del
It means to delete specified IP address.
status
It means current status of static route.
dst
It means the IP address of the destination.
netmask
It means the netmask of the specified IP address.
gateway
It means the gateway of the connected router.
ifno
It means the connection interface.
3=WAN1 5=WAN3,6=WAN4,7=WAN5
However,
WAN3, WAN4, WAN5 are router-borne WANs
rtype
It means the type of the route.
default : default route;
static: static route.
cnc It means current IP range for CNC Network.
default Set WAN1/WAN2/off as current default route.
clean Clean all of the route settings.
1: Enable the function.
0: Disable the function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip route add 172.16.2.0 255.255.255.0 172.16.2.4 3 static
> ip route status
Codes: C - connected, S - static, R - RIP, * - default, ~ - private
C~ 192.168.1.0/ 255.255.255.0 is directly connected, LAN1
S 172.16.2.0/ 255.255.255.0 via 172.16.2.4, WAN1
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
425
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
i
i
g
g
m
m
p
p
_
_
p
p
r
r
o
o
x
x
y
y
This command allows users to enable/disable igmp proxy server.
ip igmp_proxy set
ip igmp_proxy reset
ip igmp_proxy wan
ip igmp_proxy t_home[on/off/show/help]
ip igmp_proxy query
ip igmp_proxy ppp [0/1]
ip igmp_proxy status
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
set
It means to enable proxy server.
reset
It means to disable proxy server.
wan
It means to specify WAN interface for IGMP service.
t_home
It means to specify t_home proxy server for using.
On/off/show/help
It means to turn on/off/display or get more information of the
T_home service.
query
It means to set IGMP general query interval.
The default value is 125000 ms.
ppp
0 – No need to set IGMP with PPP header.
1 – Set IGMP with PPP header.
status
It means to display current status for proxy server.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip igmp t_home on
%T-Home Setting:
%T-Home Service is turned on.
%WAN1 : Enabled, connection type: PPPoE, without tag for ADSL
%WAN5 : Enabled, connection type: DHCP, tag: 8
%: PVC4(WAN5) is bound to PVC0(WAN1), protocol=MPoA 1483 Bridge
%IGMP Proxy Interface: WAN5(PVC)
%WAN5 for Router-borne Application/ IPTV on/off: ON
> ip igmp_proxy query 130000
This command is for setting IGMP General Query Interval
The default value is 125000 ms
Current Setting is:130000 ms
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
i
i
g
g
m
m
p
p
_
_
s
s
n
n
o
o
o
o
p
p
This command allows users to enable or disable IGMP snoop function.
ip igmp_snoop enable
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
426
ip igmp_snoop disable
ip igmp_snoop status
ip igmp_snoop table
ip igmp_snoop txquery
ip igmp_snoop mode
ip igmp_snoop chkleave
ip igmp_snoop separate
ip igmp_snoop portchk
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
enable
It means to enable igmp snoop function
disable
It means to disable igmp snoop function.
status
It means to display current igmp configuration.
table
It means to display current configuration of igmp.
txquery
It means to send out IGMP QUERY to LAN periodically.
mode
It means to set software or hardware mode for snooping
working on.
chkleave
It means to check the leave status.
On: enable the IGMP snoop leave checking function.
Off: it will drop LEAVE if still clients on the same group.
separate
It means to set IGMP packets being separated by
NAT/Bridge.
On: The packets will be separated.
Off: The packets will not be separated by NAT/Bridge.
portchk
It means to perform LAN port checking for IGMP packets.
On: Perform the LAN port checking.
Off: No perform the LAN port checking.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip igmp_snoop enable
%% ip igmp snooping [enable|disable|status], IGMP Snooping is Enabled.
> ip igmp_snoop disable
%% ip igmp snooping [enable|disable|status], IGMP Snooping is Disabled.
> ip igmp_snoop mode hw
igmp snooping works on SW mode now.
> ip igmp_snoop mode ?
% ip igmp mode [hw/sw]
igmp snooping works on HW mode now.
> ip igmp_snoop separate ?
% ip igmp separate [on/off]
igmp snoop seprate is ON now.
igmp packets will be separated by NAT/Bridge.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
427
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
w
w
a
a
n
n
a
a
d
d
d
d
r
r
This command is used to configure WAN IP address.
ip wanaddr [IP address] ]<IP netmask] [gateway ip]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
IP address
Type the IP address for WAN.
IP netmask
Type the net mask for the IP address.
gateway ip
Type the IP address of the gateway.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip wanaddr 172.16.3.221 255.255.0.0 172.16.3.2
% Set WAN IP address OK !!!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
w
w
a
a
n
n
t
t
t
t
r
r
This command is used to setup the time to return WAN1 from backup WAN.
ip wanttr [time in seconds]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
time in seconds
The available range is 0 ~600 (seconds).
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip ip wanttr 500
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
d
d
m
m
z
z
Specify MAC address of certain device as the DMZ host.
ip dmz [mac]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
mac
It means the MAC address of the device that you want to
specify
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>ip dmz ?
% ip dmz <mac>, now : 00-00-00-00-00-00
> ip dmz 11-22-33-44-55-66
> ip dmz ?
% ip dmz <mac>, now : 11-22-33-44-55-66
>
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
428
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
d
d
m
m
z
z
s
s
w
w
i
i
t
t
c
c
h
h
This command allows users to set DMZ mode.
ip dmzswitch off
ip dmzswitch private
ip dmzswitch trueip
ip dmzswitch active_trueip
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
off
It means to turn off DMZ function.
private
It means to set DMZ with private IP.
trueip
It means to set DMZ with true IP.
active_trueip
It means to set the DMZ with active true IP.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip dmzswitch off
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
s
s
e
e
s
s
s
s
i
i
o
o
n
n
This command allows users to set maximum session limit number for the specified IP; set
message for exceeding session limit and set how many seconds the IP session block works.
ip session on
ip session off
ip session default [num]
ip session defaultp2p [num]
ip session status
ip session show
ip session timer [num]
ip session [block/unblock][IP]
ip session [add/del][IP1-IP2][num][p2pnum]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on
It means to turn on session limit for each IP.
off
It means to turn off session limit for each IP.
default [num]
It means to set the default number of session num limit.
Defautlp2p [num]
It means to set the default number of session num limit for
p2p.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
429
status
It means to display the current settings.
show
It means to display all session limit settings in the IP range.
timer [num]
It means to set when the IP session block works.
The unit is second.
[block/unblock][IP]
It means to block/unblock the specified IP address.
Block: The IP cannot access Internet through the router.
Unblock: The specified IP can access Internet through the
router.
add
It means to add the session limits in an IP range.
del
It means to delete the session limits in an IP range.
IP1-IP2
It means the range of IP address specified for this command.
num
It means the number of the session limits, e.g., 100.
p2pnum
It means the number of the session limits, e.g., 50 for P2P.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>ip session default 100
> ip session add 192.168.1.5-192.168.1.100 100 50
> ip session on
> ip session status
IP range:
192.168.1.5 - 192.168.1.100 : 100
Current ip session limit is turn on
Current default session number is 100
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
b
b
a
a
n
n
d
d
w
w
i
i
d
d
t
t
h
h
This command allows users to set maximum bandwidth limit number for the specified IP.
ip bandwidth on
ip bandwidth off
ip bandwidth default [tx_rate][rx_rate]
ip bandwidth status
ip bandwidth show
ip bandwidth [add/del] [IP1-IP2][tx][rx][shared]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on
It means to turn on the IP bandwidth limit.
off
It means to turn off the IP bandwidth limit.
default [tx_rate][rx_rate]
It means to set default tx and rx rate of bandwidth limit. The
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
430
range is from 0 – 65535 Kpbs.
status
It means to display the current settings.
show
It means to display all the bandwidth limits settings within
the IP range.
add
It means to add the bandwidth within the IP range.
del
It means to delete the bandwidth within the IP range.
IP1-IP2
It means the range of IP address specified for this
command.
tx
It means to set transmission rate for bandwidth limit.
rx
It means to set receiving rate for bandwidth limit.
shared
It means that the bandwidth will be shared for the IP range.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip bandwidth default 200 800
> ip bandwidth add 192.168.1.50-192.168.1.100 10 60
> ip bandwidth status
IP range:
192.168.1.50 - 192.168.1.100 : Tx:10K Rx:60K
Current ip Bandwidth limit is turn off
Auto adjustment is off
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
b
b
i
i
n
n
d
d
m
m
a
a
c
c
This command allows users to set IP-MAC binding for LAN host.
ip bindmac on
ip bindmac off
ip bindmac strict_on
ip bindmac show
ip bindmac add [IP][MAC][Comment]
ip bindmac del [IP]/all
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on
It means to turn on IP bandmac policy. Even the IP is not in
the policy table, it can still access into network.
off
It means to turn off all the bindmac policy.
strict_on
It means that only those IP address in IP bindmac policy table
can access into network.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
431
show
It means to display the IP address and MAC address of the
pair of binded one.
add
It means to add one ip bindmac.
del
It means to delete one ip bindmac.
IP
It means to type the IP address for binding with specified
MAC address.
MAC
It means to type the MAC address for binding with the IP
address specified.
Comment
It means to type words as a brief description.
All
It means to delete all the IP bindmac settings.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip bindmac add 192.168.1.46 00:50:7f:22:33:55 just for test
> ip bindmac show
ip bind mac function is turned ON
IP : 192.168.1.46 bind MAC : 00-50-7f-22-33-55 Comment : just
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
432
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
m
m
a
a
x
x
n
n
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
e
e
r
r
This command is used to set the maximum number of NAT users.
ip maxnatuser user no
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
User no
A number specified here means the total NAT users that
Vigor router supports.
0 – It means no limitation.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip maxnatuser 100
% Max NAT user = 100
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
l
l
a
a
n
n
D
D
N
N
S
S
R
R
e
e
s
s
This command is used to set LAN DNS profiles. With such feature, the user can configure
some services (such as ftp, www or database) with domain name which is easy to be accessed.
ip lanDNSRes [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-a <IP Address>
It is used to configure IP address mapping (IPv4/IPv6
Address or multiple subnet addresses).
IP Address: type the IP address (e.g., 192.168.1.56).
-d <address mapping
index number>
It means to delete index number with address mapping
configured.
address mapping index number : type the index number
which represents the address mapping profile.
-e <0/1>
It means to enable or disable the function of LAN DNS or
DNS Forwarding Profile.
0: disable
1: enable
-i <profile setting index
number>
It means to create LAN DNS profile with specified domain
name.
profile setting index number : type the index number which
represents the profile with domain name configured.
-l
It means to list detailed information of profile configuration.
> ip lanDNSRes -l
%
% Idx: 7
% State: Enable
% Profile: DrayTekFTP
% Domain Name: ftp.draytek.com
% -------- Address Mapping Table --------
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
433
% Idx ReplyOnlySameSubnet IP Address
% 1 Yes 172.16.2.10
% 2 Yes 172.16.3.10
% 3 Yes 172.16.4.10
-n<domain name>
It means to specify a domain name to be accessed.
-p<profile name>
It means to set name of the LAN DNS profile.
-r
It means to clear specified domain name profile and the
address mapping setting.
-s<0/1>
It means to determine all subnet packets or only the packets
with the same subnet will be replied for address mapping
profile.
0: reply all subnet packets.
1: reply only same subnet packet.
-z
It means to update LAN DNS configuration to DNS cache.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip lanDNSRes -i 1 -n ftp.drayTek.com
% Configure Set1's DomainName:ftp.drayTek.com
>
ip lanDNSRes -i 1 -n ftp.drayTek.com
> ip lanDNSRes -i 1 -a 172.16.2.10 -s 1
> ip lanDNSRes -i 1 -a 172.16.3.10 -s 1
> ip lanDNSRes -i 1 -a 172.16.4.10 -s 1
>
ip lanDNSRes -l
%
% Idx: 7
% State: Enable
% Profile: DrayTekFTP
% Domain Name: ftp.draytek.com
% -------- Address Mapping Table --------
% Idx ReplyOnlySameSubnet IP Address
% 1 Yes 172.16.2.10
% 2 Yes 172.16.3.10
% 3 Yes 172.16.4.10
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
a
a
d
d
d
d
r
r
This command allows users to set the IPv6 address for your router.
ip6 addr -s [prefix] [prefix-length] [LAN|WAN1|WAN2|iface#]
ip6 addr -d [prefix] [prefix-length] [LAN|WAN1|WAN2|iface#]
ip6 addr -a [LAN|WAN1|WAN2|iface#]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-s
It means to add a static ipv6 address.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
434
-d
It means to delete an ipv6 address.
-a
It means to show current address(es) status.
-u
It means to show only unicast addresses.
prefix
It means to type the prefix number of IPv6 address.
prefix-length
It means to type a fixed value as the length of the prefix.
LAN|WAN1|WAN2|iface#
It means to specify LAN or WAN interface for such address.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 addr -a
LAN
Unicast Address:
FE80::250:7FFF:FE00:0/64 (Link)
Multicast Address:
FF02::2
FF02::1:FF00:0
FF02::1
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
r
r
e
e
q
q
_
_
o
o
p
p
t
t
This command is used to configure option-request settings for DHCPv6 client.
ip6 dhcp req_opt [LAN|WAN1|WAN2|iface#] [-<command> <parameter>| ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
req_opt
It means option-request.
LAN|WAN1|WAN2|iface#
It means to specify LAN or WAN interface for such address.
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one
line.
-a
It means to show current DHCPv6 status.
-s
It means to ask the SIP.
-S
It means to ask the SIP name.
-d
It means to ask the DNS setting.
-D
It means to ask the DNS name.
-n
It means to ask NTP.
-i
It means to ask NIS.
-I
It means to ask NIS name.
-p
It means to ask NISP.
-P
It means to ask NISP name.
-b
It means to ask BCMCS.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
435
-B
It means to ask BCMCS name.
-r
It means to ask refresh time.
Parameter
1: the parameter related to the request will be displayed.
0: the parameter related to the request will not be displayed.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 dhcp req_opt WAN2 -S 1
> ip6 dhcp req_opt WAN2 -r 1
> ip6 dhcp req_opt WAN2 -a
% Interface WAN2 is set to request following DHCPv6 options:
% sip name
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
c
c
l
l
i
i
e
e
n
n
t
t
This command allows you to use DHCPv6 protocol to obtain IPv6 address from server.
ip6 dhcp client [WAN1|WAN2|iface#] [-<command> <parameter>| ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
client
It means the dhcp client settings.
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one
line.
-a
It means to show current DHCPv6 status.
-p [IAID]
It means to request identity association ID for Prefix
Delegation.
-n [IAID]
It means to request identity association ID for
Non-temporary Address.
-c [parameter]
It means to send rapid commit to server.
-i [parameter]
It means to send information request to server.
-e[parameter]
It means to enable or disable the DHCPv6 client.
1: Enable
0: Disable
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 dhcp client WAN2 –p 2008::1
> ip6 dhcp client WAN2 –a
Interface WAN2 has following DHCPv6 client settings:
DHCPv6 client enabled
request IA_PD whose IAID equals to 2008
> ip6 dhcp client WAN2 –n 1023456
> ip6 dhcp client WAN2 –a
Interface WAN2 has following DHCPv6 client settings:
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
436
DHCPv6 client enabled
request IA_NA whose IAID equals to 2008
> system reboot
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
s
s
e
e
r
r
v
v
e
e
r
r
This command allows you to configure DHCPv6 server.
ip6 dhcp server [-<command> <parameter>| ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
server
It means the dhcp server settings.
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one
line.
-a
It means to show current DHCPv6 status.
-i<pool_min_addr>
It means to set the start IPv6 address of the address pool.
-x<pool_max_addr>
It means to set the end IPv6 address of the address pool.
-d<addr>
It means to set the first DNS IPv6 address.
-D<addr>
It means to set the second DNS IPv6 address.
-c<parameter>
It means to send rapid commit to server.
1: Enable
0: Disable
-e<parameter>
It means to enable or disable the DHCPv6 server.
1: Enable
0: Disable
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 dhcp server -d FF02::1
> ip6 dhcp server -i ff02::1
> ip6 dhcp server -x ff02::3
> ip6 dhcp server -a
% Interface LAN has following DHCPv6 server settings:
% DHCPv6 server disabled
% maximum address of the pool: FF02::3
% minimum address of the pool: FF02::1
% 1st DNS IPv6 Addr: FF02::1
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
437
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
i
i
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
n
n
e
e
t
t
This command allows you to configure settings for accessing Internet.
ip6 internet -W n -M n [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-W n
W means to set WAN interface and n means different
selections. Default is WAN1.
n=1: WAN1
n=2: WAN2
n=3: WAN3
.
.
n=X: WANx
-M n
M means to set Internet Access Mode (Mandatory) and n
means different modes (represented by 0 – 5)
n= 0: Offline,
n=1: PPP,
n=2: TSPC,
n=3: AICCU,
n=4: DHCPv6,
n=5: Static
n=6:6in4-Static
n=7:6rd
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one
line.
-m n
It means to set IPv6 MTU.
N = any value (0 means “unspecified”).
-u <username>
It means to set Username.
<username>= type a name as the username (maximum 63
characters).
-p <password>
It means to set Password.
<password> = type a password (maximum 63 characters).
-l n
It means to set IPv6 prefix length for protocol of 6rd.
n: IPv6 prefix length.
-s <server>
It means to set Tunnel Server IP.
<server>= IPv4 address or URL (maximum 63 characters).
-d <server>
It means to set the primary DNS Server IP.
<server>= type an IPv6 address for first DNS server.
-D <server>
It means to set the secondary DNS Server IP.
<server>= type an IPv6 address for second DNS server.
-t <dhcp/ra/none>
It means to set IPv6 PPP WAN test mode for DHCP or
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
438
RADVD.
<dhcp/ra/none>= type IPv6 address.
-V
It means to view IPv6 Internet Access Profile.
-o
It means to set AICCU always on.
1=On,
0=Off
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 internet -W 2 -M 2 -u 88886666 -p draytek123456 –s
amsterdam.freenet6.net
This setting will take effect after rebooting.
Please use "sys reboot" command to reboot the router.
> system reboot
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
n
n
e
e
i
i
g
g
h
h
This command allows you to display IPv6 neighbour table.
ip6 neigh -s[ inet6_addr] [eth_addr] [LAN|WAN1|WAN2]
ip6 neigh -d [inet6_addr] [LAN|WAN1|WAN2]
ip6 neigh -a [inet6_addr] [-N LAN|WAN1|WAN2]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-s
It means to add a neighbour.
-d
It means to delete a neighbour.
-a
It means to show neighbour status.
inet6_addr
Type an IPv6 address
eth_addr
Type submask address.
LAN|WAN1|WAN2
Specify an interface for the neighbor.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 neigh -s 2001:2222:3333::1111 00:50:7F:11:ac:22:WAN2
Neighbour 2001:2222:3333::1111 successfully added!
> ip6 neigh -a
I/F ADDR MAC STATE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
LAN FF02::1 33-33-00-00-00-01 CONNECTED
WAN2 2001:5C0:1400:B::10B8 00-00-00-00-00-00 CONNECTED
WAN2 2001:2222:3333::1111 00-00-00-00-00-00 CONNECTED
WAN2 2001:2222:6666::1111 00-00-00-00-00-00 CONNECTED
WAN2 :: 00-00-00-00-00-00 CONNECTED
LAN :: NONE
>
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
439
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
p
p
n
n
e
e
i
i
g
g
h
h
This command allows you to add a proxy neighbour.
ip6 pneigh -s inet6_addr [LAN|WAN1|WAN2]
ip6 pneigh -d inet6_addr [LAN|WAN1|WAN2]
ip6 pneigh -a [inet6_addr] [-N LAN|WAN1|WAN2]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-s
It means to add a proxy neighbour.
-d
It means to delete a proxy neighbour.
-a
It means to show proxy neighbour status.
inet6_addr
Type an IPv6 address
LAN|WAN1|WAN2
Specify an interface for the proxy neighbor.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 neigh -s FE80::250:7FFF:FE12:300 LAN
% Neighbour FE80::250:7FFF:FE12:300 successfully added!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
r
r
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
This command allows you to
ip6 route -s [prefix] [prefix-length] [gateway] [LAN|WAN1|WAN2|iface#> [-D]
ip6 route -d [prefix] [prefix-length]
ip6 route -a [LAN|WAN1|WAN2|iface#]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-s
It means to add a route.
-d
It means to delete a route.
-a
It means to show the route status.
-D
It means that such route will be treated as the default route.
prefix
It means to type the prefix number of IPv6 address.
prefix-length
It means to type a fixed value as the length of the prefix.
gateway
It means the gateway of the router.
LAN|WAN1|WAN2|iface#
It means to specify LAN or WAN interface for such
address.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 route -s FE80::250:7FFF:FE12:500 16 FE80::250:7FFF:FE12:100 LAN
% Route FE80::250:7FFF:FE12:500/16 successfully added!
> ip6 route -a LAN
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
440
PREFIX/PREFIX-LEN _EXPIRES_ _NEXT-HOP_ I/F METRIC STATE FLAGS
------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE80::/128 LAN 0 UNICAST U
0 ::
FE80::250:7FFF:FE00:0/128 LAN 0 UNICAST U
0 ::
FE80::/64 LAN 256 UNICAST U
0
FE80::/16 LAN 1024 UNICAST UGA
0 FE80::250:7FFF:FE12:100
FF02::1/128 LAN 0 UNICAST UC
0 FF02::1
FF00::/8 LAN 256 UNICAST U
0
::/0 LAN -1 UNREACHABLE !
0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
p
p
i
i
n
n
g
g
This command allows you to pin an IPv6 address or a host.
ip6 ping [IPV6 address/Host] [LAN/WAN1/WAN2]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
IPV6 address/Host
It means to specify the IPv6 address or host for ping.
LAN/WAN1/WAN2
It means to specify LAN or WAN interface for such address.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 ping 2001:4860:4860::8888 WAN2
Pinging 2001:4860:4860::8888 with 64 bytes of Data:
Receive reply from 2001:4860:4860::8888, time=330ms
Receive reply from 2001:4860:4860::8888, time=330ms
Receive reply from 2001:4860:4860::8888, time=330ms
Receive reply from 2001:4860:4860::8888, time=330ms
Receive reply from 2001:4860:4860::8888, time=330ms
Packets: Sent = 5, Received = 5, Lost = 0 <% loss>
>
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
441
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
t
t
s
s
p
p
c
c
This command allows you to display TSPC status.
ip6 tspc [ifno]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
ifno
It means the connection interface.
Ifno=1 (means WAN1)
Info=2 (means WAN2)
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 tspc 2
Local Endpoint v4 Address : 111.243.177.223
Local Endpoint v6 Address : 2001:05c0:1400:000b:0000:0000:0000:10b9
Router DNS name : 8886666.broker.freenet6.net
Remote Endpoint v4 Address :81.171.72.11
Remote Endpoint v6 Address : 2001:05c0:1400:000b:0000:0000:0000:10b8
Tspc Prefixlen : 56
Tunnel Broker: Amsterdam.freenet.net
Status: Connected
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
r
r
a
a
d
d
v
v
d
d
This command allows you to enable or disable RADVD server.
Ip6 radvd –s [1|0] [lifetime]
ip6 radvd –V
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-s
It means to enable or disable the default lifetime of the
RADVD server.
1: Enable the RADVD server.
0: Disable the RADVD server.
Lifetime
It means to set the lifetime.
The lifetime associated with the default router in units of
seconds. It’s used to control the lifetime of the prefix. The
maximum value corresponds to 18.2 hours. A lifetime of 0
indicates that the router is not a default router and should not
appear on the default router list.
Type the number (unit: second) you want.
-V
It means to show the RADVD configuration.
-r
It means RA default test.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
442
-r [num]
It means RA test for item [num].
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 radvd -s 1 1800
> ip6 radvd -V
% IPv6 Radvd Config:
Radvd : Enable, Default Lifetime : 1800 seconds
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
This command allows you to manage the settings for access list.
ip6 mngt list
ip6 mngt list [add<index> <prefix> <prefix-length>|remove <index>|flush]
ip6 mngt status
ip6 mngt [http|telnet|ping|https|ssh] [on|off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
list
It means to show the setting information of the access list.
status
It means to show the status of IPv6 management.
add
It means to add an IPv6 address which can be used to execute
management through Internet.
index
It means the number (1, 2 and 3) allowed to be configured for
IPv6 management.
prefix
It means to type the IPv6 address which will be used for
accessing Internet.
prefix-length
It means to type a fixed value as the length of the prefix.
remove
It means to remove (delete) the specified index number with
IPv6 settings.
flush
It means to clear the IPv6 access table.
http|telnet|ping|https|ssh
These protocols are used for accessing Internet.
on|off
It means to enable (on) or disable (off) the Internet accessing
through http/telnet/ping.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 mngt list add 1 FE80::250:7FFF:FE12:1010 128
> ip6 mngt list add 2 FE80::250:7FFF:FE12:1020 128
> ip6 mngt list add 3 FE80::250:7FFF:FE12:2080 128
> ip6 mngt list
% IPv6 Access List :
Index IPv6 Prefix Prefix Length
========================================
1 FE80::250:7FFF:FE12:1010 128
2 FE80::250:7FFF:FE12:1020 128
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
443
3 FE80::250:7FFF:FE12:2080 128
> ip6 mngt status
% IPv6 Remote Management :
telnet : off, http : off, ping : off
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
o
o
n
n
l
l
i
i
n
n
e
e
This command allows you to check the online status of IPv6 LAN /WAN.
ip6 online [ifno]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
ifno
It means the connection interface.
0=LAN1
1=WAN1
2=WAN2
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 online 0
% LAN 1 online status :
% Interface : UP
% IPv6 DNS Server: :: Static
% IPv6 DNS Server: :: Static
% IPv6 DNS Server: :: Static
% Tx packets = 408, Tx bytes = 32160, Rx packets = 428, Rx bytes =
33636
> ip6 online 1
% WAN 1 online status :
% IPv6 WAN1 Disabled
% Default Gateway : ::
% UpTime : 0:00:00
% Interface : DOWN
% IPv6 DNS Server: :: Static
% IPv6 DNS Server: :: Static
% IPv6 DNS Server: :: Static
% Tx packets = 0, Tx bytes = 0, Rx packets = 0, Rx bytes = 0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
a
a
i
i
c
c
c
c
u
u
This command allows you to set IPv6 settings for WAN interface with connection type of
AICCU.
ip6 aiccu [ifno]
ip6 aiccu subnet [add <ifno> <prefix> <prefix-length>|remove <ifno>|show <info>]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
444
ifno
It means the connection interface.
1=WAN1
2=WAN2
add
It means to add an IPv6 address which can be used to execute
management through Internet.
prefix
It means to type the IPv6 address which will be used for
accessing Internet.
prefix-length
It means to type a fixed value as the length of the prefix.
remove
It means to remove (delete) the specified index number with
IPv6 settings.
show
It means to display the AICCU status.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 aiccu subnet add 2 2001:1111:0000::1111 64
> ip6 aiccu 2
Status: Connecting
>ip6 aiccu subnet show 2
IPv6 WAN2 AICCU Subnet Prefix Config:
2001:1111::1111/64
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
n
n
t
t
p
p
This command allows you to set IPv6 settings for NTP (Network Time Protocols) server.
ip6 ntp –h
ip6 ntp –v
ip6 ntp –p [0/1]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
–h It is used to display the usage of such command.
-v It is used to show the NTP state.
-p <0/1> It is used to specify NTP server for IPv6.
0 – Auto
1 – First Query IPv6 NTP Server.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 ntp -p 1
% Set NTP Priority: IPv6 First
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
f
f
v
v
i
i
e
e
w
w
IPF users to view the version of the IP filter, to view/set the log flag, to view the running IP
filter rules.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
445
ipf view [-VcdhrtzZ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-V
It means to show the version of this IP filter.
-c
It means to show the running call filter rules.
-d
It means to show the running data filter rules.
-h
It means to show the hit-number of the filter rules.
-r
It means to show the running call and data filter rules.
-t
It means to display all the information at one time.
-z
It means to clear a filter rule’s statistics.
-Z
It means to clear IP filter’s gross statistics.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ipf view -V -c -d
ipf: IP Filter: v3.3.1 (1824)
Kernel: IP Filter: v3.3.1
Running: yes
Log Flags: 0x80947278 = nonip
Default: pass all, Logging: available
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
f
f
s
s
e
e
t
t
This command is used to set general rule for firewall.
ipf set [Options]
ipf set [SET_NO] rule [RULE_NO] [Options]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Options
There are several options provided here, such as -v, -c
[SET_NO], -d [SET_NO],… and etc.
SET_NO
It means to specify the index number (from 1 to 12) of filter
set.
RULE_NO
It means to specify the index number (from 1 to 7) of filter
rule set.
-v
Type “-v” to view the configuration of general set.
-c [SET_NO]
It means to setup Call Filter, e.g., -c 2. The range for the
index number you can type is “0” to “12” (0 means “disable).
-d [SET_NO]
It means to setup Data Filter, e.g., -d 3. The range for the
index number you can type is “0” to “12” (0 means “disable).
-l [VALUE]
It means to setup Log Flag, e.g., -l 2
Type “0” to disable the log flag.
Type “1” to display the log of passed packet.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
446
Type “2” to display the log of blocked packet.
Type “3” to display the log of non-matching packet.
- p [VALUE]
It means to setup actions for packet not matching any rule,
e.g., -p 1
Type “0” to let all the packets pass;
Type “1” to block all the packets.
-M [P2P_NO]
It means to configure IM/P2P for the packets not matching
with any rule, e.g., -M 1
Type “0” to let all the packets pass;
Type “1” to block all the packets.
-U [URL_NO]
It means to configure URL content filter for the packets not
matching with any rule, e.g., -U 1
Type “0” to let all the packets pass;
Type “1” to block all the packets.
-a [AD_SET]
It means to configure the advanced settings.
-f [VALUE]
It means to accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP
packets.
-E [VALUE]
It means to set the maximum count for session limitation.
-F [VALUE]
It means to configure the load-balance policy.
-Q [VALUE]
It means to set the QoS class.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ipf set -c 1 #set call filter start from set 1
Setting saved.
> ipf set -d 2 #set data filter start from set 2
Setting saved.
> ipf set -v
Call Filter: Enable (Start Filter Set = 1)
Data Filter: Enable (Start Filter Set = 2)
Log Flag : None
Actions for packet not matching any rule:
Pass or Block : Pass
CodePage : ANSI(1252)-Latin I
Max Sessions Limit: 60000
Current Sessions : 0
Mac Bind IP : Non-Strict
QOS Class : None
APP Enforcement : None
URL Content Filter: None
Load-Balance policy : Auto-select
--------------------------------------------------------------
CodePage : ANSI(1252)-Latin I
Window size : 65535
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
447
Session timeout : 1440
DrayTek Banner : Enable
---------------------------------------------------------------
Apply IP filter to VPN incoming packets : Enable
Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP packets: Enable
----------------------------------------------------------------
Strict Security Checking
[ ]APP Enforcement
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
f
f
r
r
u
u
l
l
e
e
This command is used to set filter rule for firewall.
ipf rule s r [-<command> <parameter> | ...
ipf rule s r -v
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
s
Such word means Filter Set, range form 1~12.
r
Such word means Filter Rule, range from 1~7.
<Command><parameter
>
The following lists all of the available commands with
parameters.
-e
It means to enable or disable the rule setting.
0- disable
1- enable
-s o:g <obj>
It means to specify source IP object and IP group.
o - indicates “object”.
g - indicates “group”.
obj - indicates index number of object or index number of
group. Available settings range from 1-192. For example, “-s
g 3" means the third source IP group profile.
–s u <Address Type>
<Start IP Address> <End
IP Address> | <Address
Mask>
It means to configure source IP address including address
type, start IP address, end IP address and address mask.
u – It means “user defined”.
Address Type - Type the number (representing different
address type).
0 - Subnet Address
1 - Single Address
2 - Any Address
3 - Range Address
Example:
Set Subnet Address => -s u 0 192.168.1.10 255.255.255.0
Set Single Address => -s u 1 192.168.1.10
Set Any Address => -s u 2
Set Range Address => -s u 3 192.168.1.10 192.168.1.15
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
448
–d u <Address Type>
<Start IP Address> <End
IP Address> | <Address
Mask>
It means to configure destination IP address including
address type, start IP address, end IP address and address
mask.
u – It means “user defined”.
Address Type - Type the number (representing different
address type).
0 - Subnet Address
1 - Single Address
2 - Any Address
3 - Range Address
Example:
Set Subnet Address => -d u 0 192.168.1.10 255.255.255.0
Set Single Address => -d u 1 192.168.1.10
Set Any Address => -d u 2
Set Range Address => -d u 3 192.168.1.10 192.168.1.15
-d o:g <obj>
It means to specify destination IP object and IP group.
o – indicates “object”.
g – indicates “group”
<obj>– indicates index number of object or index number of
group. Available settings range from 1-192. For example, “-d
g 1" means the first destination IP group profile.
-S o:g <obj>
It means to specify Service Type object and IP group.
o – indicates “object”.
g – indicates “group”
<obj> – indicates index number of object or index number of
group. Available settings range from 1-96. For example, “-S
0 1" means the first service type object profile.
-S u <protocol>
<source_port__value>
<destination_port_vale>
It means to configure advanced settings for Service Type,
such as protocol and port range.
u – it means “user defined”.
<protocol> – It means TCP(6),UDP(17), TCP/UDP(255).
<source_port__value> –
1 – Port OP, range is 0-3. 0:= =, 1:!=, 2:>, 3:<
3 – Port range of the Start Port Number, range is
1-65535.
5 – Port range of the End Port Number, range is
1-65535.
<destination_port_value>:
2 – Port OP, range is 0-3, 0:==, 1:!=, 2:>, 3:<
4 – Port range of the Start Port Number, range is
1-65535.
6 – Port range of the End Port Number, range is
1-65535.
-F
It means the Filter action you can specify.
0 –Pass Immediately,
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
449
1 – Block Immediately,
2 – Pass if no further match,
3 – Block if no further match.
-q
It means the classification for QoS.
1– Class 1,
2 – Class 2,
3 – Class 3,
4 – Other
-l
It means load balance policy.
Such function is used for “debug” only.
-E
It means to enable APP Enforcement.
-a<index>
It means to specify which APP Enforcement profile will be
applied.
<index> – Available settings range from 0 ~ 32. “0” means
no profile will be applied.
-u<index>
It means to specify which URL Content Filter profile will be
applied.
<index> – Available settings range from 0 ~ 8. “0” means no
profile will be applied.
-c
It means to set code page. Different number represents
different code page.
0. None
1. ANSI(1250)-Central Europe
2. ANSI(1251)-Cyrillic
3. ANSI(1252)-Latin I
4. ANSI(1253)-Greek
5. ANSI(1254)-Turkish
6. ANSI(1255)-Hebrew
7. ANSI(1256)-Arabic
8. ANSI(1257)-Baltic
9. ANSI(1258)-Viet Nam
10. OEM(437)-United States
11. OEM(850)-Multilingual Latin I
12. OEM(860)-Portuguese
13. OEM(861)-Icelandic
14. OEM(863)-Canadian French
15. OEM(865)-Nordic
16. ANSI/OEM(874)-Thai
17. ANSI/OEM(932)-Japanese Shift-JIS
18. ANSI/OEM(936)-Simplified Chinese GBK
19. ANSI/OEM(949)-Korean
20. ANSI/OEM(950)-Traditional Chinese Big5
-C <Windows Size>
It means to set Window size and Session timeout (Minute).
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
450
<Session_Timeout>
<Windows Size> - Available settings range from 1 ~ 65535.
<Session_Timeout> - Make the best utilization of network
resources.
-v
It is used to show current filter/rule settings.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ipf rule 2 1 -e 1 -s "o 1" -d "o 2" -S "o 1" -F 2
> ipf rule 2 1 -v
Filter Set 2 Rule 1:
Status : Enable
Comments: xNetBios -> DNS
Index(1-15) in Schedule Setup: <null>, <null>, <null>, <null>
Direction : LAN -> WAN
Source IP : Group1,
Destination IP: Group2,
Service Type : TCP/UDPGroup1,
Fragments : Don't Care
Pass or Block : Block Immediately
Branch to Other Filter Set: None
Max Sessions Limit : 32000
Current Sessions : 0
Mac Bind IP : Non-Strict
Qos Class : None
APP Enforcement : None
URL Content Filter : None
Load-Balance policy : Auto-select
Log : Disable
------------------------------------------------------------------
CodePage : ANSI(1252)-Latin I
Window size : 65535
Session timeout : 1440
DrayTek Banner : Enable
------------------------------------------------------------------
Strict Security Checking
[ ]APP Enforcement
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
f
f
f
f
l
l
o
o
w
w
t
t
r
r
a
a
c
c
k
k
This command is used to set and view flowtrack sessions.
ipf flowtrack set [-re]
ipf flowtrack view [-f] [-b]
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
451
ipf flowtrack [-i][-p][-t]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-r
It means to refresh the flowtrack.
-e
It means to enable or disable the flowtrack.
-f
It means to show the sessions state of flowtrack. If you do not
specify any IP address, then all the session state of flowtrack
will be displayed.
-b
It means to show all of IP sessions state.
- i [IP address]
It means to specify IP address (e.g,, -i 192.168.2.55).
-p[value]
It means to type a port number (e.g., -p 1024).
Available settings are 0 ~ 65535.
-t [value]
It means to specify a protocol (e.g., -t tcp).
Available settings include:
tcp
udp
icmp
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>ipf flowtrack set -r
Refresh the flowstate ok
> ipf flowtrack view -f
Start to show the flowtrack sessions state:
ORIGIN>> 192.168.1.11:59939 -> 8.8.8.8: 53 ,ifno=0
REPLY >> 8.8.8.8: 53 -> 192.168.1.11:59939 ,ifno=3
proto=17, age=93023180(3920), flag=203
ORIGIN>> 192.168.1.11:15073 -> 8.8.8.8: 53 ,ifno=0
REPLY >> 8.8.8.8: 53 -> 192.168.1.11:15073 ,ifno=3
proto=17, age=93025100(2000), flag=203
ORIGIN>> 192.168.1.11: 7247 -> 8.8.8.8: 53 ,ifno=0
REPLY >> 8.8.8.8: 53 -> 192.168.1.11: 7247 ,ifno=3
proto=17, age=93020100(7000), flag=203
End to show the flowtrack sessions state
> ipf flowtrack set -e
Current flow_enable=0
> ipf flowtrack set -e
Curretn flow_enable=1
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
L
L
o
o
g
g
This command allows users to view log for WAN interface such as call log, IP filter log, flush
log buffer, etc.
log [-cfhiptwx?] [-F a| c | f | w]
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
452
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-c
It means to show the latest call log.
-f
It means to show the IP filter log.
-F
It means to show the flush log buffer.
a: flush all logs
c: flush the call log
f: flush the IP filter log
w: flush the WAN log
-h
It means to show this usage help.
-p
It means to show PPP/MP log.
-t
It means to show all logs saved in the log buffer.
-w
It means to show WAN log.
-x
It means to show packet body hex dump.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> log -w
25:36:25.580 ---->DHCP (WAN-5) Len = 548XID = 0x7880fdd4
Client IP = 0.0.0.0
Your IP = 0.0.0.0
Next server IP = 0.0.0.0
Relay agent IP = 0.0.0.0
25:36:33.580 ---->DHCP (WAN-5) Len = 548XID = 0x7880fdd4
Client IP = 0.0.0.0
Your IP = 0.0.0.0
Next server IP = 0.0.0.0
Relay agent IP = 0.0.0.0
25:36:41.580 ---->DHCP (WAN-5) Len = 548XID = 0x7880fdd4
Client IP = 0.0.0.0
Your IP = 0.0.0.0
Next server IP = 0.0.0.0
Relay agent IP = 0.0.0.0
25:36:49.580 ---->DHCP (WAN-5) Len = 548XID = 0x7880fdd4
Client IP = 0.0.0.0
Your IP = 0.0.0.0
Next server IP = 0.0.0.0
Relay agent IP = 0.0.0.0
25:36:57.580 ---->DHCP (WAN-5) Len = 548XID = 0x7880fdd4
Client IP = 0.0.0.0
Your IP = 0.0.0.0
--- MORE --- ['q': Quit, 'Enter': New Lines, 'Space Bar': Next Page]
---
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
453
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
f
f
t
t
p
p
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
This command allows users to set FTP port for management.
mngt ftpport [FTP port]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
FTP port
It means to type the number for FTP port. The default
setting is 21.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt ftpport 21
% Set FTP server port to 21 done.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
h
h
t
t
t
t
p
p
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
This command allows users to set HTTP port for management.
mngt httpport [Http port]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Http port
It means to enter the number for HTTP port. The default
setting is 80.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt httpport 80
% Set web server port to 80 done.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
h
h
t
t
t
t
p
p
s
s
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
This command allows users to set HTTPS port for management.
mngt httpsport [Https port]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Https port
It means to type the number for HTTPS port. The default
setting is 443.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt httpsport 443
% Set web server port to 443 done.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
454
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
t
t
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
This command allows users to set telnet port for management.
mngt telnetport [Telnet port]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Telnet port
It means to type the number for telnet port. The default
setting is 23.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt telnetport 23
% Set Telnet server port to 23 done.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
s
s
s
s
h
h
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
This command allows users to set SSH port for management.
mngt sshport [ssh port]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
ssh port
It means to type the number for SSH port. The default
setting is 22.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt sshport 23
% Set ssh port to 23 done.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
f
f
t
t
p
p
s
s
e
e
r
r
v
v
e
e
r
r
This command can enable/disable FTP server.
mngt ftpserver [enable]
mngt ftpserver [disable]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
enable
It means to activate FTP server function.
disable
It means to inactivate FTP server function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt ftpserver enable
%% FTP server has been enabled.
> mngt ftpserver disable
%% FTP server has been disabled.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
455
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
n
n
o
o
p
p
i
i
n
n
g
g
This command is used to pass or block Ping from LAN PC to the internet.
mngt noping [on]
mngt noping [off]
mngt noping [viewlog]
mngt noping [clearlog]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on
All PING packets will be forwarded from LAN PC to
Internet.
off
All PING packets will be blocked from LAN PC to Internet.
viewlog
It means to display a log of ping action, including source
MAC and source IP.
clearlog
It means to clear the log of ping action.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt noping off
No Ping Packet Out is OFF!!
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
456
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
d
d
e
e
f
f
e
e
n
n
s
s
e
e
w
w
o
o
r
r
m
m
This command can block specified port for passing through the router.
mngt defenseworm [on]
mngt defenseworm [off]
mngt defenseworm [add port]
mngt defenseworm [del port]
mngt defenseworm [viewlog]
mngt defenseworm [clearlog]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on
It means to activate the function of defense worm packet out.
off
It means to inactivate the function of defense worm packet
out.
add port
It means to add a new TCP port for block.
del port
It means to delete a TCP port for block.
viewlog
It means to display a log of defense worm packet, including
source MAC and source IP.
clearlog
It means to remove the log of defense worm packet.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt defenseworm add 21
Add TCP port 21
Block TCP port list: 135, 137, 138, 139, 445, 21
> mngt defenseworm del 21
Delete TCP port 21
Block TCP port list: 135, 137, 138, 139, 445
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
r
r
m
m
t
t
c
c
f
f
g
g
This command can allow the system administrators to login from the Internet. By default, it is
not allowed.
mngt rmtcfg [status]
mngt rmtcfg [enable]
mngt rmtcfg [disable]
mngt rmtcfg [http/https/ftp/telnet/ssh/tr069] [on/off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
status
It means to display current setting for your reference.
enable
It means to allow the system administrators to login from the
Internet.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
457
disable
It means to deny the system administrators to login from the
Internet.
http/https/ftp/telnet/ssh/tr0
69
It means to specify one of the servers/protocols for enabling
or disabling.
on/off
on – enable the function.
off – disable the function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt rmtcfg ftp on
Enable server fail
Remote configure function has been disabled
please enable by enter mngt rmtcfg enable
> mngt rmtcfg enable
%% Remote configure function has been enabled.
> mngt rmtcfg ftp on
%% FTP server has been enabled.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
e
e
c
c
h
h
o
o
i
i
c
c
m
m
p
p
This command is used to reject or accept PING packets from the Internet.
mngt echoicmp [enable]
mngt echoicmp [disable]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
enable
It means to accept the echo ICMP packet.
disable
It means to drop the echo ICMP packet.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt echoicmp enable
%% Echo ICMP packet enabled.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
a
a
c
c
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
l
l
i
i
s
s
t
t
This command allows you to specify that the system administrator can login from a specific
host or network. A maximum of three IPs/subnet masks is allowed.
mngt accesslist list
mngt accesslist add [index][ip addr][mask]
mngt accesslist remove [index]
mngt accesslist flush
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
458
list
It can display current setting for your reference.
add
It means adding a new entry.
index
It means to specify the number of the entry.
ip addr
It means to specify an IP address.
mask
It means to specify the subnet mask for the IP address.
remove
It means to delete the selected item.
flush
It means to remove all the settings in the access list.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt accesslist add 1 192.168.1.89 255.255.255.0
%% Set OK.
> mngt accesslist list
%% Access list :
Index IP address Subnet mask
==========================================
1 192.168.1.89 255.255.255.0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
s
s
n
n
m
m
p
p
This command allows you to configure SNMP for management.
mngt snmp [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one
line.
-e <1/2>
1: Enable the SNMP function.
2: Disable the SNMP function.
-g<Community name>
It means to set the name for getting community by typing a
proper character. (max. 23 characters)
-s <Community name>
It means to set community by typing a proper name. (max. 23
characters)
-m <IP address>
It means to set one host as the manager to execute SNMP
function. Please type in IPv4 address to specify certain host.
-t <Community name>
It means to set trap community by typing a proper name.
(max. 23 characters)
-n <IP address>
It means to set the IPv4 address of the host that will receive
the trap community.
-T <seconds>
It means to set the trap timeout <0~999>.
-V
It means to list SNMP setting.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
459
> mngt snmp -e 1 -g draytek -s DK -m 192.168.1.1 -t trapcom -n 10.20.3.40
-T 88
SNMP Agent Turn on!!!
Get Community set to draytek
Set Community set to DK
Manager Host IP set to 192.168.1.1
Trap Community set to trapcom
Notification Host IP set to 10.20.3.40
Trap Timeout set to 88 seconds
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
s
s
w
w
i
i
t
t
c
c
h
h
This command is used to configure multi-subnet.
msubnet switch [2][On/Off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
2
It means LAN interface.
2=LAN2
On/Off
On means turning on the subnet for the specified LAN
interface.
Off means turning off the subnet.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> msubnet switch 2 On
% LAN2 Subnet On!
This setting will take effect after rebooting.
Please use "sys reboot" command to reboot the router.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
a
a
d
d
d
d
r
r
This command is used to configure IP address for the specified LAN interface.
msubnet addr [2][IP address]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
2
It means LAN interface.
2=LAN2
IP address
Type the private IP address for the specified LAN interface.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> msubnet addr 2 192.168.5.1
% Set LAN2 subnet IP address done !!!
This setting will take effect after rebooting.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
460
Please use "sys reboot" command to reboot the router.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
n
n
m
m
a
a
s
s
k
k
This command is used to configure net mask address for the specified LAN interface.
msubnet nmask [2][IP address]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
2
It means LAN interface.
2=LAN2
IP address
Type the subnet mask address for the specified LAN
interface.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> msubnet nmask 2 255.255.0.0
% Set LAN2 subnet mask done !!!
This setting will take effect after rebooting.
Please use "sys reboot" command to reboot the router.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This command is used to display current status of subnet.
msubnet status [2]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
2
It means LAN interface.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> msubnet status 2
% LAN2 Off: 0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0, PPP Start IP: 0.0.0.60
% DHCP server: Off
% Dhcp Gateway: 0.0.0.0, Start IP: 0.0.0.10, Pool Count: 50
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
s
s
This command allows you to enable or disable DHCP server for the subnet.
msubnet dhcps [2][On/Off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
2
It means LAN interface.
2=LAN2
On/Off
On means enabling the DHCP server for the specified LAN
interface.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
461
Off means disabling the DHCP server.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> msubnet dhcps 2 off
% LAN2 Subnet DHCP Server disabled!
This setting will take effect after rebooting.
Please use "sys reboot" command to reboot the router.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
n
n
a
a
t
t
This command is used to configure the subnet for NAT or Routing usage.
msubnet nat [2] [On/Off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
2
It means LAN interface.
2=LAN2
On/Off
On – It means the subnet will be configured for NAT usage.
Off - It means the subnet will be configured for Routing
usage.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> > msubnet nat 2 off
% LAN2 Subnet is for Routing usage!
%Note: If you have multiple
W
AN connections, please be reminded to setup
a Load-Balance policy so that packets from this subnet will be forwarded
to the right WAN interface!
This setting will take effect after rebooting.
Please use "sys reboot" command to reboot the router.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
g
g
a
a
t
t
e
e
w
w
a
a
y
y
This command is used to configure an IP address as the gateway used for subnet.
msubnet gateway [2] [Gateway IP]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
2
It means LAN interface.
2=LAN2
Gateway IP
Specify an IP address as the gateway IP.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> msubnet gateway 2 192.168.1.13
% Set LAN2 Dhcp Gateway IP done !!!
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
462
This setting will take effect after rebooting.
Please use "sys reboot" command to reboot the router.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
i
i
p
p
c
c
n
n
t
t
This command is used to defined the total number allowed for each LAN interface.
msubnet ipcnt [2] [IP counts]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
2
It means LAN interface.
2=LAN2
IP counts
Specify a total number of IP address allowed for each LAN
interface.
The available range is from 0 to 220.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> msubnet ipcnt 2 15
This setting will take effect after rebooting.
Please use "sys reboot" command to reboot the router.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
t
t
a
a
l
l
k
k
This command is used to establish a route between two LAN interfaces.
msubnet talk [1/2] [1/2] [On/Off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
1/2/3/4/5/6
It means LAN interface.
1=LAN1
2=LAN2
On/Off
On – It means
Off - It means
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> > msubnet talk 1 2 on
% Enable routing between LAN1 and LAN2!
This setting will take effect after rebooting.
Please use "sys reboot" command to reboot the router.
> msubnet talk
% msubnet talk <1/2> <1/2> <On/Off>
% where 1:LAN1, 2:LAN2
% Now:
% LAN1 LAN2
% LAN1 V
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
463
% LAN2 V V
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
s
s
t
t
a
a
r
r
t
t
i
i
p
p
This command is used to configure a starting IP address for DCHP.
msubnet startip [2] [Gateway IP]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
2
It means LAN interface.
2=LAN2
Gateway IP
Type an IP address as the starting IP address for a subnet.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> msubnet startip 2 192.168.2.90
% Set LAN2 Dhcp Start IP done !!!
This setting will take effect after rebooting.
Please use "sys reboot" command to reboot the router.
> msubnet startip
% msubnet startip <2> <Gateway IP>
% Now: LAN2 192.168.2.90
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
p
p
p
p
p
p
i
i
p
p
This command is used to configure a starting IP address for PPP connection.
msubnet pppip [2] [Start IP]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
2
It means LAN interface.
2=LAN2
Start IP
Type an IP address as the starting IP address for PPP
connection.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> msubnet pppip 2 192.168.2.250
% Set LAN2 PPP(IPCP) Start IP done !!!
This setting will take effect after rebooting.
Please use "sys reboot" command to reboot the router.
> > msubnet pppip
% msubnet pppip <2> <Start IP>
% Now: LAN2 192.168.2.250
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
464
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
n
n
o
o
d
d
e
e
t
t
y
y
p
p
e
e
This command is used to specify the type for node which is required by DHCP option.
msubnet nodetype [2][count]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
2
It means LAN interface.
2=LAN2
count
Choose the following number for specifying different node
type.
1= B-node
2= P-node
4= M-node
8= H-node
0= Not specify any type for node.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> msubnet nodetype 2 1
% Set LAN2 Dhcp Node Type done !!!
> > msubnet nodetype
% msubnet nodetype <2> <count>
% Now: LAN2 1
% count: 1. B-node 2. P-node 4. M-node 8. H-node
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
p
p
r
r
i
i
m
m
W
W
I
I
N
N
S
S
This command is used to configure primary WINS server.
msubnet primWINS [2] [WINS IP]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
2
It means LAN interface.
2=LAN2
WINS IP
Type the IP address as the WINS IP.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> msubnet primWINS 2 192.168.3.5
% Set LAN2 Dhcp Primary WINS IP done !!!
> msubnet primWINS
% msubnet primWINS <2> <WINS IP>
% Now: LAN2 192.168.3.5 2.168.3.5; LAN3 0.0.0
.
0; LAN4 0.0.0.0; LAN5
0.0.0.0; LAN6 0.0.0.0
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
465
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
s
s
e
e
c
c
W
W
I
I
N
N
S
S
This command is used to configure secondary WINS server.
msubnet secWINS [2] [WINS IP]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
2
It means LAN interface.
2=LAN2
WINS IP
Type the IP address as the WINS IP.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> msubnet secWINS 2 192.168.3.89
% Set LAN2 Dhcp Secondary WINS IP done !!!
> msubnet secWINS
% msubnet secWINS <2> <WINS IP>
% Now: LAN2 192.168.3.89
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
466
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
t
t
f
f
t
t
p
p
This command is used to set TFTP server for multi-subnet.
msubnet tftp [2 [TFTP server name]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
2
It means LAN interface.
2=LAN2
TFTP server name
Type a name to indicate the TFTP server.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> msubnet tftp ?
% msubnet tftp <2> <TFTP server name>
% Now: LAN2
> msubnet tftp 2 publish
% Set LAN2 TFTP Server Name done !!!
> msubnet tftp
% msubnet tftp <2> <TFTP server name>
% Now: LAN2 publish
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
m
m
t
t
u
u
This command allows you to configure MTU value for LAN/DMZ/IP Routed Subnet.
msubnet mtu [interface][value]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
interface
Available settings include LAN1~LAN2 and
IP_Routed_Subnet.
value
1000 ~ 1496 (Bytes).
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> msubnet mtu LAN1 1492
> > msubnet mtu
Usage:
>msubnet mtu <interface> <value>
<interface>: LAN1~LAN2,IP_Routed_Subnet, <value>: 1000 ~ 1496
(Bytes), de
fault: 1500 (Bytes)
e.x: >msubnet mtu LAN1 1492
Current Settings:
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
467
LAN1 MTU: 1492 (Bytes)
LAN2 MTU: 1500 (Bytes)
IP Routed Subnet MTU: 1500 (Bytes)
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
p
p
o
o
b
b
j
j
This command is used to create an IP object profile.
object ip obj setdefault
object ip obj INDEX -v
object ip obj INDEX -n NAME
object ip obj INDEX -i INTERFACE
object ip obj INDEX -s INVERT
object ip obj INDEX -a TYPE [START_IP] [END/MASK_IP]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
setdefault
It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
INDEX
It means the index number of the specified object profile.
-v
It means to view the information of the specified object
profile.
Example:
object ip obj 1 -v
-n NAME
It means to define a name for the IP object.
NAME: Type a name with less than 15 characters.
Example:
object ip obj 9 -n bruce
-i INTERFACE
It means to define an interface for the IP object.
INTERFACE=0, means any
INTERFACE=1, means LAN
INTERFACE=3, means WAN
Example:
object ip obj 8 -i 0
-s INVERT
It means to set invert seletion for the object profile.
INVERT=0, means disableing the function.
INVERT=1, means enabling the function.
Example:
object ip obj 3 -s 1
-a TYPE
It means to set the address type and IP for the IP object
profile.
TYPE=0, means Mask
TYPE=1, means Single
TYPE=2, means Any
TYPE=3, means Rang
Example:
object ip obj 3 -a 2
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
468
[START_IP]
When the TYPE is set with 2, you have to type an IP address
as a starting point and another IP address as end point.
Type an IP address.
[END/MASK_IP]
Type an IP address (different with START_IP) as the end IP
address.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> object ip obj 1 -n marketing
> object ip obj 1 -a 1 192.168.1.45
> object ip obj 1 -v
IP Object Profile 1
Name :[marketing]
Interface:[Any]
Address type:[single]
Start ip address:[192.168.1.45]
End/Mask ip address:[0.0.0.0]
Invert Selection:[0]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
p
p
g
g
r
r
p
p
This command is used to integrate several IP objects under an IP group profile.
object ip grp setdefault
object ip grp INDEX -v
object ip grp INDEX -n NAME
object ip grp INDEX -i INTERFACE
object ip grp INDEX -a IP_OBJ_INDEX
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
setdefault
It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
INDEX
It means the index number of the specified group profile.
-v
It means to view the information of the specified group
profile.
Example:
object ip grp 1 -v
-n NAME
It means to define a name for the IP group.
NAME: Type a name with less than 15 characters.
Example:
object ip grp 8 -n bruce
-i INTERFACE
It means to define an interface for the IP group.
INTERFACE=0, means any
INTERFACE=1, means LAN
INTERFACE=2, means WAN
Example:
object ip grp 3 -i 0
-a IP_OBJ_INDEX
It means to specify IP object profiles for the group profile.
Example:
:object ip grp 3 -a 1 2 3 4 5
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
469
The IP object profiles with index number 1,2,3,4 and 5 will
be group under such profile.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> object ip grp 2 -n First
IP Group Profile 2
Name :[First]
Interface:[Any]
Included ip object index:
[0:][0]
[1:][0]
[2:][0]
[3:][0]
[4:][0]
[5:][0]
[6:][0]
[7:][0]
> object ip grp 2 -i 1
> object ip grp 2 -a 1 2
IP Group Profile 2
Name :[First]
Interface:[Lan]
Included ip object index:
[0:][1]
[1:][2]
[2:][0]
[3:][0]
[4:][0]
[5:][0]
[6:][0]
[7:][0]
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
470
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
p
p
v
v
6
6
o
o
b
b
j
j
This comman is used to create an IP object profile.
object ip obj setdefault
object ip obj INDEX -v
object ip obj INDEX -n NAME
object ip obj INDEX -i INTERFACE
object ip obj INDEX -s INVERT
object ip obj INDEX -a TYPE [START_IP] [END/MASK_IP]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
setdefault
It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
INDEX
It means the index number of the specified object profile.
-v
It means to view the information of the specified object
profile.
Example:
object ip obj 1 -v
-n NAME
It means to define a name for the IP object.
NAME: Type a name with less than 15 characters.
Example:
object ip obj 9 -n bruce
-i INTERFACE
It means to define an interface for the IP object.
INTERFACE=0, means any
INTERFACE=1, means LAN
INTERFACE=3, means WAN
Example:
object ip obj 8 -i 0
-s INVERT
It means to set invert seletion for the object profile.
INVERT=0, means disableing the function.
INVERT=1, means enabling the function.
Example:
object ip obj 3 -s 1
-a TYPE
It means to set the address type and IP for the IP object
profile.
TYPE=0, means Mask
TYPE=1, means Single
TYPE=2, means Any
TYPE=3, means Rang
Example:
object ip obj 3 -a 2
[START_IP]
When the TYPE is set with 2, you have to type an IP address
as a starting point and another IP address as end point.
Type an IP address.
[END/MASK_IP]
Type an IP address (different with START_IP) as the end IP
address.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
471
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> object ip obj 1 -n marketing
> object ip obj 1 -a 1 192.168.1.45
> object ip obj 1 -v
IP Object Profile 1
Name :[marketing]
Interface:[Any]
Address type:[single]
Start ip address:[192.168.1.45]
End/Mask ip address:[0.0.0.0]
Invert Selection:[0]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
p
p
v
v
6
6
g
g
r
r
p
p
This command is used to integrate several IP objects under an IP group profile.
object ip grp setdefault
object ip grp INDEX -v
object ip grp INDEX -n NAME
object ip grp INDEX -i INTERFACE
object ip grp INDEX -a IP_OBJ_INDEX
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
setdefault
It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
INDEX
It means the index number of the specified group profile.
-v
It means to view the information of the specified group
profile.
Example:
object ip grp 1 -v
-n NAME
It means to define a name for the IP group.
NAME: Type a name with less than 15 characters.
Example:
object ip grp 8 -n bruce
-i INTERFACE
It means to define an interface for the IP group.
INTERFACE=0, means any
INTERFACE=1, means LAN
INTERFACE=2, means WAN
Example:
object ip grp 3 -i 0
-a IP_OBJ_INDEX
It means to specify IP object profiles for the group profile.
Example:
:object ip grp 3 -a 1 2 3 4 5
The IP object profiles with index number 1,2,3,4 and 5 will
be group under such profile.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> > object ip grp 2 -n First
IP Group Profile 2
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
472
Name :[First]
Interface:[Any]
Included ip object index:
[0:][0]
[1:][0]
[2:][0]
[3:][0]
[4:][0]
[5:][0]
[6:][0]
[7:][0]
[8:][0]
[9:][0]
[10:][0]
[11:][0]
> object ip grp 2 -i 1
> object ip grp 2 -a 1 2
IP Group Profile 2
Name :[First]
Interface:[Lan]
Included ip object index:
[0:][1]
[1:][2]
[2:][0]
[3:][0]
[4:][0]
[5:][0]
[6:][0]
[7:][0]
[8:][0]
[9:][0]
[10:][0]
[11:][0]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
s
s
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
o
o
b
b
j
j
This command is used to create service object profile.
object service obj setdefault
object service obj INDEX -v
object service obj INDEX -n NAME
object service obj INDEX -p PROTOCOL
object service obj INDEX -s CHK [START_P] [END_P]
object service obj INDEX -d CHK [START_P] [END_P]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
setdefault
It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
473
INDEX
It means the index number of the specified service object
profile.
-v
It means to view the information of the specified service
object profile.
Example:
object service obj 1 -v
-n NAME
It means to define a name for the IP object.
NAME: Type a name with less than 15 characters.
Example:
object service obj 9 -n bruce
CHK
It means the check action for the port setting.
0=equal(=), when the starting port and ending port values are
the same, it indicates one port; when the starting port and
ending port values are different, it indicates a range for the
port and available for this service type.
1=not equal(!=), when the starting port and ending port
values are the same, it indicates all the ports except the port
defined here; when the starting port and ending port values
are different, it indicates that all the ports except the range
defined here are available for this service type.
2=larger(>), the port number greater than this value is
available..
3=less(<), the port number less than this value is available for
this profile.
-s CHK [START_P]
[END_P]
It means to set souce port check and configure port range
(1~65565) for TCP/UDP.
END_P, type a port number to indicate source port.
Example:
object service obj 3 -s 0 100 200
-d CHK [START_P]
[END_P]
It means to set destination port check and configure port
range (1~65565) for TCP/UDP.
END_P, type a port number to indicate destination port.
Example:
object service obj 3 -d 1 100 200
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> object service obj 1 -n limit
> object service obj 1 -p 255
> object service obj 1 -s 1 120 240
> object service obj 1 -d 1 200 220
> object service obj 1 -v
Service Object Profile 1
Name :[limit]
Protocol:[255]
Source port check action:[!=]
Source port range:[120~240]
Destination port check action:[!=]
Destination port range:[200~220]
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
474
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
s
s
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
g
g
r
r
p
p
This command is used to integrate several service objects under a service group profile.
object service grp setdefault
object service grp INDEX -v
object service grp INDEX -n NAME
object service grp INDEX -a SER_OBJ_INDEX
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
setdefault
It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
INDEX
It means the index number of the specified group profile.
-v
It means to view the information of the specified group
profile.
Example:
object service grp 1 -v
-n NAME
It means to define a name for the service group.
NAME: Type a name with less than 15 characters.
Example:
object service grp 8 -n bruce
-a SER_OBJ_INDEX
It means to specify service object profiles for the group
profile.
Example:
:object service grp 3 -a 1 2 3 4 5
The service object profiles with index number 1,2,3,4 and 5
will be group under such profile.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> object service grp 1 -n Grope_1
Service Group Profile 1
Name :[Grope_1]
Included service object index:
[0:][0]
[1:][0]
[2:][0]
[3:][0]
[4:][0]
[5:][0]
[6:][0]
[7:][0]
> object service grp 1 -a 1 2
Service Group Profile 1
Name :[Grope_1]
Included service object index:
[0:][1]
[1:][2]
[2:][0]
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
475
[3:][0]
[4:][0]
[5:][0]
[6:][0]
[7:][0]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
k
k
w
w
This command is used to create keyword profile.
object kw obj setdefault
object kw obj show PAGE
object kw obj INDEX -v
object kw obj INDEX -n NAME
object kw obj INDEX -a CONTENTS
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
setdefault
It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
show PAGE
It means to show the contents of the specified profile.
PAGE: type the page number.
show
It means to show the contents for all of the profiles.
INDEX
It means the index number of the specified keyword profile.
-v
It means to view the information of the specified keyword
profile.
-n NAME
It means to define a name for the keyword profile.
NAME: Type a name with less than 15 characters.
-a CONTENTS
It means to set the contents for the keyword profile.
Example:
object kw obj 40 -a test
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> object kw obj 1 -n children
Profile 1
Name :[children]
Content:[]
> object kw obj 1 -a gambling
Profile 1
Name :[children]
Content:[gambling]
> object kw obj 1 -v
Profile 1
Name :[children]
Content:[gambling]
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
476
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
f
f
e
e
This command is used to create File Extension Object profile.
object fe show
object fe setdefault
object fe obj INDEX -v
object fe obj INDEX -n NAME
object fe obj INDEX -e CATEGORY|FILE_EXTENSION
object fe obj INDEX -d CATEGORY|FILE_EXTENSION
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
show
It means to show the contents for all of the profiles.
setdefault
It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
INDEX
It means the index number (from 1 to 8) of the specified file
extension object profile.
-v
It means to view the information of the specified file
extension object profile.
-n NAME
It means to define a name for the file extension object profile.
NAME: Type a name with less than 15 characters.
-e
It means to enable the specific CATEGORY or
FILE_EXTENSION.
-d
It means to disable the specific CATEGORY or
FILE_EXTENSION
CATEGORY|FILE_EXTE
NSION
CATEGORY:
Image, Video, Audio, Java, ActiveX, Compression,
Executation
Example:
object fe obj 1 -e Image
FILE_EXTENSION:
".bmp", ".dib", ".gif", ".jpeg", ".jpg", ".jpg2", ".jp2", ".pct",
".pcx", ".pic", ".pict", ".png", ".tif", ".tiff", ".asf", ".avi",
".mov", ".mpe", ".mpeg", ".mpg", ".mp4", ".qt", ".rm",
".wmv",
".3gp", ".3gpp", ".3gpp2", ".3g2", ".aac", ".aiff", ".au",
".mp3",
".m4a", ".m4p", ".ogg", ".ra", ".ram", ".vox", ".wav", ".wma",
".class", ".jad", ".jar", ".jav", ".java", ".jcm", ".js", ".jse",
".jsp", ".jtk", ".alx", ".apb", ".axs", ".ocx", ".olb", ".ole",
".tlb", ".viv", ".vrm", ".ace", ".arj", ".bzip2", ".bz2", ".cab",
".gz", ".gzip", ".rar", ".sit", ".zip", ".bas", ".bat", ".com",
".exe", ".inf", ".pif", ".reg", ".scr"
Example:
object fe obj 1 -e .bmp
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
477
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> object fe obj 1 -n music
> object fe obj 1 -e Audio
> object fe obj 1 -v
Profile Index: 1
Profile Name:[music]
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
------
Image category:
[ ].bmp [ ].dib [ ].gif [ ].jpeg [ ].jpg [ ].jpg2 [ ].jp2 [ ].pct
[ ].pcx [ ].pic [ ].pict [ ].png [ ].tif [ ].tiff
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
------
Video category:
[ ].asf [ ].avi [ ].mov [ ].mpe [ ].mpeg [ ].mpg [v].mp4 [ ].qt
[ ].rm [v].wmv [ ].3gp [ ].3gpp [ ].3gpp2 [ ].3g2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
------
Audio category:
[v].aac [v].aiff [v].au [v].mp3 [v].m4a [v].m4p [v].ogg [v].ra
[v].ram [v].vox [v].wav [v].wma
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
------
Java category:
[ ].class [ ].jad [ ].jar [ ].jav [ ].java [ ].jcm [ ].js [ ].jse
[ ].jsp [ ].jtk
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
------
ActiveX category:
[ ].alx [ ].apb [ ].axs [ ].ocx [ ].olb [ ].ole [ ].tlb [ ].viv
[ ].vrm
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
------
Compression category:
[ ].ace [ ].arj [ ].bzip2 [ ].bz2 [ ].cab [ ].gz [ ].gzip [ ].rar
[ ].sit [ ].zip
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
------
Executation category:
[ ].bas [ ].bat [ ].com [ ].exe [ ].inf [ ].pif [ ].reg [ ].scr
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
478
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
This command allows users to check the connection speed used by each port.
port status
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
status
It means to view the Ethernet port status.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> port status
% port 1 : link DOWN, speed= ---- Mbps, duplex= ----, FlowControl= --
% port 2 : link DOWN, speed= ---- Mbps, duplex= ----, FlowControl= --
% port 3 : link UP , speed= 100 Mbps, duplex= FULL, FlowControl= OFF
% port 4 : link DOWN, speed= ---- Mbps, duplex= ----, FlowControl= --
% WAN1 : link DOWN, speed= ---- Mbps, duplex= ----, FlowControl= --
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
m
m
a
a
p
p
t
t
i
i
m
m
e
e
This command allows you to set a time of keeping the session connection for specified
protocol.
portmaptime [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one
line.
-t <sec>
It means “TCP” protocol.
<sec>: Type a number to set the TCP session timeout.
-u <sec>
It means “UDP” protocol.
<sec>: Type a number to set the UDP session timeout.
-i <sec>
It means “IGMP” protocol.
<sec>: Type a number to set the IGMP session timeout.
-w <sec>
It means “TCP WWW” protocol.
<sec>: Type a number to set the TCP WWW session
timeout.
-s <sec>
It means “TCP SYN” protocol.
<sec>: Type a number to set the TCP SYN session timeout.
-f
It means to flush all portmaps (useful for diagnostics).
-l <List>
List all settings.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
479
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> portmaptime -t 86400 -u 300 -i 10
> portmaptime -l
------ Current setting ------
TCP Timeout : 86400 sec.
UDP Timeout : 300 sec.
IGMP Timeout : 10 sec.
TCP WWW Timeout: 60 sec.
TCP SYN Timeout: 60 sec.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
p
p
r
r
n
n
This command allows you to view current status (interface and driver) of USB printer.
prn status
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> prn status
Interface: USB bus 2.0
Printer: NotReady
VR9 USB host : USB1: NotReady , USB2: NotReady
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
q
q
o
o
s
s
s
s
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
This command allows user to set general settings for QoS.
qos setup [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one
line.
-h
Type it to display the usage of this command.
-m <mode>
It means to define which traffic the QoS control settings
will apply to and eable QoS control.
0: disable.
1: in, apply to incoming traffic only.
2: out, apply to outgoing traffic only.
3: both, apply to both incoming and outgoing traffic.
Default is enable (for outgoing traffic).
-i <bandwidth>
It means to set inbound bandwidth in kbps (Ethernet WAN
only)
The available setting is from 1 to 100000.
-o <bandwidth>
It means to set outbound bandwidth in kbps (Ethernet WAN
only). The available setting is from 1 to 100000.
-r <index:ratio>
It means to set ratio for class index, in %.
-u <mode>
It means to enable bandwidth control for UDP.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
480
0: disable
1: enable
Default is disable.
-p <ratio>
It means to enable bandwidth limit ratio for UDP.
-t <mode>
It means to enable/disable Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize.
0: disable
1: enable
-V
Show all the settings.
-D
Set all to factory default (for all WANs).
[…]
It means that you can type in several commands in one line.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> qos setup -m 3 -i 9500 -o 8500 -r 3:20 -u 1 -p 50 -t 1
WAN1 QOS mode is both
Wan 1 is XDSL model ,don,t need to set up
Wan 1 is XDSL model ,don,t need to set up
WAN1 class 3 ratio set to 20
WAN1 udp bandwidth control set to enable
WAN1 udp bandwidth limit ratio set to 50
WAN1 Outbound TCP ACK Prioritizel set to enable
QoS WAN1 set complete; restart QoS
>
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
481
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
q
q
o
o
s
s
c
c
l
l
a
a
s
s
s
s
This command allows user to set QoS class.
qos class -c [no] –[a|e|d] [no][-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one
line.
-h
Type it to display the usage of this command.
-c <no>
Specify the inde number for the class.
Available value for <no> contains 1, 2 and 3. The default
setting is class 1.
-n <name>
It means to type a name for the class.
-a
It means to add rule for specified class.
-e <no>
It means to edit specified rule.
<no>: type the index number for the rule.
-d <no>
It means to delete specified rule.
<no>: type the index number for the rule.
-m <mode>
It means to enable or disable the specified rule.
0: disable,
1: enable
-l <addr>
Set the local address.
Addr1 – It means Single address. Please specify the IP
address directly, for example, “-l 172.16.3.9”.
addr1:addr2 – It means Range address. Please specify the IP
addresses, for example, “-l 172.16.3.9: 172.16.3.50.”
addr1:subnet – It means the subnet address with start IP
address. Please type the subnet and the IP address, for
example, “-l 172.16.3.9:255.255.0.0”.0
any – It means Any address. Simple type “-l” to specify any
address for this command.
-r <addr>
Set the remote address.
addr1 – It means Single address. Please specify the IP
address directly, for example, “-l 172.16.3.9”.
addr1:addr2 – It means Range address. Please specify the IP
addresses, for example, “-l 172.16.3.9: 172.16.3.50.”
addr1:subnet – It means the subnet address with start IP
address. Please type the subnet and the IP address, for
example, “-l 172.16.3.9:255.255.0.0”.0
any – It means Any address. Simple type “-l” to specify any
address for this command.
-p <DSCP id>
Specify the ID.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
482
-s <Service type>
Specify the service type by typing the number. The available
types are listed as below:
1:ANY 2:DNS 3:FTP 4:GRE 5:H.323
6:HTTP 7:HTTPS 8:IKE 9:IPSEC-AH 10:IPSEC-ESP
11:IRC 12:L2TP 13:NEWS 14:NFS 15:NNTP
16:PING 17:POP3 18:PPTP 19:REAL-AUDIO 20:RTSP
21:SFTP 22:SIP 23:SMTP 24:SNMP 25:SNMP-TRAPS
26:SQL-NET 27:SSH 28:SYSLOG 29:TELNET 30:TFTP
-S <d/s>
Show the content for specified DSCP ID/Service type.
-V <1/2/3>
Show the rule in the specified class.
[…]
It means that you can type in several commands in one line.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> qos class -c 2 -n draytek -a -m 1 -l 192.168.1.50:192.168.1.80
Following setting will set in the class2
class 2 name set to draytek
Add a rule in class2
Class2 the 1 rule enabled
Set local address type to Range, 192.168.1.50:192.168.1.80
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
q
q
o
o
s
s
t
t
y
y
p
p
e
e
This command allows user to configure protocol type and port number for QoS.
qos type [-a <service name> | -e <no> | -d <no>].
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-a <name>
It means to add rule.
-e <no>
It means to edit user defined service type. “no” means the
index number. Available numbers are 1~40.
-d <no>
It means to delete user defined service type. “no” means the
index number. Available numbers are 1~40.
-n <name>
It means the name of the service.
-t <type>
It means protocol type.
6: tcp(default)
17: udp
0: tcp/udp
<1~254>: other
-p <port>
It means service port. The typing format must be [start:end]
(ex., 510:330).
-l
List user defined types. “no” means the index number.
Available numbers are 1~40.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
483
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> qos type -a draytek -t 6 -p 510:1330
service name set to draytek
service type set to 6:TCP
Port type set to Range
Service Port set to 510 ~ 1330
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
q
q
u
u
i
i
t
t
This command can exit the telnet command screen.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
l
l
a
a
n
n
This command displays current status of LAN IP address settings.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show lan
The LAN settings:
ip mask dhcp star_ip pool gateway
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
----
[V]LAN1 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0 [V] 192.168.1.10 200
192.168.1.1
[X]LAN2 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.0 [V] 192.168.2.10 100
192.168.2.1
[X]LAN3 192.168.3.1 255.255.255.0 [V] 192.168.3.10 100
192.168.3.1
[X]LAN4 192.168.4.1 255.255.255.0 [V] 192.168.4.10 100
192.168.4.1
[X]LAN5 192.168.5.1 255.255.255.0 [V] 192.168.5.10 100
192.168.5.1
[X]LAN6 192.168.6.1 255.255.255.0 [V] 192.168.6.10 100
192.168.6.1
[X]Route 192.168.0.1 255.255.255.0 [V] 0.0.0.0 0 192.168.0.1
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
484
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
d
d
m
m
z
z
This command displays current status of DMZ host.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show dmz
% WAN1 DMZ mapping status:
Index Status WAN1 aux IP Private IP
----------------------------------------------------
1 Disable 172.16.3.221
2 Disable 192.168.1.65
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
d
d
n
n
s
s
This command displays current status of DNS setting
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show dns
%% Domain name server settings:
% Primary DNS: [Not set]
% Secondary DNS: [Not set]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
o
o
p
p
e
e
n
n
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
This command displays current status of open port setting.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show openport
%% Openport settings:
Index Status Comment Local IP Address
********************************************************
No data entry.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
n
n
a
a
t
t
This command displays current status of NAT.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show nat
Port Redirection Running Table:
Index Protocol Public Port Private IP Private Port
1 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
2 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
3 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
4 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
5 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
6 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
7 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
8 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
9 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
10 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
11 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
12 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
13 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
14 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
15 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
485
16 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
17 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
18 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
19 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
20 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
--- MORE --- ['q': Quit, 'Enter': New Lines, 'Space Bar': Next Page]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
m
m
a
a
p
p
This command displays the table of NAT Active Sessions.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show portmap
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Private_IP:Port Pseudo_IP:Port Peer_IP:Port [Timeout/Protocol/Flag]
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
p
p
m
m
t
t
i
i
m
m
e
e
This command displays the reuse time of NAT session.
Level0: It is the default setting.
Level1: It will be applied when the NAT sessions are smaller than 25% of the default setting.
Level2: It will be applied when the NAT sessions are smaller than the eighth of the default
setting.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show pmtime
Level0 TCP=86400001 UDP=300001 ICMP=10001
Level1 TCP=600000 UDP=90000 ICMP=7000
Level2 TCP=60000 UDP=30000 ICMP=5000
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
s
s
e
e
s
s
s
s
i
i
o
o
n
n
This command displays current status of current session.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show session
% Maximum Session Number: 10000
% Maximum Session Usage: 49
% Current Session Usage: 0
% Current Session Used(include waiting for free): 0
% WAN1 Current Session Usage: 0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This command displays current status of LAN and WAN connections.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show status
System Uptime:20:36:35
LAN Status
Primary DNS:8.8.8.8 Secondary DNS:8.8.4.4
IP Address:192.168.1.1 Tx Rate:12923 Rx Rate:8152
WAN 1 Status: Disconnected
Enable:Yes Line:xDSL Name:tcom
Mode:Static IP Up Time:0:00:00 IP:172.16.3.221 GW
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
486
IP:172.16.3.2
TX Packets:0 TX Rate:0 RX Packets:0 RX Rate:0
ADSL Information: ADSL Firmware Version:05-04-04-04-00-01
Mode: State:TRAINING TX Block:0 RX Block:0
Corrected Blocks:0 Uncorrected Blocks:0
UP Speed:0 Down Speed:0 SNR Margin:0 Loop Att.:0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
t
t
r
r
a
a
f
f
f
f
i
i
c
c
This comman can display traffic graph for WAN1, WAN2, transmitted bytes, receivied bytes
and sessions.
show traffic [wan1/wan2] [tx/rx] [weekly]
show traffic session [weekly]
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show traffic session weekly0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,
0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,2 ,1 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,1 ,3 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,2 ,15 ,5 ,4 ,1 ,0 ,0 ,
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 0 ,0 ,0 ,0
> show traffic wan1 tx weekly0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,
0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,
0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,
0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,
0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
s
s
t
t
i
i
c
c
This command displays statistics for WAN interface.
show statistic
show statistic reset [interface]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
reset
It means to reset the transmitted/received bytes to Zero.
interface
It means to specify WAN1 ~WAN5 (including multi-PVC)
interface for displaying related statistics.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show statistic
WAN1 total TX: 0 Bytes ,RX: 0 Bytes
WAN2 total TX: 0 Bytes ,RX: 0 Bytes
WAN3 total TX: 0 Bytes ,RX: 0 Bytes
WAN4 total TX: 0 Bytes ,RX: 0 Bytes
WAN5 total TX: 0 Bytes ,RX: 0 Bytes
>
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
487
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
2
2
This command is used to enable DCHP2 server.
srv dhcp dhcp2 [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one
line.
-l<enable>
It menas to enable the LAN port to public DHCP.
0: Disenable
1: Enable
-m<enable>
It menas to enable MAC address to public DHCP.
0: Disenable
1: Enable
-e<id>
It menas to turn on the flag of LAN port 1/2/3/4.
-d<id>
It menas to turn off the flag of LAN port 1/2/3/4.
-v
It menas to view current status.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp dhcp2 -l 1 -e 1
> srv dhcp dhcp2 -v
2nd DHCP server flag status --
Server works on specified MAC address: ON
Server works on specified LAN port: ON
Port 1 flag: ON
Port 2 flag: ON
Port 3 flag: OFF
Port 4 flag: OFF
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
p
p
u
u
b
b
l
l
i
i
c
c
This command allows users to configure DHCP server for second subnet.
srv dhcp public start [IP address]
srv dhcp public cnt [IP counts]
srv dhcp public status
srv dhcp public add [MAC Addr XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX]
srv dhcp public del [MAC Addr XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX/all/ALL]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
start
It means the starting point of the IP address pool for the
DHCP server.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
488
IP address
It means to specify an IP address as the starting point in the
IP address pool.
cnt
It means the IP count number.
IP counts
It means to specify the number of IP addresses in the pool.
The maximum is 10.
status
It means the execution result of this command.
add
It means creating a list of hosts to be assigned.
del
It means removing the selected MAC address.
MAC Addr
It means to specify MAC Address of the host.
all/ALL
It means all of the MAC addresses.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
Vigor> ip route add 192.168.1.56 255.255.255.0 192.168.1.12 3 default
Vigor> srv dhcp public status
Index MAC Address
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
d
d
n
n
s
s
1
1
This command allows users to set Primary IP Address for DNS Server in LAN.
srv dhcp dns1 [lan1/lan2/lan3/lan4] [DNS IP address]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
lan1/lan2/lan3/lan4
It means to specify the LAN port.
DNS IP address
It means the IP address that you want to use as DNS1.
Note: The IP Routed Subnet DNS must be the same as NAT
Subnet DNS).
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> > srv dhcp dns1 lan1 168.95.1.1
% srv dhcp dns1 lan1 <DNS IP address>
% Now: 168.95.1.1
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
489
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
d
d
n
n
s
s
2
2
This command allows users to set Secondary IP Address for DNS Server in LAN.
srv dhcp dns2 [lan1/lan2/lan3/lan4] [DNS IP address]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
lan1/lan2/lan3/lan4
It means to specify the LAN port.
DNS IP address
It means the IP address that you want to use as DNS2.
Note: The IP Routed Subnet DNS must be the same as NAT
Subnet DNS).
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> > srv dhcp dns2 lan2 10.1.1.1
% srv dhcp dns2 lan2 <DNS IP address>
% Now: 10.1.1.1
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
f
f
r
r
c
c
d
d
n
n
s
s
m
m
a
a
n
n
l
l
This command can force the router to invoke DNS Server IP address.
srv dhcp frcdnsmanl [on]
srv dhcp frcdnsmanl [off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
?
It means to display the current status.
on
It means to use manual setting for DNS setting.
off
It means to use auto settings acquired from ISP.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp frcdnsmanl on
% Domain name server now is using manual settings!
> srv dhcp frcdnsmanl off
% Domain name server now is using auto settings!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
g
g
a
a
t
t
e
e
w
w
a
a
y
y
This command allows users to specify gateway address for DHCP server.
srv dhcp gateway [?]
srv dhcp gateway [Gateway IP]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
?
It means to display current gateway that you can use.
Gateway IP
It means to specify a gateway address used for DHCP server.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
490
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp gateway 192.168.2.1
This setting will take effect after rebooting.
Please use "sys reboot" command to reboot the router.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
i
i
p
p
c
c
n
n
t
t
This command allows users to specify IP counts for DHCP server.
srv dhcp ipcnt [?]
srv dhcp ipcnt [IP counts]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
?
It means to display current used IP count number.
IP counts
It means the number that you have to specify for the DHCP
server.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp ipcnt ?
% srv dhcp ipcnt <IP counts>
% Now: 150
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
o
o
f
f
f
f
This function allows users to turn off DHCP server. It needs rebooting router, please type "sys
reboot" command to reboot router.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
o
o
n
n
This function allows users to turn on DHCP server. It needs rebooting router, please type "sys
reboot" command to reboot router.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
r
r
e
e
l
l
a
a
y
y
This command allows users to set DHCP relay setting.
srv dhcp relay servip [server ip]
srv dhcp relay subnet [index]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
server ip
It means the IP address that you want to used as DHCP
server.
Index
It means subnet 1 or 2. Please type 1 or 2. The router will
invoke this function according to the subnet 1 or 2 specified
here.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp relay servip 192.168.1.46
> srv dhcp relay subnet 2
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
491
> srv dhcp relay servip ?
% srv dhcp relay servip <server ip>
% Now: 192.168.1.46
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
s
s
t
t
a
a
r
r
t
t
i
i
p
p
srv dhcp startip [?]
srv dhcp startip [IP address]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
?
It means to display current used start IP address.
IP address
It means the IP address that you can specify for the DHCP
server as the starting point.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp startip 192.168.1.53
This setting will take effect after rebooting.
Please use "sys reboot" command to reboot the router.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This command can display general information for the DHCP server, such as IP address, MAC
address, leased time, host ID and so on.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp status
LAN1 : 192.168.1.1/255.255.255.0, DHCP server: On
Default gateway: 192.168.1.1
Index IP Address MAC Address Leased Time HOST ID
1 192.168.1.12 00-05-5D-E4-D8-EE 118:18:19 A1000351
2 192.168.1.255 00-00-00-00-00-00 BAD IP
3 192.168.1.0 00-00-00-00-00-00 BAD IP
4 192.168.1.1 00-00-00-00-00-00 BAD IP
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
492
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
l
l
e
e
a
a
s
s
e
e
t
t
i
i
m
m
e
e
This command can set the lease time for the DHCP server.
srv dhcp leasetime [?]
srv dhcp leasetime [Lease Time (sec)]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
?
It means to display current leasetime used for the DHCP
server.
Lease Time (sec)
It means the lease time that DHCP server can use. The unit is
second.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp leasetime ?
% srv dhcp leasetime <Lease Time (sec.)>
% Now: 86400
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
n
n
o
o
d
d
e
e
t
t
y
y
p
p
e
e
This command can set the node type for the DHCP server.
srv dhcp nodetype <count>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
count
It means to specify a type for node.
1. B-node
2. P-node
4. M-node
8. H-node
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp nodetype 1
> srv dhcp nodetype ?
%% srv dhcp nodetype <count>
%% 1. B-node 2. P-node 4. M-node 8. H-node
% Now: 1
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
493
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
p
p
r
r
i
i
m
m
W
W
I
I
N
N
S
S
This command can set the primary IP address for the DHCP server.
srv dhcp primWINS [WINS IP address]
srv dhcp primWINS clear
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
WINS IP address
It means the IP address of primary WINS server.
clear
It means to remove the IP address settings of primary WINS
server.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp primWINS 192.168.1.88
> srv dhcp primWINS ?
%% srv dhcp primWINS <WINS IP address>
%% srv dhcp primWINS clear
% Now: 192.168.1.88
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
s
s
e
e
c
c
W
W
I
I
N
N
S
S
This command can set the secondary IP address for the DHCP server.
srv dhcp secWINS [WINS IP address]
srv dhcp secWINS clear
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
WINS IP address
It means the IP address of secondary WINS server.
clear
It means to remove the IP address settings of second WINS
server.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp secWINS 192.168.1.180
> srv dhcp secWINS ?
%% srv dhcp secWINS <WINS IP address>
%% srv dhcp secWINS clear
% Now: 192.168.1.180
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
494
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
e
e
x
x
p
p
R
R
e
e
c
c
y
y
c
c
l
l
e
e
I
I
P
P
This command can set the time to check if the IP address can be assigned again by DHCP
server or not.
srv dhcp expRecycleIP <sec time>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
sec time
It means to set the time (5~300 seconds) for checking if the IP
can be assigned again or not.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp expRecycleIP 250
% DHCP expired_RecycleIP = 250
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
t
t
f
f
t
t
p
p
This command can set the TFTP server as the DHCP server.
srv dhcp tftp <TFTP server name>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
TFTP server name
It means to type the name of TFTP server.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp tftp TF123
> srv dhcp tftp ?
%% srv dhcp tftp <TFTP server name>
% Now: TF123
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
t
t
f
f
t
t
p
p
d
d
e
e
l
l
This command can remove the name defined for the TFTP server.
srv dhcp tftpdel
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp tftp TF123
> srv dhcp tftp ?
%% srv dhcp tftp <TFTP server name>
% Now: TF123
> srv dhcp tftpdel
% The TFTP Server Name had been deleted !!!
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
495
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
o
o
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
This command can set the custom option for the DHCP server.
srv dhcp option -h
srv dhcp option -l
srv dhcp option -d [idx]
srv dhcp option -e [1 or 0] -i [lan number] -c [option number] -v [option value]
srv dhcp option -e [1 or 0] -i [lan number] -c [option number] -a [option value]
srv dhcp option -e [1 or 0] -i [lan number] -c [option number] -x [option value]
srv dhcp option -u [idx unmber]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-h
It means to display usage of this command.
-l
It means to display all the user defined DHCP options.
-d[idx]
It means to delete the option number by specifying its index number.
-e [1 or 0]
It means to enable/disable custom option feature.
1:enable
0:disable
-i
It means to set LAN number.
1: lan1
a: all LAN
r: routed subnet.
-c
It means to set option number. Available number ranges from 0 to 255.
-v
It means to set option number by typing string.
-a
It means to set the option value by specifying the IP address.
-x
It means to set option number with the format of Hexadecimal
characters.
-u
It means to update the option value of the sepecified index.
idx number
It means the index number of the option value.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp option -e 1 -i 2/r -c 44 -a 192.168.1.10,192.168.1.20
> srv dhcp option -l
% state idx interface opt type data
% enable 1 LAN2/r 44 Address
192.168.1.10 ,192.168.1.20 ,
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
496
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
n
n
a
a
t
t
a
a
d
d
d
d
r
r
m
m
a
a
p
p
p
p
i
i
n
n
g
g
This command allows users to map specific private IP to specific WAN IP alias.
srv nat addrmapping n [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
n
It means the number of the address mapping rule profile.
n = 1 to 10
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one
line.
-e <enable>
It means to enable or disable the address mapping rule
profile.
0: disable
1:enable
-l <ip>
It means private IP address (LAN IP).
-w <idx>
It means to specify the public IP.
1: WAN1 Default,
2: WAN1 Alias 1, ...
-p <protocol>
Specify the transport layer protocol.
Avaialbe values are TCP, UDP and ALL.
m <masklen>
It means the lenght of the mask address. Avaialbe values are
16, 24-32.
-v
It means to view current settings.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv nat addrmapping 1 -e 1 -l 192.168.1.90 -p TCP -m 16
> srv nat addrmapping -v
--------------current NAT address map settings----------
#rule-set 1
------------------------
enable: 1
protocol: TCP
public IP: #1: 208.228.145.2
private IP: 192.168.1.90
mask: /16
#rule-set 2
------------------------
enable: 0
protocol: all
public IP: #1: 192.168.1.90
private IP: 0.0.0.0
mask: /32
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
497
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
n
n
a
a
t
t
d
d
m
m
z
z
This command allows users to set DMZ host. Before using this command, please set WAN IP
Alias first.
Srv nat dmz n m [-<command> <parameter> | … ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
n
It means to map selected WAN IP to certain host.
1: wan1
2: wan2
m
It means the index number (1 ~ 8) of the DMZ host.
Default setting is “1” (WAN 1). It is only available for Static
IP mode. If you use other mode, you can set 1 ~ 8 in this
field. If WAN IP alias has been configured, then the number
of DMZ host can be added more.
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one
line.
-e
It means to enable/disable such feature.
1:enable
0:disable
-i
It means to specify the private IP address of the DMZ host.
-r
It means to remove DMZ host setting.
-v
It means to display current status.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv nat dmz 1 1 -i 192.168.1.96
> srv nat dmz -v
% WAN1 DMZ mapping status:
Index Status WAN1 aux IP Private IP
----------------------------------------------------
1 Disable 0.0.0.0 192.168.1.96
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
n
n
a
a
t
t
i
i
p
p
s
s
e
e
c
c
p
p
a
a
s
s
s
s
This command allows users to enable or disable IPSec ESP tunnel passthrough and IKE
source port (500) preservation.
Srv nat ipsecpass [options]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[options]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
on
It means to enable IPSec ESP tunnel passthrough and IKE
source port (500) preservation.
off
It means to disable IPSec ESP tunnel passthrough and IKE
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
498
source port (500) preservation.
status
It means to display current status for checking.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv nat ipsecpass status
%% Status: IPsec ESP pass-
t
hru and IKE src_port:500 preservation is
OFF.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
n
n
a
a
t
t
o
o
p
p
e
e
n
n
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
This command allows users to set open port settings for NAT server.
srv nat openport n m [-<command> <parameter> | … ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
n
It means the index number for the profiles. The range is from
1 to 20.
m
It means to specify the sub-item number for this profile. The
range is from 1 to 10.
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one
line.
-a <enable>
It means to enable or disable the open port rule profile.
0: disable
1:enable
-c <comment>
It means to type the description (less than 23 characters) for
the defined network service.
-i <local ip>
It means to set the IP address for local computer.
Local ip: Type an IP address in this field.
-w <idx>
It means to specify the public IP.
1: WAN1 Default,
2: WAN1 Alias 1,
…and so on.
-p <protocol>
Specify the transport layer protocol.
Available values are TCP, UDP and ALL.
-s<start port>
It means to specify the starting port number of the service
offered by the local host. The range is from 0 to 65535.
-e<end port>
It means to specify the ending port number of the service
offered by the local host.
The range is from 0 to 65535.
-v
It means to display current settings.
-r <remove>
It means to delete the specified open port setting.
remove: Type the index number of the profile.
-f <flush>
It means to return to factory settings for all the open ports
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
499
profiles.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv nat openport 1 1 -a 1 -c games -i 192.168.1.100 -w 1 -p TCP -
s
23 -e 83
> srv nat openport -v
%% Status: Enable
%% Comment: games
%% Private IP address: 192.168.1.100
Index Protocal Start Port End Port
*****************************************************************
1. TCP 23 83
%% Status: Disable
%% Comment:
%% Private IP address: 0.0.0.0
Index Protocal Start Port End Port
*****************************************************************
%% Status: Disable
%% Comment:
%% Private IP address: 0.0.0.0
Index Protocal Start Port End Port
*****************************************************************
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
n
n
a
a
t
t
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
m
m
a
a
p
p
This command allows users to set port redirection table for NAT server.
srv nat portmap add [idx][serv name][proto][pub port][pri ip][pri port][wan1/wan2]
srv nat portmap del [idx]
srv nat portmap disable [idx]
srv nat portmap enable [idx] [proto]
srv nat portmap flush
srv nat portmap table
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Add[idx]
It means to add a new port redirection table with an index
number. Available index number is from 1 to 10.
serv name
It means to type one name as service name.
proto
It means to specify TCP or UDP as the protocol.
pub port
It means to specify which port can be redirected to the
specified Private IP and Port of the internal host.
pri ip
It means to specify the private IP address of the internal host
providing the service.
pri port
It means to specify the private port number of the service
offered by the internal host.
wan1/wan2
It means to specify WAN interface for the port redirection.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
500
del [idx]
It means to remove the selected port redirection setting.
disable [idx]
It means to inactivate the selected port redirection setting.
enable [idx]
It means to activate the selected port redirection setting.
flush
It means to clear all the port mapping settings.
table
It means to display Port Redirection Configuration Table.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv nat portmap add 1 game tcp 80 192.168.1.11 100 wan1
> srv nat portmap table
NAT Port Redirection Configuration Table:
Index Service Name Protocol Public Port Private IP Private
Port ifno
1 game 6 80 192.168.1.11 100 -1
2 0 0 0 -2
3 0 0 0 -2
4 0 0 0 -2
5 0 0 0 -2
6 0 0 0 -2
7 0 0 0 -2
8 0 0 0 -2
9 0 0 0 -2
10 0 0 0 -2
11 0 0 0 -2
12 0 0 0 -2
13 0 0 0 -2
14 0 0 0 -2
15 0 0 0 -2
16 0 0 0 -2
17 0 0 0 -2
18 0 0 0 -2
19 0 0 0 -2
20 0 0 0 -2
Protocol: 0 = Disable, 6 = TCP, 17 = UDP
Telnet Command: srv nat trigger
This command allows users to set port redirection table for NAT server.
srv nat trigger n [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
n
It means the index number for the profiles.
The range is from 1 to 20.
[-<command>
<parameter> | ... ]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
501
line.
-c
It means to type a brief description for the setting profile.
-e
It means to enable/disable the specified profile.
1: Enable
0: Disable
-p
It means to set the the protocol for the profile.
1: TCP
2: UDP
3: All
-t
It means to set triggering port.
-P
It means to set the protocol for incomming packets.
1:TCP
2:UDP
3:All
-i
It means to set the protocol for incomming port.
The range is from 0 to 65535.
-d
It means to delete the specified profile.
-v
It means to display port trigger setting.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv nat trigger 1 -c test -e 1 -p 1 -t 500 -P 1 -i 1000
> srv nat trigger -v
%% Port Trigger Rule status:
Index Status Comment TProto TPort IProto IPort
-----------------------------------------------------
1 Enable test TCP 500 TCP 1000
2 Disable
3 Disable
4 Disable
5 Disable
6 Disable
7 Disable
8 Disable
9 Disable
10 Disable
11 Disable
12 Disable
13 Disable
14 Disable
15 Disable
16 Disable
17 Disable
18 Disable
19 Disable
20 Disable
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
502
Telnet Command: srv nat status
This command allows users to view NAT Port Redirection Running Table.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv nat status
NAT Port Redirection Running Table:
Index Protocol Public Port Private IP Private Port
1 6 80 192.168.1.11 100
2 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
3 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
4 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
5 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
6 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
7 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
8 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
9 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
10 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
11 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
12 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
13 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
14 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
15 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
16 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
17 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
18 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
19 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
20 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
--- MORE --- ['q': Quit, 'Enter': New Lines, 'Space Bar': Next Page]
---
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
n
n
a
a
t
t
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
a
a
l
l
l
l
This command allows users to view a summary of NAT port redirection setting, open port and
DMZ settings.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv nat showall ?
Index Proto WAN IP:Port Private IP:Port Act
**************************************************************************
***
R01 TCP 0.0.0.0:80 192.168.1.11:100 Y
O01 TCP 0.0.0.0:23~83 192.168.1.100:23~83 Y
D01 All 0.0.0.0 192.168.1.96 Y
R:Port Redirection, O:Open Ports, D:DMZ
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
w
w
i
i
t
t
c
c
h
h
-
-
i
i
This command is used to obtain the TX (transmitted) or RX (received) data for each connected
switch.
switch -i [switch idx_no] [option]
switch not_respond 0
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
503
switch not_respond 1
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
switch idx_no
It means the index number of the switch profile.
option
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
cmd
acc
traffic [on/off/status/tx/rx]
cmd
It means to send command to the client.
acc
It means to set the client authentication account and
password.
traffic [on/off/status/tx/rx]
It means to turn on/off or display the data transmission from
the client.
switch not_respond 0
It is used to disable "No Respond to External Device
packets".
switch not_respond 1
It is used to enable "No Respond to External Device packets".
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> switch -i 1 traffic on
External Device NO. 1 traffic statistic function is enable
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
w
w
i
i
t
t
c
c
h
h
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This command is used to display current status for external devices.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>switch status
External Device auto discovery status : Disable
No Respond to External Device : Enable
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
a
a
d
d
m
m
i
i
n
n
This command is used for RD engineer to access into test mode of Vigor router.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
b
b
o
o
n
n
j
j
o
o
u
u
r
r
This command is used to disable/enable and configure the Bonjour service.
sys bonjour [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-e <enable>
It is used to disable/enable bonjour service (0: disable, 1:
enable).
-h <enable>
It is used to disable/enable http (web) service (0: disable, 1:
enable).
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
504
-t <enable>
It is used to disable/enable telnet service (0: disable, 1:
enable).
-f <enable>
It is used to disable/enable FTP service (0: disable, 1:
enable).
-s <enable>
It is used to disable/enable SSH service (0: disable, 1:
enable).
-p <enable>
It is used to disable/enable printer service (0: disable, 1:
enable).
-6 <enable>
It is used to disable/enable IPv6 (0: disable, 1: enable).
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys bonjour -s 1
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
c
c
f
f
g
g
This command reset the router with factory default settings. When a user types this command,
all the configuration will be reset to default setting.
sys cfg default
sys cfg status
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
default
It means to reset current settings with default values.
status
It means to display current profile version and status.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys cfg status
Profile version: 3.0.0 Status: 1 (0x491e5e6c)
> sys cfg default
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
c
c
m
m
d
d
l
l
o
o
g
g
This command displays the history of the commands that you have typed.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys cmdlog
% Commands Log: (The lowest index is the newest !!!)
[1] sys cmdlog
[2] sys cmdlog ?
[3] sys ?
[4] sys cfg status
[5] sys cfg ?
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
505
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
f
f
t
t
p
p
d
d
This command displays current status of FTP server.
sys ftpd on
sys ftpd off
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on
It means to turn on the FTP server of the system.
off
It means to turn off the FTP server of the system.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys ftpd on
% sys ftpd turn on !!!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
d
d
o
o
m
m
a
a
i
i
n
n
n
n
a
a
m
m
e
e
This command can set and remove the domain name of the system when DHCP mode is
selected for WAN.
sys domainname [wan1/wan2] [Domain Name Suffix]
sys domainname [wan1/wan2] clear
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
wan1/wan2
It means to specify WAN interface for assigning a name for it.
Domain Name Suffix
It means the name for the domain of the system. The maximum
number of characters that you can set is 39.
clear
It means to remove the domain name of the system.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys domainname wan1 clever
> sys domainname wan2 intellegent
> sys domainname ?
% sys domainname <wan1/wan2> <Domain Name Suffix (max. 39 characters)>
% sys domainname <wan1/wan2> clear
% Now: wan1 == clever, wan2 ==intelligent
>
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
506
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
i
i
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
This command displays the current interface connection status (UP or Down) with IP address,
MAC address and Netmask for the router.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys iface
Interface 0 Ethernet:
Status: UP
IP Address: 192.168.1.1 Netmask: 0xFFFFFF00 (Private)
IP Address: 0.0.0.0 Netmask: 0xFFFFFFFF
MAC: 00-50-7F-00-00-00
Interface 4 Ethernet:
Status: DOWN
IP Address: 0.0.0.0 Netmask: 0x00000000
MAC: 00-50-7F-00-00-02
Interface 5 Ethernet:
Status: DOWN
IP Address: 0.0.0.0 Netmask: 0x00000000
MAC: 00-50-7F-00-00-03
Interface 6 Ethernet:
Status: DOWN
IP Address: 0.0.0.0 Netmask: 0x00000000
MAC: 00-50-7F-00-00-04
Interface 7 Ethernet:
Status: DOWN
IP Address: 0.0.0.0 Netmask: 0x00000000
MAC: 00-50-7F-00-00-05
Interface 8 Ethernet:
Status: DOWN
IP Address: 0.0.0.0 Netmask: 0x00000000
MAC: 00-50-7F-00-00-06
Interface 9 Ethernet:
Status: DOWN
IP Address: 0.0.0.0 Netmask: 0x00000000
MAC: 00-50-7F-00-00-07
--- MORE --- ['q': Quit, 'Enter': New Lines, 'Space Bar': Next Page]
---
>
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
507
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
n
n
a
a
m
m
e
e
This command can set and remove the name for the router when DHCP mode is selected for
WAN.
sys name [wan1] [ASCII string]
sys name [wan1] clear
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
wan1
It means to specify WAN interface for assigning a name for
it.
ASCII string
It means the name for router. The maximum character that
you can set is 20.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys name wan1 drayrouter
> sys name ?
% sys name <wan1/wan2> <ASCII string (max. 39 characters)>
% sys name <wan1/wan2> clear
% Now: wan1 == drayrouter, wan2 ==
Note: Such name can be used to recognize router’s identification in SysLog dialog.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
p
p
a
a
s
s
s
s
w
w
d
d
This command allows users to set password for the administrator.
sys passwd [ASCII string]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
ASCII string
It means the password for administrator. The maximum
character that you can set is 23.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys passwd admin123
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
r
r
e
e
b
b
o
o
o
o
t
t
This command allows users to restart the router immediately.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys reboot
>
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
508
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
a
a
u
u
t
t
o
o
r
r
e
e
b
b
o
o
o
o
t
t
This command allows users to restart the router automatically within a certain time.
sys autoreboot [on/off/hour(s)]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on/off
On – It means to enable the function of auto-reboot.
Off – It means to disable the function of auto-reboot.
hours
It means to set the time schedule for router reboot.
For example, if you type “2” in this field, the router will
reboot with an interval of two hours.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys autoreboot on
autoreboot is ON
> sys autoreboot 2
autoreboot is ON
autoreboot time is 2 hour(s)
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
c
c
o
o
m
m
m
m
i
i
t
t
This command allows users to save current settings to FLASH. Usually, current settings will
be saved in SRAM. Yet, this command will save the file to FLASH.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys commit
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
t
t
f
f
t
t
p
p
d
d
This command can turn on TFTP server for upgrading the firmware.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys tftpd
% TFTP server enabled !!!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
c
c
c
c
This command can display current country code and wireless region of this device.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys cc
Country Code : 0x 0 [International]
Wireless Region Code: 0x30
>
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
509
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
v
v
e
e
r
r
s
s
i
i
o
o
n
n
This command can display current version for the system.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys version
Router Model: Vigor2120n+ Version: 3.7.5.4_RC1 [web]English
Profile version: 3.0.0 Status: 1 (0x6df0ae83)
Router IP: 192.168.1.1 Netmask: 255.255.255.0
Firmware Build Date/Time: Jan 7 2015 20:11:29
Router Name:
Revision: 46359 2120_375
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
q
q
r
r
y
y
b
b
u
u
f
f
This command can display the system memory status and leakage list.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys qrybuf
System Memory Status and Leakage List
Buf sk_buff ( 200B), used#: 1647, cached#: 30
Buf KMC4088 (4088B), used#: 0, cached#: 8
Buf KMC2552 (2552B), used#: 1641, cached#: 42
Buf KMC1016 (1016B), used#: 7, cached#: 1
Buf KMC504 ( 504B), used#: 8, cached#: 8
Buf KMC248 ( 248B), used#: 26, cached#: 22
Buf KMC120 ( 120B), used#: 67, cached#: 61
Buf KMC56 ( 56B), used#: 20, cached#: 44
Buf KMC24 ( 24B), used#: 58, cached#: 70
Dynamic memory: 13107200B; 4573168B used; 190480B/0B in level 1/2
cache.
FLOWTRACK Memory Status
# of free = 12000
# of maximum = 0
# of flowstate = 12000
# of lost by siganture = 0
# of lost by list = 0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
p
p
o
o
l
l
l
l
b
b
u
u
f
f
This command can turn on or turn off polling buffer for the router.
sys pollbuf [on]
sys pollbuf [off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on
It means to turn on pulling buffer.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
510
off
It means to turn off pulling buffer.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys pollbuf on
% Buffer polling is on!
> sys pollbuf off
% Buffer polling is off!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
t
t
r
r
0
0
6
6
9
9
This command can set CPE settings for applying in VigorACS.
sys tr069 get [parm] [option]
sys tr069 set [parm] [value]
sys tr069 getnoti [parm]
sys tr069 setnoti [parm] [value]
sys tr069 log
sys tr069 debug [on/off]
sys tr069 save
sys tr069 inform [event code]
sys tr069 port [port num]
sys tr069 cert_auth [on/off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
get [parm] [option]
It means to get parameters for tr-069.
option=<nextlevel>: only gets nextlevel for
GetParameterNames.
set [parm] [value]
It means to set parameters for tr-069.
getnoti [parm]
It means to get parameter notification value.
setnoti [parm] [value]
It means to set parameter notification value.
log
It means to display the TR-069 log.
debug [on/off]
on: turn on the function of sending debug message to syslog.
off: turn off the function of sending debug message to syslog.
save
It means to save the parameters to the flash memory of the
router.
Inform [event code]
It means to inform parameters for tr069 with different event
codes.
[event code] includes:
0-"0 BOOTSTRAP",
1-"1 BOOT",
2-"2 PERIODIC",
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
511
3-"3 SCHEDULED",
4-"4 VALUE CHANGE",
5-"5 KICKED",
6-"6 CONNECTION REQUEST",
7-"7 TRANSFER COMPLETE",
8-"8 DIAGNOSTICS COMPLETE",
9-"M Reboot"
port [port num]
It means to change tr069 listen port number.
cert_auth [on/off]
on: turn on certificate-based authentication.
off: turn off certificate-based authentication.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys tr069 get Int. nextlevel
Total number of parameter is 24
Total content length of parameter is 915
InternetGatewayDevice.LANDeviceNumberOfEntries
InternetGatewayDevice.WANDeviceNumberOfEntries
InternetGatewayDevice.DeviceInfo.
InternetGatewayDevice.ManagementServer.
InternetGatewayDevice.Time.
InternetGatewayDevice.Layer3Forwarding.
InternetGatewayDevice.LANDevice.
InternetGatewayDevice.WANDevice.
InternetGatewayDevice.Services.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_InternetAcc.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_LAN.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_NAT.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_Firewall.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_Bandwidth.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_Applications.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_VPN.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_VoIP.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_WirelessLAN.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_System.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_Status.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_Diagnostics.
--- MORE --- ['q': Quit, 'Enter': New Lines, 'Space Bar': Next Page]
---
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
512
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
s
s
i
i
p
p
_
_
a
a
l
l
g
g
This command can turn on/off SIP ALG (Application Layer Gateway) for traversal.
sys sip_alg [1]
sys sip_alg [0]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
1
It means to turn on SIP ALG.
0
It means to turn off SIP ALG.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys sip_alg ?
usage: sys sip_alg [value]
0 - disable SIP ALG
1 - enable SIP ALG
current SIP ALG is disabled
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
l
l
i
i
c
c
e
e
n
n
s
s
e
e
This command can process the system license.
sys license licmsg
sys license licauth
sys license regser
sys license licera
sys license licifno
sys license lic_wiz [set/reg/qry]
sys license dev_chg
sys license dev_key
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
licmsg
It means to display license message.
licauth
It means the license authentication time setting.
regser
It means the license register server setting.
licera
It means to erase license setting.
licifno
It means license and signature download interface setting.
lic_wiz [set/reg/qry]
It means the license wizard setting.
qry: query service support status
set [idx] [trial] [service type] [sp_id] [start_date] [License
Key]
reg: register service in portal
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
513
dev_chg
It means to change the device key.
dev_key
It means to show device key.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys license licifno
License and Signature download interface setting:
licifno [AUTO/WAN#]
Ex: licifno wan1
Download interface is "auto-selected" now.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
f
f
r
r
_
_
l
l
o
o
g
g
This command is used to display the content of web syslog (including time and message).
sys fr_log
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys fr_log
"2015-01-30 10:50:29", "[Telnet]Login success from IP
192.168.3.50 "
------------------------------------------------------------
"2015-01-30 10:50:05", "Admin Mode save [System Maintenance >>>
Management]"
------------------------------------------------------------
"2015-01-30 10:49:25", "Local User: 64.233.187.154:80 ->
192.168.1.11:17935 (TCP
) close connection"
------------------------------------------------------------
-
"2015-01-30 10:49:25", "Local User: 141.8.224.25:80 ->
192.168.1.11:17934 (TCP)
close connection"
------------------------------------------------------------
"2015-01-30 10:49:24", "Local User (MAC=00-00-00-45-00-00):
192.168.1.11:17935 -
> 64.233.187.154:80 (TCP)Web"
------------------------------------------------------------
"2015-01-30 10:49:24", "Local User (MAC=00-00-00-3E-00-00):
192.168.1.11:17934 -
> 141.8.224.25:80 (TCP)Web"
------------------------------------------------------------
"2015-01-30 10:49:15", "[H2L][UP][PPTP][@Radius:sh.test1]"
------------------------------------------------------------
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
514
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
t
t
e
e
s
s
t
t
m
m
a
a
i
i
l
l
This command is used to display current settings for sending test mail.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> testmail
Send out test mail
Mail Alert:[Disable]
SMTP_Server:[0.0.0.0]
Mail to:[]
Return-Path:[]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
u
u
p
p
n
n
p
p
o
o
f
f
f
f
This command can close UPnP function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>upnp off
UPNP say bye-bye
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
u
u
p
p
n
n
p
p
o
o
n
n
This command can enable UPnP function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>upnp on
UPNP start.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
u
u
p
p
n
n
p
p
n
n
a
a
t
t
This command can display IGD NAT status.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> upnp nat ?
****************** IGD NAT Status ****************
((0))
InternalClient >>192.168.1.10<<, RemoteHost >>0.0.0.0<<
InternalPort >>21<<, ExternalPort >>21<<
PortMapProtocol >>TCP<<
The tmpvirtual server index >>0<<
PortMapLeaseDuration >>0<<, PortMapEnabled >>0<<
Ftp Example [MICROSOFT]
((1))
InternalClient >>0.0.0.0<<, RemoteHost >>0.0.0.0<<
InternalPort >>0<<, ExternalPort >>0<<
PortMapProtocol >><NULL><<
The tmpvirtual server index >>0<<
PortMapLeaseDuration >>0<<, PortMapEnabled >>0<<
PortMapProtocol >><NULL><<
The tmpvirtual server index >>0<<
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
515
PortMapLeaseDuration >>0<<, PortMapEnabled >>0<<
0<<
--- MORE --- ['q': Quit, 'Enter': New Lines, 'Space Bar': Next Page] ---
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
u
u
p
p
n
n
p
p
s
s
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
This command can display the information of the UPnP service. UPnP service must be
enabled first.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> upnp on
UPNP start.
> upnp service
>>>>> SERVICE TABLE1 <<<<<
serviceType urn:schemas-microsoft-com:service:OSInfo:1
serviceId urn:microsoft-com:serviceId:OSInfo1
SCPDURL /upnp/OSInfo.xml
controlURL /OSInfo1
eventURL /OSInfoEvent1
UDN uuid:774e9bbe-7386-4128-b627-001daa843464
>>>>> SERVICE TABLE2 <<<<<
serviceType
urn:schemas-upnp-org:service:WANCommonInterfaceConfig:1
serviceId urn:upnp-org:serviceId:WANCommonIFC1
SCPDURL /upnp/WComIFCX.xml
controlURL /upnp?control=WANCommonIFC1
eventURL /upnp?event=WANCommonIFC1
UDN uuid:2608d902-03e2-46a5-9968-4a54ca499148
>>>>> SERVICE TABLE3 <<<<<
serviceType urn:schemas-upnp-org:service:WANIPConnection:1
serviceId urn:upnp-org:serviceId:WANIPConn1
SCPDURL /upnp/WIPConn1.xml
controlURL /upnp?control=WANIPConn1
eventURL /upnp?event=WANIPConn1
UDN uuid:1f41d0d6-4a64-42da-9593-5e266b10aed2
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
516
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
u
u
p
p
n
n
p
p
s
s
u
u
b
b
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
b
b
e
e
This command can show all UPnP services subscribed.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> upnp on
UPNP start.
> upnp subscribe
Vigor> upnp subscribe
>>>> (1) serviceType urn:schemas-microsoft-com:service:OSInfo:1
----- Subscribtion1 -------
sid = 7a2bbdd0-0047-4fc8-b870-4597b34da7fb
eventKey =1, ToSendEventKey = 1
expireTime =6926
active =1
DeliveryURLs
=<http://192.168.1.113:2869/upnp/eventing/twtnpnsiun>
>>>> (2) serviceType
urn:schemas-upnp-org:service:WANCommonInterfaceConfig:1
----- Subscribtion1 -------
sid = d9cd47a5-d9c9-4d3d-8043-d03a82f27983
eventKey =1, ToSendEventKey = 1
.
.
.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
517
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
u
u
p
p
n
n
p
p
t
t
m
m
p
p
v
v
s
s
This command can display current status of temp Virtual Server of your router.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
Vigor> upnp tmpvs
****************** Temp virtual server status ****************
((0))
real_addr >>192.168.1.10<<, pseudo_addr >>172.16.3.229<<
real_port >>0<<, pseudo_port >>0<<
hit_portmap_index >>0<<
The protocol >>TCP<<
time >>0<<
((1))
real_addr >>0.0.0.0<<, pseudo_addr >>0.0.0.0<<
real_port >>0<<, pseudo_port >>0<<
hit_portmap_index >>0<<
The protocol >>0<<
time >>0<<
--- MORE --- ['q': Quit, 'Enter': New Lines, 'Space Bar': Next Page]
---
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
u
u
p
p
n
n
p
p
w
w
a
a
n
n
This command is used to specify WAN interface to apply UPnP.
upnp wan [n]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
n
It means to specify WAN interface to apply UPnP.
n=0, it means to auto-select WAN interface.
n=1, WAN1
n=2, WAN2 ……….
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> upnp wan 1
use wan1 now.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
518
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
u
u
s
s
b
b
l
l
i
i
s
s
t
t
This command is used to display the information about the brand name and model name of the
USB modems which are supported by Vigor router.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> usb list ?
Brand Module Standard
------------------------ --------
Aiko Aiko 83D 3.5G Y
Alcatel Alcatel L100V LTE Y
Alcatel Alcatel W100 LTE Y
BandRich Bandluxe C170 3.5G Y
BandRich Bandluxe C270 3.5G Y
BandRich Bandluxe C321 3.5G Y
BandRich Bandluxe C330 3.5G Y
BandRich Bandluxe C502 3.5G Y
Huawei Huawei E169u 3.5G Y
Huawei Huawei E220 3.5G Y
Huawei Huawei E303D 3.5G Y
Huawei Huawei E3131 3.5G Y
Huawei Huawei E3372 LTE Y
Huawei Huawei E392 LTE Y
Huawei Huawei E398 LTE Y
Huawei Huawei K3772 3.5G M
Huawei Huawei K4605 3.5G Y
Sony Erics Sony Ericsson MD30 3.5G Y
TP-LINK TP-LINK MA180 3.5G Y
TP-LINK TP-LINK MA260 3.5G Y
Vodafone Vodafone K3765-Z 3.5G Y
ZTE ZTE MF626 3.5G Y
--- MORE --- ['q': Quit, 'Enter': New Lines, 'Space Bar': Next Page]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
i
i
g
g
b
b
r
r
g
g
o
o
n
n
This command can make the router to be regarded as a modem but not a router.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vigbrg on
%Enable Vigor Bridge Function!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
i
i
g
g
b
b
r
r
g
g
o
o
f
f
f
f
This command can disable vigor bridge function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vigbrg off
%Disable Vigor Bridge Function!
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
519
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
i
i
g
g
b
b
r
r
g
g
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This command can show whether the Vigor Bridge Function is enabled or disabled.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vigbrg status
%Vigor Bridge Function is enable!
%Wan1 management is disable!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
i
i
g
g
b
b
r
r
g
g
c
c
f
f
g
g
i
i
p
p
This command allows users to transfer a bridge modem into ADSL router by accessing into
and adjusting specified IP address. Users can access into Web UI of the router to manage the
router through the IP address configured here.
vigbrg cfgip [IP Address]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
IP Address
It means to type an IP address for users to manage the router.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vigbrg cfgip 192.168.1.15
> vigbrg cfgip ?
% Vigor Bridge Config IP,
% Now: 192.168.1.15
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
i
i
g
g
b
b
r
r
g
g
w
w
a
a
n
n
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This command can display the existed WAN connection status for the modem (change from
ADSL router into bridge modem), including index number, MAC address, Stamp Time, PVC,
VLAN port for Vigor Bridge Function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vigbrg wanstatus
Vigor Bridge: Running
WAN mac table:
Index MAC Address Stamp Time PVC VLan
Port
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
i
i
g
g
b
b
r
r
g
g
w
w
l
l
a
a
n
n
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This command can display the existed WLAN connection status for the modem (change from
router into bridge modem), including index number, MAC address, Stamp Time, PVC, VLAN
port for Vigor Bridge Function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vigbrg wlanstatus
Vigor Bridge: Running
WAN mac table:
Index MAC Address Stamp Time PVC VLan Port
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
520
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
p
p
n
n
g
g
r
r
o
o
u
u
p
p
This command allows you to set VLAN group. You can set four VLAN groups. Please run
vlan restart command after you change any settings.
vlan group id [set/set_ex] [p1/p2/p3/p4/s1/s2/s3/s4][5gs1/5gs2/5gs3/5gs4]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
id
It means the group 0 to 7 for VLAN.
set
It indicates each port can join more than one VLAN group.
set_ex
It indicates each port can join one VLAN group at one time.
p1/p2/p3/p4
It indicates LAN port 1 to LAN port 4. To group LAN1,
LAN2, LAN3 and/or LAN4 under one VLAN group, please
type the port number(s) you want.
s1/s2/s3/s4
It is only available for WALN models.
5gs1/5gs2/5gs3/5gs4
It is only available for WLAN n-plus model.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> > vlan group 3 set p1 s3 s4 5gs3 5gs4
VLAN p1 p2 p3 p4 s1 s2 s3 s4 5gs1 5gs2 5gs3 5gs4
------------------------------------------------------------------
3 V V V V V
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
l
l
a
a
n
n
o
o
f
f
f
f
This command allows you to disable VLAN function.
vlan off
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vlan off
VLAN is Disable!
Force subnet LAN2/3/4 to be disabled!!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
l
l
a
a
n
n
o
o
n
n
This command allows you to enable VLAN function.
vlan on
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vlan on
VLAN is Enable!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
l
l
a
a
n
n
p
p
r
r
i
i
This command is used to define the priority for each VLAN profile setting.
vlan pri n pri_no
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
521
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
n
It means VLAN ID number.
n=VLAN ID number (from 0 to 7).
pri_no
It means the priority of VLAN profile.
pri_no=0 ~7 (from none to highest priority).
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vlan pri 1 2
VLAN1: Priority=2
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
l
l
a
a
n
n
r
r
e
e
s
s
t
t
a
a
r
r
t
t
This command can make VLAN settings restarted with newest configuration.
vlan restart
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vlan restart ?
VLAN restarts!!!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
l
l
a
a
n
n
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This command display current status for VLAN.
vlan status
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> > vlan status
VLAN is Disable :
------------------------------------------------------------------------
VLAN Enable VID Pri p1 p2 p3 p4 s1 s2 s3 s4 5gs1 5gs2 5gs3 5gs4 subnet
------------------------------------------------------
0 OFF 0 0 1:LAN1
1 OFF 0 2 1:LAN1
2 OFF 0 0 1:LAN1
3 OFF 0 0 V V V V V 1:LAN1
4 OFF 0 0 1:LAN1
5 OFF 0 0 1:LAN1
6 OFF 0 0 1:LAN1
7 OFF 0 0 1:LAN1
7 OFF 0 0 1:LAN1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
Note: they are only untag for s1/s2/s3/s4/5gs1/5gs2/5gs3/5gs4, but they can
join tag vlan with lan ports.
>
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
522
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
l
l
a
a
n
n
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
This command is used to configure the LAN interface used by the VLAN group.
vlan subnet group_id [1/2]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[1/2]
It means interfaces, LAN1 ~ LAN2.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vlan subnet group_id 2
% Vlan Group-0 using LAN2 !
This setting will take effect after rebooting.
Please use "sys reboot" command to reboot the router.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
l
l
a
a
n
n
s
s
u
u
b
b
m
m
o
o
d
d
e
e
This command changes the VLAN encapsulation mechanisms in the LAN driver.
vlan submode [on|off|status]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on
It means to enable the promiscuous mode.
off
It means to enable the normal mode.
status
It means to display if submode is normal mode or
promiscuous mode.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vlan submode status
% vlan subnet mode : normal mode
> vlan submode on
% vlan subnet mode modified to promiscuous mode.
> vlan submode status
% vlan subnet mode : promiscuous mode
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
523
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
l
l
a
a
n
n
t
t
a
a
g
g
g
g
e
e
d
d
This command is used to enable or disable the incoming of untagged packets.
vlan tagged [n] [on/off]
vlan tagged [unlimited] [on/off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
n
It means VLAN channel.
The ranage is from 0 to 7.
on/off
It means to enable/disable the tagged VLAN.
[unlimited] [on/off]
unlimited on: It allows the incoming of untagged packets
even all VLAN are tagged.
unlimited off: It does not allows the incoming of untagged
packets.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vlan tagged unlimited on
unlimited mode is ON
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
l
l
a
a
n
n
v
v
i
i
d
d
This command is used to configure VID number for each VLAN channel.
vlan vid n vid_no
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
n
It means VLAN channel.
The ranage is from 0 to 7.
vid_no
It means the value of VLAN ID. Type the value as the VLAN
ID number. The range is form 0 to 4095.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vlan vid 1 4095
VLAN1, vid=4095
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
524
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
l
l
a
a
n
n
s
s
y
y
s
s
v
v
i
i
d
d
This command is used to modify and show the scope (reserved 64) of the VLAN IDs used
internally by the system.
vlan sysvid [show | n]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
show
It means to show the scope of VLAN ID used internally.
n
It means the value to be set as VLAN ID.
The range is from 0 to 4032.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vlan sysvid 100
You have set system VLAN ID to range: 100 ~ 163,
We recommend that you reboot the system now.
> vlan sysvid 200
You have set system VLAN ID to range: 200 ~ 263,
We recommend that you reboot the system now.
> vlan sysvid show
The system VLAN ID is in range: 200 ~ 263
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
p
p
n
n
l
l
2
2
l
l
s
s
e
e
t
t
This command allows users to set advanced parameters for LAN to LAN function.
vpn l2lset [list index] peerid [peerid]
vpn l2lset [list index] localid [localid]
vpn l2lset [list index]main [auto/proposal index]
vpn l2lset [list index] aggressive [g1/g2]
vpn l2lset [list index]pfs [on/off]
vpn l2lset [list index] phase1[lifetime]
vpn l2lset [list index] phase2[lifetime]
vpn l2lset [list index] x509localid [0/1]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
list index
It means the index number of L2L (LAN to LAN) profile.
peerid
It means the peer identity for aggressive mode.
localid
It means the local identity for aggressive mode.
main
It means to choose proposal for main mode.
auto index
It means to choose default proposals.
proposal index
It means to choose specified proposal.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
525
aggressive
It means the chosen DH group for aggressive mode
pfs
It means “perfect forward secrete”.
on/off
It means to turn on or off the PFS function.
phase1
It means phase 1 of IKE.
lifetime
It means the lifetime value (in second) for phase 1 and phase
2.
phase2
It means phase 2 of IKE.
x509localid
It means to enable or disable local ID configuration for X509.
0 – disable
1- enable
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> > vpn l2lset 1 x509localid 1
% X509 local ID set
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
p
p
n
n
l
l
2
2
l
l
D
D
r
r
o
o
p
p
This command allows users to terminate current LAN to LAN VPN connection.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vpn l2lDrop
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
p
p
n
n
d
d
i
i
n
n
s
s
e
e
t
t
This command allows users to configure setting for remote dial-in VPN profile.
vpn dinset <list index>
vpn dinset <list index> <on/off>
vpn dinset <list index> motp <on/off>
vpn dinset <list index> pin_secret <pin> <secret>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
<list index>
It means the index number of the profile.
<on/off>
It means to enable or disable the profile.
on – Enable.
off – Disable.
motp <on/off>
It means to enable or disable the authentication with mOTP
function.
on – Enable.
off – Disable.
pin_secret<pin>
It means to set PIN code with secret.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
526
<secret>
<pin> - Type the code for authentication (e.g, 1234).
<secret> - Use the 32 digit-secret number generated by
mOTP in the mobile phone (e.g., e759bb6f0e94c7ab4fe6)
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vpn dinset 1
Dial-in profile index 1
Profile Name: ???
Status: Deactive
Mobile OTP: Disabled
Password:
Idle Timeout: 300 sec
> vpn dinset 1 on
% set profile active
> vpn dinset 1 motp on
% Enable Mobile OTP mode!>
> vpn dinset 1 pin_secret
1234 e759bb6f0e94c7ab4fe6
> vpn dinset 1
Dial-in profile index 1
Profile Name: ???
Status: Active
Mobile OTP: Enabled
PIN: 1234
Secret: e759bb6f0e94c7ab4fe6
Idle Timeout: 300 sec
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
527
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
p
p
n
n
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
This command allows users to specify a subnet selection for the specified remote dial-in VPN
profile.
vpn subnet [index] [1/2]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
<index>
It means the index number of the VPN profile.
<1/2>
1 – it means LAN1
2 – it means LAN2.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vpn subnet 1 2
>
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
528
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
p
p
n
n
s
s
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
This command allows users to setup VPN for different types.
Command of PPTP Dial-Out
vpn setup <index> <name> pptp_out <ip> <usr> <pwd> <nip> <nmask>
Command of IPSec Dial-Out
vpn setup <index> <name> ipsec_out <ip> <key> <nip> <nmask>
Command of L2Tp Dial-Out
vpn setup <index> <name> l2tp_out <ip> <usr> <pwd> <nip> <nmask>
Command of Dial-In
vpn setup <index> <name> dialin <ip> <usr> <pwd> <key> <nip> <nmask>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
For PPTP Dial-Out
<index>
It means the index number of the profile.
<name>
It means the name of the profile.
<ip>
It means the IP address to dial to.
<usr> <pwd>
It means the user and the password required for the PPTP
connection.
<nip> <nmask>
It means the remote network IP and the mask.
e.g.,
vpn setup 1 name1 pptp_out 1.2.3.4 vigor 1234 192.168.1.0
255.255.255.0
For IPsec Dial-Out
<index>
It means the index number of the profile.
<name>
It means the name of the profile.
<ip>
It means the IP address to dial to.
<key>
It means the value of IPsec Pre-Shared Key.
<nip> <nmask>
It means the remote network IP and the mask.
e.g.,
vpn setup 1 name1 ipsec_out 1.2.3.4 1234 192.168.1.0
255.255.255.0
For L2TP Dial-Out
<index>
It means the index number of the profile.
<name>
It means the name of the profile.
<ip>
It means the IP address to dial to.
<usr> <pwd>
It means the user and the password required for the L2TP
connection.
<nip> <nmask>
It means the remote network IP and the mask.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
529
e.g.,,
vpn setup 1 name1 l2tp_out 1.2.3.4 vigor 1234 192.168.1.0
255.255.255.0
For Dial-In
<index>
It means the index number of the profile.
<name>
It means the name of the profile.
<ip>
It means the IP address allowed to dial in.
<usr> <pwd>
It means the user and the password required for the
PPTP/L2TP connection.
<key>
It means the value of IPsec Pre-Shared Key.
<nip> <nmask>
It means the remote network IP and the mask.
e.g.,
vpn setup 1 name1 dialin 1.2.3.4 vigor 1234 abc 192.168.1.0
255.255.255.0
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vpn setup 1 name1 dialin 1.2.3.4 vigor 1234 abc 192.168.1.0
255.255.255.0
% Profile Change Log ...
% Profile Index : 1
% Profile Name : name1
% Username : vigor
% Password : 1234
% Pre-share Key : abc
% Call Direction : Dial-In
% Type of Server : ISDN PPTP IPSec L2TP
% Dial from : 1.2.3.4
% Remote NEtwork IP : 192.168.1.0
% Remote NEtwork Mask : 255.255.255.0
>
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
530
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
p
p
n
n
o
o
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
This command allows users to configure settings for LAN to LAN profile.
vpn option <index> <cmd1>=<param1> [<cmd2>=<para2> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
<index>
It means the index number of the profile.
Available index numbers:
1 ~ 32
For Common Settings
<index>
It means the index number of the profile.
pname
It means the name of the profile.
ena
It means to enable or disable the profile.
on – Enable
off - Disable
thr
It means the way that VPN connection passes through.
Available settings are wlf, wlo, w2f, and w2o.
w1f – WAN1 First.
w1o – WAN1 Only.
w2f – WAN2 First.
w2o – WAN2 Only.
nnpkt
It means the NetBios Naming Packet.
on – Enable the function to pass the packet.
off – Disable the function to block the packet.
dir
It means the call direction. Available settings are b, o and i.
b – Both
o – Dial-Out
i – Dial-In.
idle=[value]
It means Always on and Idle Time out.
Available values include:
-1 – it means always on for dial-out.
0 – it means always on for dial-in.
Other numbers (e.g., idle=200, idle=300, idle=500) mean the
router will be idle after the interval (seconds) configured
here.
palive
It means to enable PING to keep alive.
-1 – disable the function.
1,2,3,4 – Enable the function and PING IP 1.2.3.4 to keep
alive.
For Dial-Out Settings
ctype
It means “Type of Server I am calling”.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
531
“ctype=t” means PPTP.
“ctype=s” means IPSec.
“ctype= l” means L2TP(IPSec Policy None).
“ctype= l1” means L2TP(IPSec Policy Nice to Have).
“ctype= l2” means L2TP(IPSec Policy Must).
dialto
It means Server IP/Host Name for VPN. (such
as draytek.com or 123.45.67.89).
ltype
It means Link Type.
“ltype=0” means “Disable”.
“ltype=1” means “64kbps”.
“ltype=2” means “128kbps”.
“ltype=3” means “BOD”.
oname
It means Dial-Out Username.
“oname=admin” means to set Username = admin.
opwd
It means Dial-Out Password
“opwd=1234” means to set Password = 1234.
pauth
It means PPP Authentication.
“pauth=pc” means to set PPP Authentication = PAP&CHAP.
“pauth=p” means to set PPP Authentication = PAP Only
ovj
It means VJ Compression.
“ovj=on/off” means to enable/disable VJ Compression.
okey
It means IKE Pre-Shared Key.
“okey=abcd” means to set IKE Pre-Shared Key = abcd.
ometh
It means IPSec Security Method.
“ometh=ah/” means AH.
“ometh=espd/espda/” means ESP DES without/with
Authentication.
“ometh=esp3/esp3a/” means ESP 3DES without/with
Authentication.
“ometh=espa/espaa” means ESP AES without/with
Authentication.
sch
It means Index(1-15) in Schedule Setup.
sch=1,3,5,7 Set schedule 1->3->5->7
rcallb
It means Require Remote to Callback.
“rcallb=on/off” means to enable/disable Set Require Remote
to Callback.
ikeid
It means IKE Local ID.
“ikeid=vigor” means Set Local ID = vigor.
For Dial-In Settings
itype
It means Allowed Dial-In Type. Available settings include:
“itype=t” means PPTP.
“itype=s” means IPSec.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
532
“itype=L1”means L2TP (None).
“itype=L1” means L2TP(Nice to Have).
“itype=l2” means L2TP(Must).
peer
It means specify Peer VPN Server IP for Remote VPN
Gateway.
Type “203.12.23.48” means to allow VPN dial-in with IP
address of 203.12.23.48.
Type “off” means any remote IP is allowed to dial in.
peerid
It means the peer ID for Remote VPN Gateway.
Type “draytek” means the word is used as local ID.
iname
It means Dial-in Username.
“iname=admin” means to set username as “admin”.
ipwd
It means Dial-in Password.
“ipwd=1234” means to set password as “1234”.
ivj
It means VJ Compression.
“ivj=on/off” means to enable /disable VJ Compression.
ikey
It means IKE Pre-Shared Key.
“ikey=abcd” means to set IKE Pre-Shared Key = abcd.
imeth
It means IPSec Security Method
“imeth=h” means “Allow AH”.
“imeth=d” means “Allow DES”.
“imeth=3” means “Allow 3DES”.
“imeth=a” means “Allow AES.
For TCP/IP Settings
mywip
It means My WAN IP.
“mywip=1.2.3.4” means to set My WAN IP as “1.2.3.4”.
rgip
It means Remote Gateway IP.
“rgip=1.2.3.4” means to set Remote Gateway IP as “1.2.3.4”.
rnip
It means Remote Network IP.
“rnip=1.2.3.0” means to set Remote Network IP as “1.2.3.0”.
rnmask
It means Remote Network Mask.
“rnmask=255.255.255.0” means to set Remote Network
Mask as “255.255.255.0”.
rip
It means RIP Direction.
“rip=d” means to set RIP Direction as “Disable”.
“rip=t” means to set RIP Direction as “TX”.
“rip=r” means to set RIP Direction as “RX”.
“rip=b” means to set RIP Direction as “Both”.
mode
It means the option of “From first subnet to remote network,
you have to do”.
“mode=r” means to set Route mode.
“mode=n” means to set NAT mode.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
533
droute
It means to Change default route to this VPN tunnel ( Only
single WAN supports this).
droute=on/off means to enable/disable the function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vpn option 1 idle=250
% Change Log..
% Idle Timeout = 250
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
p
p
n
n
m
m
r
r
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
This command allows users to list, add or delete static routes for a certain LAN to LAN VPN
profile.
vpn mroute <index> list
vpn mroute <index> add <network ip>/<mask>
vpn mroute <index> del <network ip>/<mask>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
list
It means to display all of the route settings.
add
It means to add a new route.
del
It means to delete specified route.
<index>
It means the index number of the profile.
Available index numbers:
1 ~ 32
<network ip>/<mask>
Type the IP address with the network mask address.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vpn mroute 1 add 192.168.5.0/24
% 192.168.5.0/24
% Add new route 192.168.5.0/24 to profile 1
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
p
p
n
n
l
l
i
i
s
s
t
t
This command allows users to view LAN to LAN VPN profiles.
vpn list <index> all
vpn list <index>com
vpn list<index>out
vpn list <index> in
vpn list<index>net
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
534
Parameter Description
all
It means to list configuration of the specified profile.
com
It means to list common settings of the specified profile.
out
It means to list dial-out settings of the specified profile.
in
It means to list dial-in settings of the specified profile.
net
It means to list Network Settings of the specified profile.
<index>
It means the index number of the profile.
Available index numbers:
1 ~ 32
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vpn list 32 all
% Common Settings
% Profile Name : ???
% Profile Status : Disable
% Netbios Naming Packet : Pass
% Call Direction : Both
% Idle Timeout : 300
% PING to keep alive : off
% Dial-out Settings
% Type of Server : PPTP
% Link Type: : 64k bps
% Username : ???
% Password :
% PPP Authentication : PAP/CHAP
% VJ Compression : on
% Pre-Shared Key :
% IPSec Security Method : AH
% Schedule : 0,0,0,0
% Remote Callback : off
% Provide ISDN Number : off
% IKE phase 1 mode : Main mode
% IKE Local ID :
% Dial-In Settings
--- MORE --- ['q': Quit, 'Enter': New Lines, 'Space Bar': Next Page] ---
> vpn list 1 com
% Common Settings
% Profile Name : ???
% Profile Status : Disable
% Netbios Naming Packet : Pass
% Call Direction : Both
% Idle Timeout : 300
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
535
% PING to keep alive : off
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
p
p
n
n
r
r
e
e
m
m
o
o
t
t
e
e
This command allows users to enable or disable PPTP/IPSec/L2TP VPN service.
vpn remote [PPTP/IPSec/L2TP] [on/off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
PPTP/IPSec/L2TP
There are four types to be selected.
on/off
on – enable VPN remote setting.
off – disable VPN remote setting.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vpn remote PPTP on
Set PPTP VPN Service : On
Please restart the router!!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
p
p
n
n
2
2
n
n
d
d
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
This command allows users to enable second subnet IP as VPN server IP.
vpn 2ndsubnet on
vpn 2ndsubnet off
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on/off
It means to enable or disable second subnet.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vpn 2ndsubnet on
%Enable second subnet IP as VPN server IP!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
p
p
n
n
N
N
e
e
t
t
B
B
i
i
o
o
s
s
This command allows users to enable or disable NetBios for Remote Access User Accounts or
LAN-to-LAN Profile.
vpn NetBios set <H2l/L2l> <index> <Block/Pass>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
<H2l/L2l>
H2l means Remote Access User Accounts.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
536
L2l means LAN-to-LAN Profile.
Specify which one will be applied by NetBios.
<index>
The index number of the profile.
<Block/Pass>
Pass – Have an inquiry for data transmission between the
hosts located on both sides of VPN Tunnel while connecting.
Block – When there is conflict occurred between the hosts on
both sides of VPN Tunnel in connecting, set it block data
transmission of Netbios Naming Packet inside the tunnel.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vpn NetBios set H2l 1 Pass
% Remote Dial In Profile Index [1] :
% NetBios Block/Pass: [PASS]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
p
p
n
n
m
m
s
s
s
s
This command allows users to configure the maximum segment size (MSS) for different TCP
types.
vpn mss show
vpn mss default
vpn mss set <connection type> <TCP maximum segment size range>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
show
It means to display current setting status.
default
TCP maximum segment size for all the VPN connection will
be set as 1360 bytes.
set
Use it to specify the connection type and value of MSS.
<connection type>
1~4 represent various type.
1 – PPTP
2 – L2TP
3 – IPSec
4 – L2TP over IPSec
5 – SSL Tunnel
<TCP maximum segment
size range>
Each type has different segment size range.
PPTP – 1 ~ 1412
L2TP – 1 ~ 1408
IPSec – 1 ~ 1381
L2TP over IPSec – 1 ~ 1361
SSL Tunnel : 1 ~ 1360
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>vpn mss set 1 1400
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
537
% VPN TCP maximum segment size (MSS) :
PPTP = 1400
L2TP = 1360
IPSec = 1360
L2TP over IPSec = 1360
>vpn mss show
VPN TCP maximum segment size (MSS) :
PPTP = 1400
L2TP = 1360
IPSec = 1360
L2TP over IPSec = 1360
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
p
p
n
n
i
i
k
k
e
e
This command is used to display IKE memory status and leakage list.
vpn ike -q
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vpn ike -q
IKE Memory Status and Leakage List
# of free L-Buffer=95, minimum=94, leak=1
# of free M-Buffer=529, minimum=529 leak=3
# of free S-Buffer=1199, minimum=1198, leak=1
# of free Msgid-Buffer=1024, minimum=1024
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
p
p
n
n
M
M
u
u
l
l
t
t
i
i
c
c
a
a
s
s
t
t
This command allows users to pass or block the multi-cast packet via VPN.
vpn Multicast set <H2l/L2l> <index> <Block/Pass>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
<H2l/L2l>
H2l means Host to LAN (Remote Access User Accounts).
L2l means LAN-to-LAN Profile.
<index>
The index number of the profile.
<Block/Pass>
Set Block/Pass the Multicast Packets.
The default is Block.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vpn Multicast set L2l 1 Pass
% Lan to Lan Profile Index [1] :
% Status Block/Pass: [PASS]
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
538
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
p
p
n
n
p
p
a
a
s
s
s
s
2
2
n
n
d
d
This command allows users to determine if the packets coming from the second subnet
passing through current used VPN tunnel.
vpn pass2nd[on]
vpn pass2nd [off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on/off
on – the packets can pass through NAT.
off – the packets cannot pass through NAT.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vpn pass2nd on
% 2nd subnet is allowed to pass VPN tunnel!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
p
p
n
n
p
p
a
a
s
s
s
s
2
2
n
n
a
a
t
t
This command allows users to determine if the packets passing through by NAT or not when
the VPN tunnel disconnects.
vpn pass2nat [on]
vpn pass2nat [off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on/off
on – the packets can pass through NAT.
off – the packets cannot pass through NAT.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vpn pass2nat on
% Packets would go through by NAT when VPN disconnect!!
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
539
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
p
p
p
p
p
p
_
_
m
m
r
r
u
u
This command allows users to adjust the size of PPP LCP MRU. It is used for specific
network.
wan ppp_mru <WAN interface number> <MRU size >
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
<WAN interface number>
Type a number to represent the physical interface. For
Vigor130, the number is 1 (which means WAN1).
<MRU size >
It means the number of PPP LCP MRU. The available range
is from 1400 to 1600.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>wan ppp_mru 1 ?
% Now: 1500
> wan ppp_mru 1 1490
>
> wan ppp_mru 1 ?
% Now: 1490
> wan ppp_mru 1 1492
> wan ppp_mru 1 ?
% Now: 1492
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
m
m
t
t
u
u
This command allows users to adjust the size of MTU for WAN1.
wan mtu [value]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
value
It means the number of MTU for PPP. The available range is
from 1000 to 1500.
For Static IP/DHCP, the maximum number will be 1500.
For PPPoE, the maximum number will be 1492.
For PPTP/L2TP, the maximum number will be 1460.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan mtu 1100
> wan mtu ?
Static IP/DHCP (Max MSS: 1500)
PPPoE(Max MSS: 1492)
PPTP/L2TP(Max MSS: 1460)
% wan ppp_mss <MSS size: 1000 ~ 1500>
% Now: 1100
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
540
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
D
D
F
F
_
_
c
c
h
h
e
e
c
c
k
k
This command allows you to enable or disable the function of DF (Don’t fragment)
wan DF_check [on]
wan DF_check [off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on/off
It means to enable or disable DF.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan DF_check on
%DF bit check enable!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
d
d
i
i
s
s
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
This command allows you to disable WAN connection.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan disable WAN
%WAN disabled.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
e
e
n
n
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
This command allows you to disable wan connection.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan enable WAN
%WAN1 enabled.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
f
f
o
o
r
r
w
w
a
a
r
r
d
d
This command allows you to enable or disable the function of WAN forwarding. The packets
are allowed to be transmitted between different WANs.
wan forward [on]
wan forward [off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on/off
It means to enable or disable WAN forward.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan forward ?
%WAN forwarding is Disable!
> wan forward on
%WAN forwarding is enable!
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
541
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This command allows you to display the status of WAN connection, including connection
mode, TX/RX packets, DNS settings and IP address.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan status
WAN1: Offline, stall=N
Mode: ---, Up Time=00:00:00
IP=---, GW IP=---
TX Packets=0, TX Rate(Bps)=0, RX Packets=0, RX Rate(Bps)=0
Primary DNS=0.0.0.0, Secondary DNS=0.0.0.0
PVC_WAN3: Offline, stall=N
Mode: ---, Up Time=00:00:00
IP=---, GW IP=---
TX Packets=0, TX Rate(Bps)=0, RX Packets=0, RX Rate(Bps)=0
PVC_WAN4: Offline, stall=N
Mode: ---, Up Time=00:00:00
IP=---, GW IP=---
TX Packets=0, TX Rate(Bps)=0, RX Packets=0, RX Rate(Bps)=0
PVC_WAN5: Offline, stall=N
Mode: ---, Up Time=00:00:00
IP=---, GW IP=---
TX Packets=0, TX Rate(Bps)=0, RX Packets=0, RX Rate(Bps)=0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
m
m
o
o
d
d
e
e
m
m
This command allows you to configure settings for USB modem.
wan modem init [string]
wan modem init2[string]
wan modem dial [string]
wan modem pin [string]
wan modem paponly [on/off]
wan modem backup_wait [value]
wan modem pipe [string]
wan modem wakeup [on/off/value]
wan modem status
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
init [string]
It means to set initial modem AT command.
string: type text.
(default: AT&FE0V1X1&D2&C1S0=0)
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
542
init2[string]
It means to set initial2 modem AT command.
string: type text.
dial [string]
It means to set dial modem AT command.
string: type the command (default: ATDT*99#).
pin [string]
It means to set PIN code (0: disable) on SIM card.
If “0” is typed, it means disable the function.
string: type the PIN code (4 digits) in this field.
paponly [on/off]
Force PPP authentication PAP only (on/off).
backup_wait [value]
Set the wait time (1-255 sec) for rebooting the router when
work in backup mode.
pipe [string]
Force 3G Modem pipe to be Int/Din/Dout (ex: 0x81 0x82
0x02).
Int: It means USB interrupt pipe.
Din: It means USB data input pipe.
Dout: It means USB data output pipe.
wakeup on
It means to wake up the modem by telnet.
wakeup off
It means to wake up the modem by Vigor router.
wakeup [value]
It means the commands used to wakup modem. The format
shall be heximal digits.
vid: Set device VID belong to this interface (for multiple
device)
pid: Set device PID belong to this interface (for multiple
device)
status
It means to display current information of WAN status.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan modem pipe 0x81 0x82 0x01
Force 3G USB Int/Din/Dout Pipe 0x81 0x82 0x1
> wan modem wakeup on
turn on wakeup by telnet mode, usb will reset now
wakeup string should be 31 bytes
> wan modem wakeup off
turn off wakeup by telnet mode, usb will reset now
wakeup string should be 31 bytes
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
w
w
i
i
m
m
a
a
x
x
This command allows you to enable or disable WAN 3G/4G DHCP mode for Vigor router.
wan wimax [on/off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
On
It means to enable WAN 3G/4G DHCP mode.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
543
off
It means to disable WAN 3G/4G DHCP mode.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan wimax ?
Current status is wimax OFF
> wan wimax on
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
d
d
e
e
t
t
e
e
c
c
t
t
This command allows you to Ping a specified IP to detect the WAN connection (static IP or
PPPoE mode).
wan detect [wan1][on/off/always_on]
wan detect [wan1]target [ip addr]
wan detect [wan1]ttl [1-255]
wan detect status
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on
It means to enable ping detection. The IP address of the target
shall be set.
off
It means to enable ARP detection (default).
always_on
disable link detect, always connected(only support static IP)
target
It means to set the ping target.
ip addr
It means the IP address used for detection. Type an IP
address in this field.
ttl
It means to set the ping TTL value (work as trace route)
If you do not set any value for ttl here or just type 0 here, the
system will use default setting (255) as the ttl value.
status
It means to show the current status.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan detect status
WAN1: always on
WAN2: off
WAN3: off
WAN4: off
WAN5: off
> wan detect wan1 target 192.168.1.78
Set OK
> wan detect wan1 on
Set OK
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
544
> wan detect status
WAN1: on, Target=192.168.1.78, TTL=255
WAN2: off
WAN3: off
WAN4: off
WAN5: off
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
l
l
b
b
This command allows you to Enable/Disable for each WAN to join auto load balance member.
wan lb [wan1/wan2/…] on
wan lb [wan1/wan2/…] off
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
wan1/wan2
It means to specify which WAN will be applied with load
balance.
on
It means to make WAN interface as the member of load
balance.
off
It means to cancel WAN interface as the member of load
balance.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan lb status
WAN1: on
WAN2: on
WAN3: on
WAN4: on
WAN5: on
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
m
m
v
v
l
l
a
a
n
n
This command allows you to configure multi-VLAN for WAN and LAN. It supports pure
bridge mode (modem mode) between Ethernet WAN and LAN port 2~4.
wan mvlan [pvc_no/status/save/enable/disable] [on/off/clear/tag tag_no] [service type/vlan
priority] [px ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
pvc_no
It means index number of PVC. There are 10 PVC,
0(Channel-1) to 9(Channel-9) allowed to be configured.
However, only 2 to 9 are available for configuration.
status
It means to display the whole Bridge status.
save
It means to save the configuration into flash of Vigor router.
enable/disable
It means to enable/disable the Multi-VLAN function.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
545
on/off
It means to turn on/off bridge mode for the specific channel.
clear
It means to turn off/clear the port.
tag tag_no
It means to tag a number for the VLAN.
-1: No need to add tag number.
1-4095: Available setting numbers used as tagged number.
service type
It means to specify the service type for VLAN.
0: Normal.
1: IGMP.
vlan priority
It means to specify the priority for the VALN setting.
Range is from 0 to 7.
px
It means LAN port. Available setting number is from 2 to 4.
Port number 1 is locked for NAT usage.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
PVC 7 will map to LAN port 2/3/4 in bridge mode; service type is Normal. No tag added.
> wan mvlan 7 on p2 p3 p4
PVC Bridge p1 p2 p3 p4 Service Type Tag Priority
---------------------------------------------------------
7 ON 0 0 1 1 Normal 0(OFF) 0
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
m
m
u
u
l
l
t
t
i
i
f
f
n
n
o
o
This command allows you to specify a channel (in Multi-PVC/VLAN) to make bridge
connection to a specified WAN interface.
wan multifno [channel #] [WAN interface #]
wan multifno status
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
channel #
There are several channels including VLAN and PVC.
Available settings are:
3=Channel 3
4=Channel 4
5=Channel 5
6=Channel 6
7=Channel 7
8=Channel 8
WAN interface #
Type a number to indicate the WAN interface.
1=WAN1
2=WAN2
status
It means to display current bridge status.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
546
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan multifno 5 1
% Configured channel 5 uplink to WAN1
> wan multifno status
% Channel 3 uplink ifno: 3
% Channel 4 uplink ifno: 3
% Channel 5 uplink ifno: 3
% Channel 6 uplink ifno: 3
% Channel 7 uplink ifno: 3
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
v
v
l
l
a
a
n
n
This command allows you to tag packets on WAN VLAN with specified number.
wan vlan wan [#] tag [value]
wan vlan wan [#] [enable|disable]
wan vlan stat
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
#
It means the number of WAN interface.
1: means WAN1
2: means WAN2.
value
It means the number to be tagged on packets.
The range of the value is between 32 ~ 4095.
enable|disable
It means to enable or disable the WAN interface for VLAN.
stat
It means to display the table of WAN VLAN status.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan vlan stat
%Interface Pri Tag Enabled
%======================================
%WAN1 0 0
%WAN2 0 0
> wan vlan wan 1 tag 3
% Set tag to 3 for WAN1
> wan vlan wan 1 tag 50
%Set tag to 50 for WAN1
> wan vlan wan 2 tag 60
%Set tag to 60 for WAN2
> wan vlan wan 1 enable
%Enabled VLAN header encap for WAN1
> wan vlan wan 2 enable
%Enabled VLAN header encap for WAN2
> wan vlan stat
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
547
%Interface Pri Tag Enabled
%======================================
%WAN1 0 50 v
%WAN2 0 60 v
>
wan vlan wan 2 disable
% Disabled VLAN header encap for WAN2
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
f
f
i
i
b
b
e
e
r
r
This command allows you to configure the transmission rate for fiber connection.
wan fiber status
wan fiber auto|100|1000
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
status
It means to show fiber WAN link status.
auto|100|1000
It means the transmission rate for fiber connection.
It means to configure the transmission rate to 100Mbps,
1000Mbps or auto detection.
100: menas 100Mbps
1000: means 1000Mbps
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan fiber status
% Fiber is not detected
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
p
p
t
t
l
l
This command is used to set the profile for wireless access control.
This command is used to set profile for web portal. Web portal is a special page that is shown
when users browse to websites for the first time.
wptl -p <profile> [-l <lan>] [-s <ssid>] [-m <message> | -u <url> | -f <url>] [-e | -d]
wptl -p <profile> -c
wptl -i
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
profile
It means to specify one of the SSID profiles for
configuration.
The range is from 1 to 4.
-l <lan>
It means to specify which LAN interface to be applied with
such profile.
-s <ssid>
It means to specify which WLAN interface (identified by
SSID number) will be applied with such profile.
1: SSID1
2: SSID2
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
548
3: SSID3
4: SSID4
-m <message>
It means the wireless client will be redirected to a page with
message when the client accesses into Internet.
message: type the text to be displayed.
-u <url>
It means the wireless client will be redirecte to a page with
URL specifeied here when the client access into the Internet.
url: type the url of the web page.
-f <url>
It means the wireless client will be redirecte to a page with
URL specifeied here when the client access into the Internet.
The client must click on the button to proceed.
url: type the url of the web page.
-e
It means to enable such profile.
-d
It means to disnable such profile.
-i
It means to show the content of such command.
-c
It means to reset the specified profile.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wptl -e -p 1 -l 1,2 -s 1 -u http://www.draytek.com
Profile 1 enable ... [OK]
Applied LAN interfaces ... [OK]
Applied WLAN interfaces ... [OK]
Redirect to URL mode ... [OK]
> wptl -i
Profile 1: ON
Redirect to URL: "http://www.draytek.com"
Applied interface: LAN1, LAN2, SSID1
Profile 2: OFF
Redirect to URL: ""
Applied interface:
Profile 3: OFF
Redirect to URL: ""
Applied interface:
Profile 4: OFF
Redirect to URL: ""
Applied interface:
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
549
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
a
a
c
c
l
l
This command allows the user to configure wireless access control settings.
wl acl enable [ssid1 ssid2 ssid3 ssid4]
wl acl disable [ssid1 ssid2 ssid3 ssid4]
wl acl add [MAC] [ssid1 ssid2 ssid3 ssid4] [isolate]
wl acl del [MAC]
wl acl mode [ssid1 ssid2 ssid3 ssid4] [white/black]
wl acl show
wl acl showmode
wl acl clean
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
enable [ssid1 ssid2 ssid3
ssid4]
It means to enable the settings for SSID1, SSID2, SSID3 and
SSID4.
disable [ssid1 ssid2 ssid3
ssid4]
It means to disable the settings for SSID1, SSID2, SSID3 and
SSID4.
add [MAC] [ssid1 ssid2
ssid3 ssid4] [isolate]
It means to associate a MAC address to certain SSID
interfaces' access control settings. The isolate setting will
limit the wireless client's network capabilities to accessing
the wireless LAN only.
[MAC] format: xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx
or xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx
or xx.xx.xx.xx.xx.xx
del [MAC]
It means to delete a MAC address entry defined in the access
control list.
mode [ssid1 ssid2 ssid3
ssid4] [white/black]
It means to set white/black list for each SSID.
wl acl show
It means to show access control status.
wl acl showmode
It means to show the mode for each SSID.
wl acl clean
It means to clean all access control setting.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> > wl acl showmode
ssid1: none
ssid2: none
ssid3: none
ssid4: none
> wl acl add 00-50-70-ff-12-70
Set Done !!
> wl acl add 00-50-70-ff-12-70 ssid1 ssid2 isolate
Set Done !!
> wl acl show
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
550
----------Enable Mac Address Filter---------
ssid1: dis ssid2: dis ssid3: dis ssid4: dis
----------MAC Address Filter----------
Index Attribute MAC Address Associated SSIDs
0 00:50:70:ff:12:70 ssid1 ssid2 ssid3 ssid4
1 s 00:50:70:ff:12:70 ssid1 ssid2
s: Isolate the station from LAN
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
c
c
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
This command allows users to configure general settings and security settings for wireless
connection.
wl config mode [value]
wl config mode show
wl config channel [number]
wl config preamble [enable]
wl config txburst [enable]
wl config ssid [ssid_num enable ssid_name [hidden_ssid]]
wl config security [SSID_NUMBER] [mode]
wl config ratectl [ssid_num enable upload download ]
wl config isolate [ssid_num lan member]
wl config dtim [value]
wl config dtim show
wl config beaconperiod
wl config radio enable
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
mode[value]
It means to select connection mode for wireless connection.
Available settings are: "11bgn", "11gn", "11n", "11bg",
"11g", or "11b".
mode show
It means to display what the current wireless mode is.
channel [number]
It means the channel of frequency of the wireless LAN.
The available settings are 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12 and 13.
number=0, means Auto
number=1, means Channel 1
….
number=13, means Channel 13.
preamble [enable]
It means to define the length of the sync field in an 802.11
packet.
Most modern wireless network uses short preamble with 56
bit sync field instead of long preamble with 128 bit sync
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
551
field. However, some original 11b wireless network devices
only support long preamble.
0: disable to use long preamble.
1: enable to use long preamble.
txburst [enable]
It means to enhance the performance in data transmission
about 40%* more (by enabling Tx Burst). It is active only
when both sides of Access Point and Station (in wireless
client) invoke this function at the same time.
0: disable the function.
1: enable the funciton.
ssid[ssid_num enable
ssid_name [hidden_ssid]]
It means to set the name of the SSID, hide the SSID if
required.
ssid_num: Type 1, 2, 3 or 4 to specify SSID1, SSID2, SSID3
or SSID4.
ssid_name: Give a name for the specified SSID.
hidden_ssid: Type 0 to hide the SSID or 1 to display the
SSID
Security
[SSID_NUMBER]
[mode][key][index]
It means to configure security settings for the wirelesss
connection.
SSID_NUMBER: Type 1, 2, 3 or 4 to specify SSID1, SSID2,
SSID3 or SSID4.
mode: Available settings are:
disable: No security.
wpa1x: WPA/802.1x Only
wpa21x: WPA2/802.1x Only
wpamix1x: Mixed (WPA+WPA2/802.1x only)
wep1x: WEP/802.1x Only
wpapsk: WPA/PSK
wpa2psk: WPA2/PSK
wpamixpsk: Mixed (WPA+WPA2)/PSK
wep: WEP
key, index: Moreover, you have to add keys for wpapsk,
wpa2psk, wpamixpsk and wep, and specify index number of
schedule profiles to be followed by the wireless connection.
WEP keys must be in 5/13 ASCII text string or 10/26
Hexadecimal digit format; WPA keys must be in 8~63 ASCII
text string or 64 Hexadecimal digit format.
ratectl [ssid_num enable
upload download]
It means to set the rate control for the specified SSID.
ssid_num: Choose 1, 2, 3 or 4 to specify SSID1, SSID2,
SSID3 or SSID4.
enable: It means to enable the function of the rate control for
the specified SSID. 0: disable and 1:enable.
upload: It means to configure the rate control for data upload.
The unit is kbps.
download: It means to configure the rate control for data
download. The unit is kbps.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
552
isolate [ssid_num lan
member]
It means to isolate the wireless connection for LAN and/or
Member.
lan – It can make the wireless clients (stations) with
remote-dial and LAN to LAN users not accessing for each
other.
member – It can make the wireless clients (stations) with the
same SSID not accessing for each other.
dtim [value]
It means to input DTIM value.
Adjustable value is “1~255”.
dtim show
It means to display current DTIM value.
beaconperiod
It means to set beacon period.
Adjustable value is “20~1023”. Unit is milli-second.
beaconperiod show
It means to display current beaconperiod value.
radio [enable]
It means to enable wireless Wi-Fi function.
1: enable
0: disable
raido show
It means to display current status of Wi-Fi function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl config mode 11bgn
Current mode is 11bgn
% <Note> Please restart wireless after you set the channel
> wl config channel 13
Current channel is 13
% <Note> Please restart wireless after you set the channel.
> wl config preamble 1
Long preamble is enabled
% <Note> Please restart wireless after you set the parameters.
> wl config ssid 1 enable dray
SSID Enable Hide_SSID Name
1 1 0 dray
% <Note> Please restart wireless after you set the parameters.
> wl config security 1 wpa1x
%% Configured Wlan Security Setting:
% SSID1
%% Mode: wpa1x
%% Wireless card must be reset for configurations to take effect
%% (Telnet Command: wl restart)
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
553
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
s
s
e
e
t
t
This command allows users to configure basic wireless settings.
wl set [SSID] [CHAN[En]]
wl set txburst [enable]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
SSID
It means to type the SSID for the router. The maximum
character that you can use is 32.
CHAN[En]
It means to specify required channel for the router.
CHAN: The range for the number is between 1 ~ 13.
En: type on to enable the function; type off to disable the
function.
txburst [enable]
It means to enhance the performance in data transmission
about 40%* more (by enabling Tx Burst). It is active only
when both sides of Access Point and Station (in wireless
client) invoke this function at the same time.
0: disable the function.
1: enable the function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl set MKT 2 on
% New Wlan Setting is:
% SSID=MKT
% Chan=2
% Wl is Enable
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
a
a
c
c
t
t
This command allows users to activate wireless settings.
wl act [En]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
En
It means to enable or disable the function of VPN isolation.
0: diable
1: enable
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl act on
% Set Wlan to Enable.
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
554
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
s
s
t
t
a
a
m
m
g
g
t
t
This command is used to configure connection time and reconnection time for each SSID that
wireless client used for accessing into Internet.
wl stamgt [enable/disable] [ssid_num]
wl stamgt [show] [ssid_num]
wl stamgt set [ssid_num] [c] [r]
wl stamgt reset [ssid_num]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
enable/disable
It means to enable/disable the station management control.
ssid_num
It means channel selection.
Available channel for 2.4G: 0/1/2/3
Available channel for 5G: 4/5/6/7.
show
It means to display status or configuration of the selected
channel.
c
It means connection time. The unit is minute.
r
It means reconnection time. The unit is minute.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl stamgt enable 1
% Station Management Status: enabled
> wl stamgt set 1 60 60
> wl stamgt show 1
NO. SSID BSSID Connect time Reconnect time
1. Draytek 00:11:22:aa:bb:cc 0d:0:58:26 0d:0:0
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
555
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
i
i
s
s
o
o
_
_
v
v
p
p
n
n
This command allows users to activate the function of VPN isolation.
wl iso_vpn [ssid] [En]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
ssid
It means the number of SSID.
1: SSID1
2: SSID2
3: SSID3
4: SSID4
En
It means to enable or disable the function of VPN isolation.
0: disable
1: enable
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl iso_vpn 1 on
% ssid: 1 isolate vpn on :1
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
w
w
m
m
m
m
This command allows users to set WMM for wireless connection. It defines the priority levels
for four access categories derived from 802.1d (prioritization tabs).
wl wmm ap QueIdx Aifsn Cwmin Cwmax Txop ACM
wl wmm bss QueIdx Aifsn Cwmin Cwmax Txop ACM
wl wmm ack Que0_Ack Que1_Ack Que2_Ack Que3_Ack
wl wmm enable SSID0 SSID1 SSID2 SSID3
wl wmm apsd value
wl wmm show
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
ap
It means to set WMM for access point.
bss
It means to set WMM for wireless clients.
ack
It means to map to the Ack policy settings of AP WMM.
enable
It means to enable the WMM for each SSID.
0: disable
1: enable
Apsd [value]
It means to enable / disable the ASPD(automatic power-save
delivery) function.
0: disable
1: enable
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
556
show
It displays current status of WMM.
QueIdx
It means the number of the queue which the WMM settings
will be applied to. There are four queues, best effort,
background, voice, and video.
Aifsn
It controls how long the client waits for each data
transmission.
Cwmin/ Cwmax
CWMin means contention Window-Min and CWMax
means contention Window-Max. Specify the value ranging
from 1 to 15.
Txop
It means transmission opportunity. Specify the value ranging
from 0 to 65535.
ACM
It can restrict stations from using specific category class if it
is enabled.
0: disable
1: enable
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl wmm ap 0 3 4 6 0 0
QueIdx=0: APAifsn=3,APCwmin=4,APCwmax=6, APTxop=0,APACM=0
> wl wmm enable 1 0 1 0
WMM_SSID0 =1, WMM_SSID1 =0,WMM_SSID2 =1,WMM_SSID3 =0
> wl wmm show
Enable WMM: SSID0 =1, SSID1 =0,SSID2 =1,SSID3 =0
APSD=0
QueIdx=0: APAifsn=3,APCwmin=4,APCwmax=6, APTxop=0,APACM=0
QueIdx=1: APAifsn=7,APCwmin=4,APCwmax=10, APTxop=0,APACM=0
QueIdx=2: APAifsn=1,APCwmin=3,APCwmax=4, APTxop=94,APACM=0
QueIdx=3: APAifsn=1,APCwmin=2,APCwmax=3, APTxop=47,APACM=0
QueIdx=0: BSSAifsn=3,BSSCwmin=4,BSSCwmax=10, BSSTxop=0,BSSACM=0
QueIdx=1: BSSAifsn=7,BSSCwmin=4,BSSCwmax=10, BSSTxop=0,BSSACM=0
QueIdx=2: BSSAifsn=2,BSSCwmin=3,BSSCwmax=4, BSSTxop=94,BSSACM=0
QueIdx=3: BSSAifsn=2,BSSCwmin=2,BSSCwmax=3, BSSTxop=47,BSSACM=0
AckPolicy[0]=0: AckPolicy[1]=0,AckPolicy[2]=0,AckPolicy[3]=0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
h
h
t
t
This command allows you to configure wireless settings.
wl ht bw value
wl ht gi value
wl ht badecline value
wl ht autoba value
wl ht rdg value
wl ht msdu value
wl ht txpower value
wl ht antenna value
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
557
wl ht greenfield value
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
wl ht bw value
The value you can type is 0 (for BW_20) and 1 (for BW_40).
wl ht gi value
The value you can type is 0 (for GI_800) and 1 (for GI_4001)
wl ht badecline value
The value you can type is 0 (for disabling) and 1 (for
enabling).
wl ht autoba value
The value you can type is 0 (for disabling) and 1 (for
enabling).
wl ht rdg value
The value you can type is 0 (for disabling) and 1 (for
enabling).
wl ht msdu value
The value you can type is 0 (for disabling) and 1 (for
enabling).
wl ht txpower value
The value you can type ranges from 1 – 6 (level).
wl ht antenna value
The value you can type ranges from 0-3.
0: 2T3R
1: 2T2R
2: 1T2R
3: 1T1R
wl ht greenfield value
The value you can type is 0 (for mixed mode) and 1 (for
green field).
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl ht bw value 1
BW=0
<Note> Please restart wireless after you set new parameters.
> wl restart
Wireless restart................
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
r
r
e
e
s
s
t
t
a
a
r
r
t
t
This command allows you to restart wireless setting.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl restart
Wireless restart................
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
b
b
t
t
n
n
c
c
t
t
l
l
This command allows you to enable or disable wireless button control.
wl btnctl [value]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
558
value
0: disable
1: enable
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl btnctl 1
Enable wireless botton control
Current wireless botton control is on
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
i
i
w
w
p
p
r
r
i
i
v
v
It is reserved for RD debug. Do not use it.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
e
e
f
f
u
u
s
s
e
e
This command is used to configure parameters related to wireless RF hardware. At present, it
is not allowed for end user to operate.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
c
c
e
e
_
_
c
c
e
e
r
r
t
t
It is reserved for RD debug. Do not use it.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
d
d
u
u
a
a
l
l
a
a
c
c
l
l
This command allows the user to configure wireless (5GHz) access control settings.
wl dual acl enable [ssid1 ssid2 ssid3 ssid4]
wl dual acl disable[ssid1 ssid2 ssid3 ssid4]
wl dual acl add [MAC][ssid1 ssid2 ssid3 ssid4][isolate]
wl dual acl del [MAC]
wl dual acl mode [ssid1 ssid2 ssid3 ssid4] [white/black]
wl dual acl show
wl dual acl showmode
wl dual acl clean
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
enable [ssid1 ssid2 ssid3
ssid4]
It means to enable the settings for SSID1, SSID2, SSID3 and
SSID4.
disable [ssid1 ssid2 ssid3
ssid4]
It means to disable the settings for SSID1, SSID2, SSID3 and
SSID4.
add [MAC] [ssid1 ssid2
ssid3 ssid4] [isolate]
It means to associate a MAC address to certain SSID
interfaces' access control settings. The isolate setting will
limit the wireless client's network capabilities to accessing
the wireless LAN only.
[MAC] format: xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx
or xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx
or xx.xx.xx.xx.xx.xx
isolate
It means to isolate the wireless connection of the wireless
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
559
client (identified with the MAC address) from LAN.
del[MAC]
It means to delete a MAC address entry defined in the access
control list.
[MAC] format: xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx
or xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx
or xx.xx.xx.xx.xx.xx
mode [ssid1 ssid2 ssid3
ssid4] [white/black]
It means to set white/black list for each SSID.
show
It means to display current status of access control.
showmode
It means to show the mode for each SSID.
clean
It means to clear all of the access control settings.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl dual acl showmode
SSID1: None
SSID2: None
SSID3: None
SSID4: None
>
wl dual acl add 00-50-70-ff-12-80
> wl acl add 00-50-70-ff-12-80 ssid1 ssid2 isolate
Set Done !!
> wl acl show
----------Enable Mac Address Filter---------
ssid1: dis ssid2: dis ssid3: dis ssid4: dis
----------MAC Address Filter----------
Index Attribute MAC Address Associated SSIDs
0 s 00:50:70:ff:12:80 ssid1 ssid2
s: Isolate the station from LAN
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
d
d
u
u
a
a
l
l
a
a
p
p
s
s
c
c
a
a
n
n
This command is used to scan Access Point installed near the location of Vigor router.
wl dual apscan start
wl dual apscan show
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
start
It menas to execute the AP scanning.
show
It means to disaply the content of the AP list.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl dual apscan start
> wl dual apscan show
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
560
5G Access Point List :
BSSID Channel SSID
00:1d:aa:b6:1b:ba 60 Marketing-wi-fi_5G
00:1d:aa:ba:07:2a 36 DrayTek_5G
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
d
d
u
u
a
a
l
l
c
c
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
This command allows users to configure general settings and security settings for wireless
connection (5GHz).
wl dual config enable [value]
wl dual config enable show
wl dual config mode [value]
wl dual config mode show
wl dual config channel [number]
wl dual config channel show
wl dual config preamble [enable]
wl dual config preamble show
wl dual config ssid [ssid_num enable ssid_name]
wl dual config ssid hide [ssid_num enable]
wl dual config ssid show
wl dual config ratectl [ssid_num enable upload download]
wl dual config ratectl show
wl dual config isolate lan [ssid_num enable]
wl dual config isolate member [ssid_num enable]
wl dual config isolate vpn [ssid_num enable]
wl dual config isolate show
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
enable[value]
It means to enable/disable the 5GHz wireless function.
1: enable
0: disable
show
It means to display if 5G wireless function is enabled or not.
mode[value]
It means to select connection mode for wireless connection.
Available settings are: "11a", "11n_5g", "11n" and "11an".
mode show
It means to display what the current wireless mode is.
channel [number]
It means the channel of frequency of the wireless LAN.
The available settings are: 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56, 60, 64, 100,
104, 108, 112, 116, 120, 124, 128, 132, 136 and 140.
number=0, means Auto
number=36, means Channel 36
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
561
….
Number=52, means Channel 52.
channel show
It means to display what the current channel is.
preamble [enable]
It means to define the length of the sync field in an 802.11
packet.
Most modern wireless network uses short preamble with 56
bit sync field instead of long preamble with 128 bit sync
field. However, some original 11b wireless network devices
only support long preamble.
0: disable to use long preamble.
1: enable to use long preamble.
preamble show
It means to display if preamble is enabled or not.
ssid[ssid_num enable
ssid_name]
It means to set the name of the SSID, hide the SSID if
required.
ssid_num: Type 1, 2, 3 or 4 to specify SSID1, SSID2, SSID3
or SSID4.
ssid_name: Give a name for the specified SSID.
ssid hide [ssid_num enab
le]
It means to hide the name of the SSID if required.
ssid_num: Type 1, 2, 3 or 4 to specify SSID1, SSID2, SSID3
or SSID4.
enable: Type 0 to hide the SSID or 1 to display the SSID.
ssid show
It means to display a table of SSID configuration.
ratectl [ssid_num enable
upload download]
It means to set the rate control for the specified SSID.
ssid_num: Choose 1, 2, 3 or 4 to specify SSID1, SSID2,
SSID3 or SSID4.
enable: It means to enable the function of the rate control for
the specified SSID. 0: disable and 1:enable.
upload: It means to configure the rate control for data upload.
The unit is kbps.
download: It means to configure the rate control for data
download. The unit is kbps.
(example:
wl dual config ratectl 1 1 25 25)
ratectl show
It means to display the data transmission rate (upload and
download) for SSID1, SSID2, SSID3 and SSID4.
isolate lan [ssid_num
enable]
It means to isolate the wireless connection from LAN.
It can make the wireless clients (stations) with remote-dial
and LAN to LAN users not accessing for each other.
ssid_num: Choose 1, 2, 3 or 4 to specify SSID1, SSID2,
SSID3 or SSID4.
enable: It means to enable such function.
0: disable and 1:enable
isolate member [ssid_num
enable]
It means to isolate the wireless connection from Member.
It can make the wireless clients (stations) with the same SSID
not accessing for each other.
ssid_num: Choose 1, 2, 3 or 4 to specify SSID1, SSID2,
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
562
SSID3 or SSID4.
enable: It means to enable such function.
0: disable and 1:enable.
isolate vpn [ssid_num
enable]
It means to isolate the wireless connection from VPN.
ssid_num: Choose 1, 2, 3 or 4 to specify SSID1, SSID2,
SSID3 or SSID4.
enable: It means to enable such function.
0: disable and 1:enable.
isolate show
It means to display the status of wireless isolation.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl dual config mode 11a
Current mode is 11a
% <Note> Please restart 5G wireless after you set the channel
> wl dual config channel 60
Current channel is 60
% <Note> Please restart 5G wireless after you set the channel.
> wl dual config preamble 1
Long preamble is enabled
% <Note> Please restart 5G wireless after you set the parameters.
> wl dual config ssid 1 enable dray
SSID Enable Hide_SSID Name
1 1 0 dray
% <Note> Please restart 5G wireless after you set the parameters.
> > wl dual config ssid show
SSID Enable Hide_SSID Name
1 1 0 dray
2 0 0 DrayTek_5G_Guest
3 0 0
4 0 0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
d
d
u
u
a
a
l
l
c
c
m
m
d
d
It is reserved for RD debug. Do not use it.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
d
d
u
u
a
a
l
l
c
c
e
e
_
_
c
c
e
e
r
r
t
t
It is reserved for RD debug. Do not use it.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
d
d
u
u
a
a
l
l
r
r
e
e
s
s
t
t
a
a
r
r
t
t
This command allows you to restart wireless setting (5GHz).
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> > wl dual restart
5G wireless restart................
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
563
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
d
d
u
u
a
a
l
l
s
s
e
e
c
c
u
u
r
r
i
i
t
t
y
y
This command allows users to configure security settings for the wirelesss connection (5GHz).
wl dual security[SSID_NUMBER] [mode][key][index]
wl dual security show
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Security
[SSID_NUMBER]
[mode][key][index]
SSID_NUMBER: Type 1, 2, 3 or 4 to specify SSID1, SSID2,
SSID3 or SSID4.
mode: Available settings are:
disable: No security.
wpa1x: WPA/802.1x Only
wpa21x: WPA2/802.1x Only
wpamix1x: Mixed (WPA+WPA2/802.1x only)
wep1x: WEP/802.1x Only
wpapsk: WPA/PSK
wpa2psk: WPA2/PSK
wpamixpsk: Mixed (WPA+WPA2)/PSK
wep: WEP
key, index: Moreover, you have to add keys for wpapsk,
wpa2psk, wpamixpsk and wep, and specify index number of
schedule profiles to be followed by the wireless connection.
WEP keys must be in 5/13 ASCII text string or 10/26
Hexadecimal digit format; WPA keys must be in 8~63 ASCII
text string or 64 Hexadecimal digit format.
show
It means to display current mode selection for each SSID.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl dual security 1 wpa2psk 123456789e
% <Note> Please restart 5G wireless after you set the parameters.
> wl dual security show
%% 5G Wireless LAN Security Settings:
% SSID1
%% Mode: WPA2/PSK
% SSID2
%% Mode: Disable
% SSID3
%% Mode: Disable
% SSID4
%% Mode: Disable
>
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
564
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
d
d
u
u
a
a
l
l
s
s
t
t
a
a
l
l
i
i
s
s
t
t
This command is used to display the wireless station which accessing Internet via Vigor2120.
wl dual stalist
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl dual stalist
5G Wireless Station List :
SSID MAC Address Status
1 00:50:7f:f0:c5:3c C
Status Codes :
C: Connected, No Encryption.
E: Connected, WEP.
P: Connected, WPA.
A: Connected, WPA2.
N: Connecting.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
d
d
u
u
a
a
l
l
w
w
d
d
s
s
This command allows users to configure WDS for wireless connection (5GHz).
wl dual wds mode [value]
wl dual wds security [value]
wl dual wds ap [value]
wl dual wds hello [value]
wl dual wds status
wl dual wds show
wl dual wds mac add [index addr]
wl dual wds mac clear/disable/enable [index/all]
wl dual wds flush
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
mode [value]
It means to specify connection mode for WDS.
[value]: Available settings are :
d: Disable
b: Bridge
r: Repeapter
security [value]
It means to configure security mode with encrypted keys for
WDS.
mode: Available settings are:
disable: No security.
wep: WEP
wpapsk [key]: WPA/PSK
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
565
wpa2psk [key]: WPA2/PSK
key: Moreover, you have to add keys for wpapsk, wpa2psk,
and wep, and specify index number of schedule profiles to be
followed by the wireless connection.
WEP keys must be in 5/13 ASCII text string or 10/26
Hexadecimal digit format; WPA keys must be in 8~63 ASCII
text string or 64 Hexadecimal digit format.
e.g.,
wl dual wds security disable
wl dual wds security wep 12345
wl dual wds security wpa2psk 12345678
ap [value]
It means to enable or disable the AP function.
Value: 1 – enable the function.
0 – disable the function.
hello [value]
It means to send hello message to remote end (peer).
Value: 1 – enable the function.
0 – disable the function.
status
It means to display WDS link status for 5GHz connection.
show
It means to display current WDS settings.
mac add [index addr]
add [index addr] – Add the peer MAC entry in
Repeater/Bridge WDS MAC table.
mac clear/disable/enable
[index/all]
clear/disable/enable [index/all]- Clear, disable, enable the
specifed or all MAC entries in Repeater/Bridge WDS MAC
table. e.g,
wl dual wds mac enable 1
flush
It means to reset all WDS setting.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl dual wds status
Please enable WDS hello function first.
> wl dual wds hello 1
% <Note> Please restart router after you set the parameters.
> wl dual wds mode b
> wl dual wds security wep
>
>
> wl dual wds show
5G Wireless WDS Setting
Mode : Bridge
Security : WEP
AP Function : Enable
Send Hello Function : Enable
Bridge :
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
566
Index Enable MAC Address
1 0 00:00:00:00:00:00
2 0 00:00:00:00:00:00
3 0 00:00:00:00:00:00
4 0 00:00:00:00:00:00
Repeater :
Index Enable MAC Address
5 0 00:00:00:00:00:00
6 0 00:00:00:00:00:00
7 0 00:00:00:00:00:00
8 0 00:00:00:00:00:00
> wl dual wds wep 12345
% <Note> Please restart router after you set the parameters.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
d
d
u
u
a
a
l
l
w
w
p
p
s
s
This command allows users to configure WPS for wireless connection (5GHz).
wl dual wps enable [value]
wl dual wps pbc
wl dual wps pin [code]
wl dual wps show
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
enable [value]
It means to enable WPS.
1 – enable
0 – disable
pbc
It means to start WPS by pressing the WLAN ON/OFF WPS
button on Vigor router.
pin [code]
It means to start WPS by using client PIN code.
[code]: Client PIN code (digit number).
show
It means to display current WPS settings.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl dual wps enable 1
WPS is enabled.
> wl dual wps pin 88563337
WPS has triggered by PIN code.
The AP will wait for WPS request from your client for 2 minutes...
>
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
567
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
o
o
l
l
This command allows Administrator to set the white list of WAN IP addresses/Subnets, that
the magic packet from these IP addresses/Subnets will be eligible to pass through NAT and
wake up the LAN client. You also need to set NAT rule for LAN client.
wol up [MAC Address]/[IP Address]
wol fromWan [on/off/any]
wol fromWan_Setting [idx][ip address][mask]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
MAC Address
It means the MAC address of the host.
IP address
It means the LAN IP address of the host. If you want to wake
up LAN host by using IP address, be sure that that IP address
has been bound with the MAC address (IP BindMAC).
on/off/any
It means to enable or disable the function of WOL from
WAN.
on: enable
off: disable
any: It means any source IP address can pass through NAT
and wake up the LAN client.
This command will allow the user to choose whether WoL
packets can be passed from the Internet to the LAN network
from a specific WAN interface.
[idx][ip address] [mask]
It means the index number (from 1 to 4).
These commands will allow the user to configure the LAN
clients that the user may wake up from the Internet through
the use of the WoL packet.
ip address - It means the WAN IP address.
mask - It means the mask of the IP address.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wol fromWan on
% wol fromWan: on
> wol fromWan_Setting 1 192.168.1.45 255.255.255.0
% wol fromWan_Setting 1 192.168.1.45 255.255.255.0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
p
p
p
p
q
q
o
o
s
s
The command is used to configure QoS for APP.
appqos view
appqos enable[0/1]
appqos traceable [-v | -e AP_INDEX CLASS | -d AP_INDEX]
appqos untraceable
appqos show_config [-t |–u]
Vigor2120 Series User’s Guide
568
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
view
It means to display current status of APP QoS.
enable[0/1]
It means to enable or disable the function of APP QoS.
traceable/ untraceable
The APPs are divided into traceable and untraceable based on
their properties.
-v
It means to view the content of all traceable APs.
Use “appqos traceable –v” to display all of the traceable APS
with speficed index number.
Use “appqos untraceable –v” to display all of the untraceable
APS with speficed index number.
-e
It menas to enable QoS for application(s) and assign QoS
class.
AP_INDEX
Each index number represents one application.
Index number: 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 58, 60, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66,
68 are used for 13 traceabel APPs.
Index number: 0~49, 55~59, 61, 67, 69, and 70~123 are used
for 125 untraceable AP.
CLASS
Specifies the QoS class of the application, from 1 to 4
1:Class 1, 2:Class 2, 3:Class 3, 4:Other Class
-d
It means to disable QoS for application(s).
show_config [-t |–u]
It means to display all of the traceable/untraceable APs and
the configuration.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> appqos enable 1
APP QoS set to Enable.
> appqos traceable -e 68 2
TELNET: ENABLED, QoS Class 2.
… 578

Hulp nodig? Stel uw vraag in het forum

Spelregels

Misbruik melden

Gebruikershandleiding.com neemt misbruik van zijn services uitermate serieus. U kunt hieronder aangeven waarom deze vraag ongepast is. Wij controleren de vraag en zonodig wordt deze verwijderd.

Product:

Bijvoorbeeld antisemitische inhoud, racistische inhoud, of materiaal dat gewelddadige fysieke handelingen tot gevolg kan hebben.

Bijvoorbeeld een creditcardnummer, een persoonlijk identificatienummer, of een geheim adres. E-mailadressen en volledige namen worden niet als privégegevens beschouwd.

Spelregels forum

Om tot zinvolle vragen te komen hanteren wij de volgende spelregels:

Belangrijk! Als er een antwoord wordt gegeven op uw vraag, dan is het voor de gever van het antwoord nuttig om te weten als u er wel (of niet) mee geholpen bent! Wij vragen u dus ook te reageren op een antwoord.

Belangrijk! Antwoorden worden ook per e-mail naar abonnees gestuurd. Laat uw emailadres achter op deze site, zodat u op de hoogte blijft. U krijgt dan ook andere vragen en antwoorden te zien.

Abonneren

Abonneer u voor het ontvangen van emails voor uw Draytek Vigor 2120 bij:


U ontvangt een email met instructies om u voor één of beide opties in te schrijven.


Ontvang uw handleiding per email

Vul uw emailadres in en ontvang de handleiding van Draytek Vigor 2120 in de taal/talen: Engels als bijlage per email.

De handleiding is 6,97 mb groot.

 

U ontvangt de handleiding per email binnen enkele minuten. Als u geen email heeft ontvangen, dan heeft u waarschijnlijk een verkeerd emailadres ingevuld of is uw mailbox te vol. Daarnaast kan het zijn dat uw internetprovider een maximum heeft aan de grootte per email. Omdat hier een handleiding wordt meegestuurd, kan het voorkomen dat de email groter is dan toegestaan bij uw provider.

Stel vragen via chat aan uw handleiding

Stel uw vraag over deze PDF

Andere handleiding(en) van Draytek Vigor 2120

Draytek Vigor 2120 Snelstart handleiding - Nederlands - 18 pagina's


Uw handleiding is per email verstuurd. Controleer uw email

Als u niet binnen een kwartier uw email met handleiding ontvangen heeft, kan het zijn dat u een verkeerd emailadres heeft ingevuld of dat uw emailprovider een maximum grootte per email heeft ingesteld die kleiner is dan de grootte van de handleiding.

Er is een email naar u verstuurd om uw inschrijving definitief te maken.

Controleer uw email en volg de aanwijzingen op om uw inschrijving definitief te maken

U heeft geen emailadres opgegeven

Als u de handleiding per email wilt ontvangen, vul dan een geldig emailadres in.

Uw vraag is op deze pagina toegevoegd

Wilt u een email ontvangen bij een antwoord en/of nieuwe vragen? Vul dan hier uw emailadres in.



Info